Academic and Professional Catalogue THE CAMBRIDGE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE Sample promotional material

SECOND EDITION New books Academic and Professional and Journals ALL ABOUT ENGLISH… July to December Publishing Catalogue 2003

THE CAMBRIDGE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF New books and Journals July to December 2003 THE ENGLISH

LANGUAGESECOND EDITION DAVID CRYSTAL

■ The ultimate must-have book ‘Magnificent’ on English Steven Pinker ■ Now with new material on ‘Stimulating’ Internet English Professor the Lord Quirk, FBA

www.cambridge.org/crystal

If I may venture an opinion, SECOND EDITION when all is said and done, it would ill becom that I should com a ton e m ALL ABOUT ENGLISH … an of b e to suggest d tw rick a mountainice out as ofn as, molehill as largee down on asthis lifelike issue. At the end of the day, the point atu of the exercise is to tell ral,it like an it is, THE CAMBRIDGE lay it on the line, put it on the tabled –m ENCYCLOPEDIA OF putting it in a nutshell, drop a bom ake ■ The ultimate must-have and get dow THE ENGLISH tom lin n to the nitty gritty, the bot- book on English e. I th no in sto k LANGUAGE ■ the ground,ne and Istuck ca to my last, lock stock and SECOND EDITION Now with new material un n h bshell barrel. This is notturn to beaton earound the bush or AVID CRYSTAL upset the apple-cart, bute dto givestly the green light to D , k sa on Internet English the calm before the storm, to hit ethep nail ony ththe head, t m at I h and thu y n a jaw ose ve ■ Bursting with colour s of defeat.s at the drop of a hat to sn fir left mly illustrations to T hat’s it. T thin atch victory fro yo gs m ake it o u n u ot. D st com o r leave it. O n’t c e to all u an m s, w en th e’ll c d. I m n you e all y o ust lo r ow Am I right or uam. A I right?n nd ve you h I d ead on b ‘Magnificent’ ’t m and e it. A e leave y an m ll goo ayb ou e. . I k d Steven Pinker id ‘Stimulating’ Professor the Lord Quirk, FBA

www.cambridge.org/crystal

THE CAMBRIDGE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE … SECOND EDITION ALL ABOUT ENGLISH

www.cambridge.org/crystal

➤ For more information see page 90

May 2003 Highlights Customer Services

Cambridge University Press Booksellers Bookshop For order processing and customer service, please contact: Cambridge University Press Bookshop UK International occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Sarah Wylie Phone + 44 (0)1223 325566 Clive Harrison Phone + 44 (0)1223 325577 Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ,where Fax + 44 (0)1223 325959 Fax + 44 (0)1223 325151 the complete range of titles is on sale. Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Libraries and Individuals Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Please order from your bookseller. In case of difficulty, contact Monica Stassen Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Tel + 44 (0)1223 326050 Fax + 44 (0)1223 326111 Email [email protected] Email [email protected]

➤ Your telephone call may be monitored for training purposes. See page 106 Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.cambridge.org/booktrade ➤ See page 3

Cambridge University Press Around the World

➤ See page 2 Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country. For more information, contact:

United Kingdom and Ireland East Asia UK Sales Department, Cambridge University Press Cambridge University Press, Asian Branch The Edinburgh Building, Shaftesbury Road 43, Kreta Ayer Road, Singapore 089004 Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK Phone + 65 61 323 2701 Phone 01223 325892 Fax + 65 61 323 2370 Fax 01223 325891 Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Web www.cambridge.org/eastasia ➤ See page 4 ➤ Web www.uk.cambridge.org See page 120 South America and Hispanic Caribbean North and Central America Cambridge University Press South American Branch ➤ Cambridge University Press North American Branch Av Paulista, 807 Conj 1218, 01311-915 São Paulo - SP See page 65 40 West 20th Street, New York, NY 10011-4211, USA Brazil Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Phone + 55 11 285 0455 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Fax + 55 11 285 0455 Prices and Payment Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Every effort has been made to Web www.us.cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/samerica ➤ ensure the accuracy of prices in this See page 92 catalogue but they are all subject Continental Europe (excluding Iberia), Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking to change without notification. Middle East, North Africa, South Asia Caribbean Our base currency is £ sterling (GBP) though we now offer our trade International Sales Department Cambridge University Press African Branch account customers the facility to be Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building Dock House, Portswood Ridge invoiced in euros. For information Shaftesbury Road, Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK Victoria and Alfred Waterfront Cambridge University Press is the printing and publishing house of the University of Cambridge, about our euro policy please contact Phone + 44 1223 312393 CapeTown 8001, South Africa and is the oldest press in the world. It is a charitable enterprise required by University Statute Sylvia Terry for an application form or Fax + 44 1223 315052 Phone + 27 21 419 8414 to devote itself to printing and publishing in the furtherance of the acquisition, advancement, visit our web site where the currently applied exchange rate is displayed: Email [email protected] Fax + 27 21 419 8418 conservation, and dissemination of knowledge in all subjects; to the advancement of education, http://uk.cambridge.org/euro Web www.cambridge.org/international Email [email protected] religion, learning, and research; and to the advancement of literature and good letters. Email: [email protected] Web www.cambridge.org/africa Iberia Series Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Elsewhere and general enquiries Booksellers, librarians or individuals Ruiz de Alarcón 13, 28014 Madrid, Spain International Sales Department Who to contact may have a continuation order for www.cambridge.org titles in series. A full listing of any Phone + 34 91 360 4565 Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building General and Editorial Enquiries series is available on request from Fax + 34 91 360 4570 Shaftesbury Road, Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK The Edinburgh Building ➤ ➤ the Sales Departments. Email [email protected] Phone + 44 1223 312393 A fully searchable Cambridge Sample chapters and other resources Web www.cambridge.org/iberia Fax + 44 1223 315052 Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK Other Catalogues catalogue ➤ Email notification service Email [email protected] Phone +44 (0) 1223 312393 ➤ Other catalogues available on Australia and New Zealand Online ordering for booksellers and ➤ Cambridge Journals Online request include: Web www.cambridge.org/international Fax +44 (0) 1223 315052 Cambridge University Press Australian Branch Email [email protected] individuals ➤ Information about the Press worldwide Academic Reference ➤ A changing programme of new book Series Catalogue 447 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, General Books Catalogue Australia Sales Departments and features and promotions Bibles Catalogue Customer Services English Language Teaching Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Please see the inside back cover for Catalogue Fax +61 3 9676 9955 details of Cambridge University Press To order, please contact the Email [email protected] Cover illustration: taken from The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language, Second Edition Customer Services Department. Web www.au.cambridge.org contacts around the world by David Crystal – see page 90 Printed in the United Kingdom at the University Press, Cambridge New books and Journals Contents July to December 2003

Academic and Professional Publishing

Popular and General Science ...... 2–6 Management ...... 52 History and Philosophy of Science ...... 6–7 Law ...... 53–58 Medicine ...... 7–11 Economics ...... 58–62 Emergency Medicine ...... 7 Politics ...... 63–68 Haematology and Oncology ...... 8 General Politics ...... 64 Neurology and Clinical Neuroscience ...... 8 Political and Social Theory ...... 67 Paediatrics and Child Health ...... 9 Anthropology ...... 68–69 Psychiatry ...... 10 Archaeology ...... 70–71 Reproductive Medicine ...... 11 Classical Studies ...... 71–74 Biological Sciences ...... 11–19 History ...... 75–89 Conservation Biology ...... 11 British and European History ...... 75 Ecology and Environmental Biology ...... 12 American History ...... 86 Zoology and Behaviour ...... 14 World History ...... 87 Entomology and Pest Management ...... 16 Economic History ...... 88 Horticulture ...... 16 Language and Linguistics ...... 90–95 Human Biology ...... 17 Literature ...... 96–110 Evolution ...... 17 Theatre Studies and Performing Arts ...... 110 Bioinformatics ...... 18 Film and Media Studies ...... 111 Microbiology ...... 18 Music ...... 112–115 Biochemistry And Physiology ...... 19 Art and Architecture ...... 115–119 Physical Sciences ...... 20–38 Philosophy ...... 120–128 Earth Sciences ...... 20 Psychology ...... 129–132 Environmental and Atmospheric Science . . . . . 23 Sociology ...... 133–134 Astronomy and Astrophysics ...... 25 Religious Studies ...... 135–139 Physics ...... 32 Bibles ...... 139–140 Chemistry and Material Science ...... 37 Regional Studies ...... 140–144 Engineering ...... 38–41 Asian Studies ...... 142 Electrical, Electronic Engineering ...... 38 Australian Studies ...... 142 Aerospace Engineering ...... 39 Latin American Studies ...... 142 Chemical Engineering ...... 40 Middle East Studies ...... 143 Mechanical Engineering ...... 40 University Publications ...... 144 Mathematical Sciences and Journals ...... 144 Information Technology ...... 41–52 Author and Title Index ...... 145–151 Statistics and Finance ...... 41 Recreational Mathematics ...... 42 Pure and Applied Mathematics ...... 43 Computer Science ...... 51 2 Popular and General Science

Popular and General Science

■ New Edition Atkins’ Molecules Second edition Peter Atkins University of Oxford This is a brand new edition of the book that was called ‘the most beautiful chemistry book ever written’. In it, we see the molecules responsible for the experiences of our everyday life – including fabrics, drugs, plastics, explosives, detergents, fragrances, tastes, and sex. With engaging prose Peter Atkins gives a non-technical account of an incredible range of aspects of the world around us, showing unexpected connections, and giving an insight into how this amazing world can be understood in terms of the atoms and molecules from which it is built. The new edition has dozens of new molecules, a completely new graphical presentation, and an even more accessible and enthralling account of the molecules themselves.

• Beautifully illustrated in full colour throughout, this new edition contains graphics and molecules not found in the previous edition • Discusses over 200 molecules from everyday life, on themes such as taste, colour and life • Fully interactive accompanying website at www.cambridge.org/molecules From reviews of the first edition: ■ ‘This is undoubtedly the most beautiful P. W. Atkins is a fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford, and Professor of Physical Chemistry. His works include Galileo’s Finger and The Periodic Kingdom as well as the best-selling textbook Physical chemistry book ever written …’ Chemistry, now in its seventh edition. New Scientist Contents: Preface; Introduction; 1. Simple substances; 2. Fuels, fats and soaps; 3. Synthetic ‘We need to be reminded that matter, and natural polymers; 4. Taste, smell, and pain; 5. Sight and colour; 6. The light and the ordinary matter, is mysterious and dark; 7. Life. magical … In Atkins’ delightful book, Subject areas: chemistry, popular science the Cinderella of chemistry begins to Market: general readers, undergraduate students (introductory), undergraduate students look a lot like a beautiful princess.’ Resources: www.cambridge.org/molecules The Boston Globe 246 x 189 mm 250 pp 280 colour figures 0 521 82397 8 HB c.£55.00 A 0 521 53536 0 PB c.£19.95 T September Publicity material available: Solus flyer A4 4pp 0 521 94987 4

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Popular and General Science 3

■ Revised Edition The Discovery of Subatomic Particles Revised edition Steven Weinberg University of Texas, Austin An absorbing commentary on the discovery of the atom’s constituents, this book provides a fascinating account of a sequence of key events in the physics of the twentieth century, leading to the discoveries of the electron, proton and neutron. It also provides an introduction to those fundamentals of classical physics that played crucial roles in these discoveries. Throughout the book, connections are shown between the historic discoveries of subatomic particles and work today at the frontiers of physics, describing the discoveries of new elementary particles up to the present day.

•Fascinating story of the discovery of the atom’s constituents, told by Nobel prize-winning physicist • Provides a non-mathematical introduction to fundamental physics, suitable for use on courses for students not specializing in science • Fully revised, this edition shows the connections between the historic discoveries of subatomic particles and work today at the frontiers of physics

■ Steven Weinberg is Josey Regental Professor of Science at the University of Texas. His research has been honored with numerous prizes and awards, including in 1979 the Nobel Prize in Physics and in 1991 the National Medal of Science. His books for general readers include The First Three From reviews of the first edition: Minutes (now translated into 23 foreign languages), and Elementary Particles and the Laws of Physics (with Richard Feynman). ‘A beautiful example of a new approach Contents: Preface to the first edition; Preface to the revised edition; 1. A world of particles; with which the nonscientist can attain 2. The discovery of the electron; 3. The atomic scale; 4. The nucleus; 5. More particles; literacy in physics.’ Appendices. Physics Today Subject areas: particle physics, chemistry ‘One cannot fail to be touched by it.’ Market: amateurs, undergraduate students, general readers New Scientist 228 x 152 mm 250pp 14 line diagrams 37 half-tones 11 tables ‘Weinberg takes the reader through a brief 0 521 82351 X HB c.£18.95 T history of electric forces from Coulomb to September Faraday, enabling him to calculate the deflection from first principles.This is a remarkably painless and successful way to teach the basic ideas of physics … splendid … authentically Weinberg.’ The Times

Publicity material available: Solus flyer A4 4pp 0 521 94999 8

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 4 Popular and General Science

Life’s Solution Inevitable Humans in a Lonely Universe Simon Conway Morris University of Cambridge Re-run the tape of life, and sit back to enjoy a myriad of new and bizarre life forms, unrecognisable to any inhabitant of today’s Earth. Or could we? The eminent evolutionary palaeobiologist Simon Conway Morris sets out to challenge the widely accepted view that biological organisms are the result of evolutionary accident. He explores evidence indicating that life is in fact constrained and that a re-run would result in a different, but eerily familiar world. This extraordinarily wide-ranging book will be of great interest to general readers and specialists alike.

• Controversial: this book opposes widely accepted theories of evolution • Exceptional coverage: from astronomy to molecular biology and archaeology •Written by a well respected worker in the field

■ Simon Conway Morris is professor of evolutionary palaeobiology at the University of Cambridge. He was elected a fellow of the Royal Society in 1990, and presented the Royal Institution Christmas Lectures in 1994. His work on Cambrian soft-bodied faunas has taken him to China, Mongolia, Greenland and Australia, and inspired his previous book, The Crucible of Creation 1989. Contents: The Cambridge Sandwich; 1. Looking for Easter Island; 2. Can we break the great code?; 3. Universal Goo: life as a cosmic principle?; 4. The origin of life: straining the soup or our credulity?; 5. Uniquely lucky? The strangeness of Earth; 6. Converging on the extreme; 7. Seeing convergence; 8. Alien convergences?; 9. The non-prevalence of Advance Praise: humanoids? 10. Evolution bound: the ubiquity of convergence; 11. Towards a theology of evolution; 12. Last word. ‘Having spent four centuries taking the world to bits and trying to find out what Subject area: general readers makes it tick, in the 21st century Market: evolution, palaeontology, philosophy of science scientists are now trying to fit the pieces 2003 228 x 152 mm 464pp 27 line diagrams 23 half-tones together and understand why the whole 0 521 82704 3 HB c.£18.95 T is greater than the sum of its parts. September Simon Conway Morris provides the best overview, from a biological viewpoint, of how complexity on the large scale arises from simple laws on the small scale, and Publicity material available: why creatures like us may not be the Showcards by request – contact your Cambridge sales representative accidents that many suppose.This is the most important book about evolution since The Selfish Gene; essential reading for everyone who has wondered about why we are here in a Universe that seems tailor-made for life.’ John Gribbin, Author of Science: A History

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Popular and General Science 5

Cosmic Company Space Edited by François Penz The Search for Life in the Universe University of Cambridge Seth Shostak Gregory Radick SETI Institute, California University of Cambridge Alex Barnett and Robert Howell UK Space Centre University of Cambridge Is there life elsewhere in the universe? This collection of essays explores different What might it be like and how will we perceptions of space. We are taken on a ever find it? Cosmic Company ponders the journey from the inner space of our minds, possibility of aliens visiting the Earth, as to the vacuum beyond our planet. Eight well as what it would mean if we were to leading researchers in fields ranging from pick up a signal from the cosmos that the arts and humanities to the natural would prove we’re neither alone, nor the sciences, discuss topics ranging from smartest creatures in creation. It explains human consciousness to virtual reality, why scientists think life might be plentiful architecture and politics. Written in an on other worlds, and how we might get in accessible style for a general audience. touch. Containing a thorough overview of the science and technology behind the Contributors: Susan Greenfield, Karen search for life, the book highlights current Emmorey, Daniel Libeskind, Char Davies, and future space missions and research, Lisa Jardine, Neal Ascherson, John Barrow, which are aiming to answer some of the • An easy-to-read overview of the science Jeffrey Hoffman greatest questions mankind has ever and technology behind the search for life Darwin College Lectures, 15 asked. This easy-to-read book, by two in the universe 247 x 174 mm 180pp 10 line diagrams experienced writers of popular astronomy, 20 half-tones 4 colour plates •Discusses the real possibility of finding is suitable for anyone who ever wondered 0 521 82376 5 HB c.£25.00 T whether there’s anybody out there … life elsewhere July ■ Seth Shostak is a senior astronomer at the • Illustrated in colour throughout SETI (Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence) Power Institute in California, who has written Edited by Alan Blackwell several hundred popular articles on various University of Cambridge topics in astronomy, as well as more than fifty and David MacKay research papers. Publicity material available: University of Cambridge ■ Alex Barnett is a well-known figure in the science centre, planetarium and media world, Showcards by request – contact your From the secrets of the universe to the particularly for public and educational Cambridge sales representative healing powers of music, this book draws programmes involving space and astronomy. on the passions of eight leading workers She was the vision behind the National Space who explore the power behind their own Centre, Leicester that opened in June 2001. particular fields of interest, from the arts She is currently CEO and Executive Director of and humanities to the natural sciences. the Chabot Space and Science Centre in These essays explore the fascinating world Oakland, California. of microscopic biochemical machines, the Contents: Introduction; 1. Habitats for power of the cinema screen, democracy, life; 2. What might the aliens be like; mathematical knot theory, innovative new 3. Intelligent life; 4. Visitors from afar; ways of producing energy to sustain 5. How might we get in touch?; 6. The increasing world demand, and the power of Drake Equation; 7. The future. life and death. Subject areas: astronomy, popular science Contributors: Tony Benn, John Walker, Market: general readers, enthusiasts Neil deGrasse Tyson, Maureen Thomas, 246 x 189 mm 200pp 97 colour figures Elisabeth Bronfen, Derek Scott, John 18 half-tones Conway, Mary Archer 0 521 82233 5 HB c. £18.95 T Subject areas: popular science, general October Market: general readers Darwin College Lectures, 16 247 x 174 mm 180pp 10 line diagrams 20 half-tones 4 colour plates 0 521 82377 3 HB c.£25.00 T August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 6 Popular and General Science/History and Philosophy of Science

DNA History and From Newton to Hawking Changing Science and Society A History of Cambridge University’s Edited by Torsten Krude Philosophy of Science Lucasian Professors of Mathematics University of Cambridge Kevin Knox Since the revelation of the double helical California Institute of Technology structure of DNA by Watson and Crick and Richard Noakes fifty years ago, research into this important The Alchemy Reader University of Cambridge molecule has had a dramatic impact on From Hermes Trismegistus to Isaac Cambridge University’s Lucasian science and society. This volume brings Newton Professorship of Mathematics is one of the together some of the key workers in the Stanton J. Linden world’s most celebrated academic positions. field, to explore DNA fingerprinting; the Washington State University Since its foundation in 1663, the chair has extraction of DNA from archaeological and The Alchemy Reader offers an been held by seventeen men who represent palaeontological remains; the ethical introduction to a wide range of some of the most influential minds in implications of the genetic knowledge alchemical authors and works, from the science and technology. Principally a social encoded in DNA; the complex role of DNA pre-Christian era to the end of the history of mathematics and physics, the in cancer research and reproductive seventeenth century, and to its story of these great natural philosophers medicine; and finally how genetic disorders interdisciplinary links with science and and mathematical physicists is told here by are teaching us about how humans medicine, philosophy, religion, and some of the finest historians of science. This communicate. literature and the arts. informative work offers new perspectives on • An account of cutting edge research, on Subject areas: medieval and early world famous scientists including Isaac the fiftieth anniversary of the discovery of modern European history, history of Newton, Charles Babbage, Paul Dirac, and the structure of DNA, by key researchers science and medicine, church history Stephen Hawking. and theology, European literature, social •Written in an accessible and entertaining • Places well-known scientists within the and cultural anthropology style broad and complex history of the Market: graduate students, Lucasian Professorship of Mathematics Contributors: Alec Jeffreys, Aaron Klug, undergraduate students, academic Svante Pääbo, Onora O’Neill, Ron Laskey, • Emphasises the interplay between researchers Malcolm Grant, Robert Winston, Dorothy mathematics, natural philosophy, politics Bishop 247 x 174 mm 300pp 14 half-tones and religion inside and outside 0 521 79234 7 HB c. £50.00 A Cambridge University Subject areas: popular science, philosophy 0 521 79662 8 PB c. £18.95 A Market: general readers September • Written by leading historians of science, including a foreword by Stephen Darwin College Lectures, 17 Hawking 247 x 174 mm 180pp 10 line diagrams 20 half-tones 4 colour plates Contributors: Stephen Hawking, 0 521 82378 1 HB c.£25.00 T K. C. Knox, R. Noakes, M. Feingold, September R. Iliffe, S. Snobelen, L. Stewart, J. Gascoigne, S. Schaffer, D. B. Wilson, A. Warwick, H. Kragh, H. Mialet, I. Stewart Popular and General Science Subject areas: history of science, popular ▼ see also science 17 Broom: The Evolution of Morality and Religion Market: academic researchers, 28 Cassé: Stellar Alchemy undergraduate students, general readers 42 Kedlaya: The William Lowell Putnam Mathematical 228 x 152 mm 450pp 2 line diagrams Competition 1985–2000 51 half-tones 42 Savchev: Mathematical Miniatures 0 521 66310 5 HB c.£25.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org History and Philosophy of Science/General Medicine/Emergency Medicine 7

Remarkable Physicists Medicine Emergency Medicine Ioan James The 250 years from the second half of the Principles and Practice of 17th century saw the birth of modern ■ New Edition physics and its growth into one of the most Emergency Neurology successful of the sciences. The reader will Principles of Medicine in Handbook for Emergency Physicians Edited by Sid M. Shah find here the lives of 55 of the most Africa remarkable physicists from that era Michigan State University described in brief biographies. Third edition and Kevin Michael Kelly Edited by Eldryd Parry School of Medicine, MCP Hahnemann University, Subject areas: physics The Tropical Health and Education Trust Pittsburgh Market: graduate students, academic Richard Godfrey This symptom-based handbook guides the researchers, general readers, undergraduate MERLIN emergency physician in the diagnosis and students David Mabey management of common and complex 228 x 152 mm 350pp 55 half-tones London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine neurological disorders. Integrating 0 521 81687 4 HB c.£60.00 A and Geoffrey Gill fundamental neurological concepts with 0 521 01706 8 PB c.£19.95 T Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine August the practical demands and realities of Fully revised and updated, this new emergency care, this reference provides The Life and Science of Léon edition combines internal medicine with succinct, crucial information for all a rich understanding of the major emergency physicians who diagnose and Foucault influences on health and disease in manage neurologic disorders. The Man who Proved the Earth Rotates Africa. There is a much expanded section Subject areas: emergency medicine, William John Tobin on non-communicable diseases as well as neurology University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand comprehensive accounts of HIV/AIDS, Market: clinicians, academic researchers, Léon Foucault’s name is synonymous with malaria, tuberculosis and other major graduate students his famous pendulum experiment, which infections in the continent. proved for the first time that the Earth 253 x 177 mm 350pp 60 line diagrams •Revised edition of standard text for 40 half-tones 40 tables rotated, but he was also a pioneer in other Africa, previously published by 0 521 00980 4 PB c.£30.00 P areas of science. This abundantly-illustrated Oxford University Press September biography will prove to be a fascinating read for anyone interested in Foucault. •Expanded in scope, with colour illustrations for the first time Subject areas: astrophysics, astronomy, physics, history of science •Equally suitable for the medical Market: professionals, enthusiasts student, medical officer or postgraduate student 246 x 189 mm 360pp 95 line diagrams 210 half-tones 23 colour plates 20 tables •Extensive references specific to African 0 521 80855 3 HB c.£40.00 A health issues October Subject areas: medicine Also published in French by EDP Sciences Market: undergraduate students, graduate students, clinicians 276 x 219 mm 1500pp 225 line diagrams History and Philosophy of Science 95 half-tones 287 tables 30 maps 271 colour ▼ see also figures 0 521 80616 X HB c. £120.00 33 Bell: Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum 0 521 53735 5 PB c. £40.00 Mechanics November 17 Broom: The Evolution of Morality and Religion 1st edition and 2nd edition published by Oxford 4 Conway Morris: Life’s Solution University Press 69 Fairhead: Science, Society and Power 87 Fogel: The Escape from Hunger and Premature Death, 1700–2100 6 Krude: DNA General Medicine 5Penz: Space ▼ see also

17 Wilkinson: Forensic Facial Reconstruction

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 8 Haematology and Oncology/Neurology and Clinical Science

Haematology and ■ New Edition Neurology and Clinical Oncology Clinical Bone Marrow and Neuroscience Blood Stem Cell Neurocutaneous Disorders ■ Transplantation New Edition Third edition Edited by E. Steve Roach Neoplastic Diseases of the Kerry Atkinson Wake Forest University, North Carolina and Van S. Miller Blood Osiris Therapeutics Inc, Baltimore Richard Champlin University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Fourth edition MD Anderson Cancer Center, Texas Dallas Edited by Peter H. Wiernik Jerome Ritz The neurocutaneous disorders comprise New York Medical College Dana-Faber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical neurological syndromes featuring skin John M. Goldman School, Massachussetts lesions and often eye lesions, central and Imperial College of Science, Technology and Willem E. Fibbe peripheral nervous system tumors, brain Medicine, London Rijksuniversiteit Leiden, The Netherlands malformations, mental retardation, and Janice P. Dutcher Per Ljungman psychiatric syndromes or seizures. This is an New York Medical College Huddinge Universitetssjukhus authoritative, illustrated, up-to-the-minute, and Robert A. Kyle and Malcom K. Brenner clinical review of these disorders and will be Mayo Medical School, Rochester Baylor College of Medicine, Texas essential reading for neurologists and Extensively revised since the third Five internationally-recognized dermatologists. edition in 1995, this comprehensive text transplant specialists join Kerry Subject areas: neurology, paediatrics, covers all common and rare malignant Atkinson as editors of this significantly dermatology blood cancers and is an essential revised reference on the clinical practice Market: clinicians, professionals, academic reference for hematologists and and underlying science of hematopoietic researchers oncologists. The sixty-two chapters are stem cell transplantation. This third divided into sections on Chronic 276 x 219 mm 352pp 123 half-tones 7 figures edition covers all aspects of autologous, 70 colour figures Leukemias and Related Disorders, Acute syngeneic, and allogeneic 0 521 78153 1 HB c.£120.00 P Leukemias, Myeloma and Related transplantation and is an essential September Disorders, Lymphomas, and Supportive resource for hematologists, oncologists, Care. and transplant specialists. Childhood Epilepsy • This comprehensive work covers the Review from the second edition: Language, Learning and Emotional diagnosis and treatment of all ‘… a lively, robust, authoritative, and Complications malignant blood cancers. encyclopedic text on everything you William Svoboda •Extensively revised edition includes could ever want to know about bone Children with epilepsy often have coverage of molecular genetics and marrow … The book is a masterpiece.’ interrelated language, learning and/or molecular biology, monoclonal Bloodline behavior complications which persist antibodies, and new treatment Subject areas: hematology, oncology, beyond seizure control. In this modalities. internal medicine comprehensive book, William Svoboda distils a lifetime of clinical experience into •Provides key insights for accurately Market: professionals, academic three areas which address the main points of diagnosing and treating patients researchers suffering from hematologic difficulty, looking at why the problems arise 279 x 215 mm 1500pp 600 line diagrams and assessing treatments. malignancies. 100 half-tones 20 colour plates 600 tables Subject areas: hematology, oncology, 0 521 82912 7 HB c. £215.00 P Subject areas: epilepsy, neurology, internal medicine December paediatrics Market: clinicians, academic researchers Market: clinicians, professionals 279 x 215 mm 1184pp 400 line diagrams 247 x 174 mm 672pp 125 half-tones 25 colour plates 100 tables 0 521 82338 2 HB c.£80.00 P 0 521 79136 7 HB £245.00 P November Introductory price £195.00 P October Special introductory price of £195 valid until three months after publication, £245 thereafter This title was previously announced in Academic & Professional Publishing Jul-Dec 2002

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Paediatrics and Child Health 9

Paediatrics and Child Shaken Baby Syndrome and ■ Mac Keith Press Publication Other Non-Accidental Head The Treatment of Gait Problems Health Injuries in Children in Cerebral Palsy Edited by Robert Minns University of Edinburgh Edited by James R. Gage ■ Gillette Children’s Speciality Healthcare, St Paul Mac Keith Press Publication and Keith Brown Management of the Motor Royal Edinburgh Hospital for Sick Children James Gage and a range of experts who manage gait problems in cerebral palsy have The Research Programme on Shaken Baby Disorders of Children with combined to create this state-of-the art Syndrome in Edinburgh is internationally Cerebral Palsy resource. They examine the way the brain recognised for its prominent ongoing Second edition controls locomotion and the types of brain research into the impact and effects of Edited by David Scrutton pathology with cerebral palsy. Current shaking a baby. In this book, a highly Institute of Child Health, University College London treatment modalities and treatments of distinguished team of experts from the Diane Damiano specific gait problems are discussed in programme present the clinician with the University of Washington detail, including computerized gait analysis latest findings on the syndrome, covering and Margaret Mayston and methods of assessing the child and diagnosis and the long-term disability that University College London evaluating treatment outcomes. An results. This will be invaluable reading to all attached CD-ROM gives pre- and post- Since the first edition of this book was the professionals concerned with treatment examples, illustrating the process published in 1984 the intensive debates diagnosing and treating the syndrome. about the ‘correct’ method of treatment for of gait analysis. Clinicians, therapists and Subject areas: paediatrics, neurology children with cerebral palsy have been bioengineers will find this book uniquely resolved and it is now possible to describe Market: clinicians, professionals, academic useful. what is generally agreed to be the optimal researchers Subject areas: paediatrics, neurology, approach. This entirely rewritten new Clinics in Developmental Medicine bioengineering (Mac Keith Press), 162 edition describes the most up-to-date Market: clinicians, professionals thinking, with two new editors from 239 x 170 mm 240pp 80 half-tones Clinics in Developmental Medicine 1 898683 35 2 HB c.£50.00 P America and Australia reflecting the (Mac Keith Press), 164 worldwide picture. Coverage includes the October 239 x 170 mm 400pp 30 half-tones 10 colour plates coordination of care and the management This title was previously announced in Academic & Professional Publishing Jul-Dec 2002 50 colour figures team; the types of cerebral palsy; 1 898683 37 9 Mixed Media c.£70.00 P assessment; goal-setting; learning and December neural plasticity; global therapeutic ■ Mac Keith Press Publication approaches as well as more focused (topical) ■ ■ therapies; the mechanisms of deformity, its 2 CD-ROM Set Mac Keith Press Publication prevention and treatment; and the Gross Motor Function Measure Tuberous Sclerosis Complex transition to adult life. This is a completely Self-Instructional Training Program From Basic Science to Clinical Phenotypes new book detailing the advancement of the Diane Russell Paolo Curatolo subject over the past 18 years. McMaster University, Ontario Tor Vergata University of Rome Subject areas: paediatrics, physiology, Peter Rosenbaum ‘This is clearly the most authoritative and orthotics McMaster University, Ontario contemporary statement of current Market: clinicians, professionals Mary Lane knowledge yet published.’ CanChild Centre of Childhood Disability Research, Clinics in Developmental Medicine from the Foreword by H. Sarnat Hamilton (Mac Keith Press), 161 Tuberous sclerosis complex presents with 232 x 152 mm and Lisa Avery CanChild Centre of Childhood Disability Research, seizures, cognitive impairments and autism. 1 898683 32 8 HB c.£50.00 P Hamilton This up-to-the-minute book enables the July paediatrian to recognise, understand and This title was previouslyannounced in Academic These CD-ROMs enable practitioners to treat the disease most effectively. & Professional Publishing Jul-Dec 2002 train independently as reliable users of the printed Gross Motor Function Measure Subject areas: paediatrics, neurology (GMFM). They include scoring details of Market: clinicians, professionals all 88 items in the GMFM, as well as several International Review of Child Neurology video examples for each chosen to reflect a (Mac Keith Press) variety of scores and to highlight significant 238 x 155 mm 230pp 20 half-tones 20 tables training principles. 50 figures Subject areas: paediatrics, neurology, 1 898683 39 5 HB c.£55.00 P December physiology Market: clinicians, professionals Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press) 2 CD-ROMs 1 898683 30 1 2 CD Set c.£40.00 P May

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 10 Psychiatry

Psychiatry Terrorism and Disaster Preventing Intellectual Individual and Community Responses Disability to Trauma Ethical Issues in Clinical Practice Edited by Robert Ursano Parental Psychiatric Disorder Pekka Louhiala Uniformed Services University of the Health University of Helsinki Distressed Parents and their Families Sciences In this book Pekka Louhiala, a Second edition Carol Fullerton paediatrician and a philosopher, covers Edited by Michael Göpfert Uniformed Services University of the Health Webb House Democratic Therepeutic Community, Sciences comprehensively the ethical issues involved in prevention of intellectual Crewe and Ann Norwood Jeni Webster Uniformed Services University of the Health disability (ID). These are discussed 5 Boroughs Partnership, Warrington Sciences around four real cases and cover the definition of ID, epidemiology, and Mary V. Seeman Many professionals believe that screening, genetic counselling and the University of Toronto terrorism produces the highest and most question of whether or not ID should be diffuse rates of psychiatric sequelae of all prevented. the types of disaster. In this book the world’s experts assess the lessons learned Subject areas: medical ethics, paediatrics from the most recent atrocities in terms Market: clinicians, professionals of prevention, intervention, the effect of 247 x 174 mm 160pp 7 tables 3 colour figures leadership, and the effects of 0 521 53371 6 PB c. £29.95 P contamination. 0 521 82633 0 HB c. £80.00 A Subject areas: psychiatry, psychology November Market: clinicians, professionals, general readers 247 x 174 mm 480pp 41 tables 8 figures Psychiatry 0 521 53345 7 PB c. £39.95 P ▼ see also 0 521 82606 3 HB c. £110.00 A November 134 Hall: Cannabis Use

Circles of Recovery It is indisputable that parental mental Self-help Organizations for Addictions illness has serious and adverse effects on Keith Humphreys the child. In this completely rewritten Stanford University School of Medicine, California second edition, an international, multidisciplinary team of professionals Circles of Recovery provides an integrative, review treatment interventions from a international review of self-help practical, clinical point of view. It is organizations, focusing on efficacy, effect on essential reading for professionals individual members, and practical strategies dealing with adult mental illness and for how individual clinicians and treatment child-care. systems can interact with self-help organizations to improve outcomes. Review from the First Edition: Subject areas: addiction, psychiatry, clinical ‘A unique and innovative approach to psychology family issues in psychiatric disorders … a major contribution to the field.’ Market: professionals, clinicians Harvard Medical School International Research Monographs in the Addictions Subject areas: psychiatry, clinical 228 x 152 mm 176pp psychology 0 521 79277 0 HB c.£55.00 P Market: clinicians, professionals October 247 x 174 mm 400pp 1 half-tone 6 tables 7figures 0 521 53497 6 PB c. £34.95 P October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Reproductive Medicine/Conservation Biology 11

Contents: Preface; Take home messages; Reproductive Biological Sciences 1. Introduction; 2. Genetic diversity; Medicine 3. Evolutionary genetics of natural Conservation Biology populations; 4. Genetic consequences of small population size; 5. Genetics and extinction; 6. Resolving taxonomic ■ Textbook ■ Textbook uncertainties and defining management units; 7. Genetic management of endangered Obstetrics, Gynaecology and A Primer of Conservation species in the wild; 8. Captive breeding and Women’s Health Genetics reintroduction; 8. Molecular genetics in A Woman’s Perspective Richard Frankham forensics and understanding species biology; Edited by Vivienne O’Connor Macquarie University, Sydney Final messages; Glossary; Sources and University of Queensland Jonathan Ballou copyright acknowledgments; Index. and Gabor Kovacs Smithsonian National Zoological Park, Subject areas: conservation, population Monash University, Victoria Washington DC genetics, ecology This is the essential textbook for and David Briscoe Market: undergraduate students, graduate students of obstetrics and gynaecology as Macquarie University, Sydney students, professionals Illustrated by Karina H. McInnes well as women’s health more generally. 246 x 189 mm 235pp 162 line diagrams Thoroughly modern in approach, it 4 half-tones 16 tables covers clinical topics and surgical 0 521 83110 5 HB c.£55.00 A procedures as well as providing detailed 0 521 53827 0 PB c.£19.95 X commentary on the contemporary September social, psychological and economic issues that affect women’s health. Subject areas: reproductive medicine, fertility, gynaecology Market: professionals, graduate students, undergraduate students 247 x 174 mm 528pp 0 521 81893 1 HB c. £30.00 P September

Paediatric and Adolescent Gynaecology This concise, entry level text in Management of Developmental conservation genetics is aimed at those with Abnormalities and Disorders a limited background in genetic studies. Edited by Adam H. Balen The text is presented in an easy-to-follow Leeds Teaching Hospitals, University Trust format, with main points and terms clearly Sarah M. Creighton highlighted. Worked examples are provided Great Ormond Street Hospital throughout to help illustrate key equations, Melanie C. Davies although a basic knowledge of Mendelian University College London genetics and simple statistics is assumed. A Jane MacDougall glossary and suggestions for further reading Addenbrookes Hospital, Cambridge provide additional support for the reader and Richard Stanhope and many beautiful pen and ink portraits of This book provides an overview of endangered species help bring the material developmental anomalies, disorders and to life. intersex conditions. With its • Requires only a basic background in multidisciplinary approach to genetics healthcare, the book will be essential • Presented in an easy-to-follow format, reading for specialists in paediatric and with main points and terms clearly adolescent gynaecology, reproductive highlighted endocrinologists, paediatric and plastic surgeons. • Worked examples provided throughout to help illustrate key equations Subject areas: gynaecology, urology, paediatrics, endocrinology, surgery, • A glossary and suggestions for further genetics, reproductive medicine reading provide additional support Market: clinicians, professionals • Copiously illustrated with beautiful pen 219 x 276 mm 600pp 36 line diagrams and ink portraits of endangered species 102 half-tones 60 colour plates 0 521 80961 4 HB c. £160.00 P November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 12 Conservation Biology/Ecology and Environmental Biology

Evolutionary Conservation ■ Ecology and Textbook Biology Conservation Edited by Régis Ferrière Environmental Biology Ecole Normale Supérieure, Paris Clive Hambler University of Oxford Ulf Dieckmann International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, ■ Textbook Conservation by Clive Hambler is the Austria Introduction to Population latest addition to the popular Studies in and Denis Couvet Biology series of undergraduate Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris Biology textbooks. The book is a student-friendly, Bringing together conservation genetics, Dick Neal readable introduction to conservation University of Saskatchewan, Canada demography, and ecology, this book biology and the practical application of presents an integrative approach to Introduction to Population Biology provides a conservation techniques. As with all managing species as well as ecological and quantitative and Darwinian perspective of books in the series, Conservation will act evolutionary processes. Written by experts population processes. To allow biology as an aid to learning, and to field work. It for students, practitioners and researchers students to gain a real grasp of the subject, is meant to be used as an introductory text in conservation biology, ecology, genetics, the book gives step-by-step spreadsheet and as a revision aid for examinations. and evolution, the volume introduces the simulations of many of the basic equations Contents: Preface; 1. General new area of evolutionary conservation to explore the outcomes or predictions of introduction; 2. Threats to biodiversity; biology. the various models, worked examples show 3. Evaluation of priorities for species and how the equations can be applied to Subject areas: conservation biology, habitats; 4. Monitoring and biological questions, and problem sets and evolutionary ecology, conservation genetics, environmental impact assessment; detailed solutions allow the student to test theoretical ecology, mathematical biology, 5. Management of natural habitats; understanding. Many real life examples are applied mathematics 6. Management of species; also discussed to help the reader relate the 7. Sustainability; 8. Restoration, Market: academic researchers, graduate quantitative theory to the natural world. students translocation, and mitigation; Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 9. Environmental economics, law, and Cambridge Studies in Adaptive Dynamics, 3 Glossary; Part I. Evolution by Natural education; 10. Conclusion; Further 228 x 152 mm 339pp 121 line diagrams 8 tables Selection: 1. Darwin concludes that reading; Species index; Subject index. 0 521 82700 0 HB c.£50.00 A organisms evolve; 2. Darwin’s theories of Subject areas: conservation biology, December evolution; 3. Understanding natural environmental science, ecology, selection; Part II. Simple Population restoration ecology, natural resource Growth Models and Their Simulation: management Conservation Biology 4. Density-independent growth and Market: undergraduate students, ▼ see also overproduction; 5. Density-dependent graduate students, academic researchers growth and the logistic growth model; Studies in Biology 17 Dieckmann: Adaptive Speciation Part III. Population Genetics and 14 van den Bergh: Spatial Ecological-Economic Analysis Evolution: 6. Gene frequencies and the 228 x 152 mm 300pp 74 line diagrams for Wetland Management 19 half-tones 79 figures Hardy-Weinberg Principle; 7. Mutation 0 521 80190 7 HB c. £45.00 A and the genetic variation of populations; 0 521 00038 6 PB c. £15.95 X 8. Small populations, genetic drift and September inbreeding; 9. Migration, gene flow and the differentiation of populations; 10. Quantifying natural selection: haploid and zygotic selection models; 11. Applying zygotic selection models to natural systems; 12. Polygenic inheritance, quantitative genetics and heritability; 13. Population genetics: summary and synthesis; Part IV. Demography: 14. Life tables and age-specific death rates; 15. Age-specific reproduction and population growth rates; 16. Evolution of life histories; Part V. Interactions Between Species, and the Behaviour of Individuals: 17. Interspecific competition and amensalism; 18. Predation; 19. Animal behaviour, natural selection and altruistic traits; 20. Sexual selection and mating systems; 21 Epilogue; References; Solutions to problems; Index.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Ecology and Environmental Biology 13

Subject areas: ecology, population biology, Plants in Changing Environments Propagation of Ecological population ecology, population genetics, Linking Physiological, Population, and Influences Through behavioural ecology, evolutionary biology Community Ecology Environmental Space Market: undergraduate students, graduate Second edition William A. Reiners F. A. Bazzaz students University of Wyoming Harvard University, Massachusetts 246 x 189 mm 356pp 112 line diagrams and Kenneth L. Driese 16 half-tones 46 tables This updated new edition continues to University of Wyoming 0 521 82537 7 HB c.£80.00 A provide a wealth of information on how 0 521 53223 X PB c.£29.95 X The movement of organisms, abiotic disturbance changes the environment, how October materials and energy across landscapes is a species function, coexist, and share or key element in the study of ecology. Reiners compete for resources in populations and and Driese introduce a conceptual Soay Sheep communities, and how species replace each framework for the study and understanding Dynamics and Selection in an Island other over successional time. Population of propagation of ecological influences ‘… a gem: self-contained in style, reference Edited by Tim Clutton-Brock across landscapes, and provide examples of and content, a first calling point for all my University of Cambridge models that describe and predict future enquiries about successional propagation. and Josephine Pemberton processes.’ University of Edinburgh Subject areas: ecology, biogeography Annals of Botany Soay Sheep synthesises one of the most Market: graduate students, academic Subject areas: ecology, plant physiology, detailed studies of demography and researchers conservation biology dynamics in a naturally regulated Cambridge Studies in Landscape Ecology population of mammals. Drawing on Market: graduate students, academic researchers 247 x 174 mm 300pp 77 line diagrams studies over nearly twenty years, it provides 27 half-tones 6 tables unique insights into the regulation of 228 x 152 mm 350pp 140 line diagrams 10 tables 0 521 80049 8 HB c.£90.00 A herbivore populations and the effects of 0 521 82589 X HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 80484 1 PB c.£32.95 A environmental change on selection and 0 521 53305 8 PB c.£24.95 X October adaptation. Essential reading for vertebrate October ecologists, demographers, evolutionary The Science of Sustainable biologists and behavioural ecologists. Ecological Networks and Development Advance praise for this book: Greenways Local Livelihoods and the Global Concept, Design, Implementation ‘ A major, very important book in Environment population biology, with first class Edited by Rob Jongman Jeffrey Sayer Alterra Green World Research contributors … a most valuable WWF International, Switzerland contribution to the ecology literature. and Gloria Pungetti and Bruce Campbell University of Reading I recommend it most highly.’ Centre for International Forestry Research, Indonesia Charles J. Krebs, A thorough overview of recent Science faces major challenges in tackling University of British Columbia developments in this emerging area, the interlinked problems of poverty and combining theoretical concepts of Subject areas: ecology, population biology, environmental sustainability. This book landscape ecology with the practice of behavioural ecology, population genetics, investigates these challenges and calls for a landscape planning and management to parasitology, conservation restructuring of our present arrangements illustrate how sustainable land use policies to achieve truly integrated natural resource Market: graduate students, academic can be implemented. management that embraces a range of researchers Subject areas: ecology, conservation, land scales, system components, disciplines and 228 x 152 mm 400pp 115 line diagrams management knowledge types. 18 half-tones 24 tables 0 521 82300 5 HB c.£80.00 A Market: graduate students, academic Subject areas: sustainable development, 0 521 52990 5 PB c.£29.95 A researchers, professionals natural resource management, agricultural October Cambridge Studies in Landscape Ecology development, development economics, 247 x 174 mm 368pp 101 line diagrams environmental studies, ecology, 9 half-tones 34 tables conservation 0 521 82776 0 HB c.£80.00 A Market: academic researchers, 0 521 53502 6 PB c.£29.95 A professionals, graduate students October 228 x 152 mm 200pp 35 line diagrams 4 tables 0 521 82728 0 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 53456 9 PB c.£24.95 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 14 Ecology and Environmental Biology/Zoology and Behaviour

Water for Life Ecosystem Sustainability and Zoology and Water Management and Environmental Health Policy A Practical Approach Behaviour James L. Wescoat David Waltner-Toews University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign University of Guelph, Ontario Field and Laboratory Methods in and Gilbert F. White Improving the health of people and animals University of Colorado, Boulder Primatology while ensuring sustainability of ecosystems A Practical Guide Successful water management is crucial for are laudable and important objectives. the proper operation of natural Drawing on fields as diverse as Edited by Joanna M. Setchell University of Surrey, Roehampton environmental systems and for the support epidemiology, environmental sciences, of human society. This book is the first to ecology and systems sciences this book is and Deborah J. Curtis fully analyze the relationship between water about searching for solutions to complex University of Surrey, Roehampton management, environmental conditions problems to produce a new science for A practical manual for all those studying and public policy. Examples are drawn from sustainability. wild primates, this book covers everything around the world, with emphasis on Market: graduate students, academic from trip-planning, ethics and health issues integrative approaches. researchers, professionals to practical details of how to find, habituate Subject areas: natural resource and study primates in the wild. It will be an 228 x 152 mm 180pp 28 line diagrams 11 tables invaluable tool for students and researchers management, environmental planning, 0 521 82478 8 HB c.£65.00 A geography, landscape architecture, civil 0 521 53185 3 PB c.£24.95 A in primatology, behavioural ecology and engineering, environmental policy, social November zoology. studies Subject areas: primatology, behavioural Market: graduate students, academic ecology, zoology researchers Ecology and Environmental Biology Market: graduate students, academic 228 x 152 mm 275pp 25 line diagrams ▼ see also researchers 87 half-tones 24 tables 246 x 189 mm 384pp 23 line diagrams 3 half-tones 0 521 36211 3 HB c.£65.00 A 49 Allman: Mathematical Models in Biology 12 tables 0 521 36980 0 PB c.£24.95 A 17 Dieckmann: Adaptive Speciation 0 521 82004 9 HB c.£75.00 A November 0 521 52628 0 PB c.£27.95 A 15 Fragaszy: The Biology of Traditions September 11 Frankham: A Primer of Conservation Genetics Spatial Ecological-Economic 43 Fusaro: Environmental Mathematics for the Analysis for Wetland Classroom Chemical Ecology of Vertebrates Management 12 Hambler: Conservation Dietland Muller-Schwarze 14 Muller-Schwarze: Chemical Ecology of Vertebrates Modelling and Scenario Evaluation of State University of New York, College of Land-Use in The Netherlands 24 Rodríguez-Iturbe: Plants and Soil Moisture Dynamics Environmental Studies and Forestry 18 Singh: The Evolution of Population Biology Chemical Ecology of Vertebrates is the first Jeroen van den Bergh 24 Strangeways: Measuring the Natural Environment Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam 16 van Emden: Pest and Vector Control book to focus exclusively on the chemically Aat Barendregt 24 Warner: Desert Meteorology mediated interactions between vertebrates Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam 15 Zabel: Mammal Community Dynamics (including humans) and other animals and and Alison J. Gilbert plants. Pulling together information Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam published in widely scattered sources, it will In all parts of the world wetlands are be an indispensable reference for all those endangered by human activities and interested in chemical communication. development. This book approaches the Subject areas: chemical ecology, study of wetlands management and behavioural ecology, animal behaviour, development policy by using integrated psychology, fish and wildlife management ecosystem modelling that builds upon Market: academic researchers, graduate insights from hydrology, ecology and students, undergraduate students economics. 246 x 189 mm 320pp 44 line diagrams Subject areas: ecology, environmental 13 half-tones 10 colour plates 53 tables science, hydrology, environmental 0 521 36377 2 HB c.£65.00 A economics, applied policy research December Market: academic researchers, graduate students, professionals 228 x 152 mm 250pp 37 line diagrams 54 tables 0 521 82230 0 HB c.£70.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Zoology and Behaviour 15

Mammal Community Dynamics Monogamy Zoology and Behaviour Management and Conservation in the Mating Strategies and Partnerships in ▼ see also Coniferous Forests of Western North Birds, Humans and Other Mammals America Edited by Ulrich Reichard 13 Clutton-Brock: Soay Sheep Edited by Cynthia J. Zabel Max-Planck-Institut für angewändte Anthropologie 16 Hajek: Natural Enemies U.S. Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Research and Christophe Boesch 12 Neal: Introduction to Population Biology Station Max-Planck-Institut für angewändte Anthropologie 16 van Emden: Pest and Vector Control and Robert G. Anthony Why do males sometimes live with a single Oregon State University mate when they are capable of fertilizing more than one female’s eggs? Is male helping behaviour important for monogamous partnerships? This book explores social, sexual and reproductive monogamy in a diversity of birds and mammals and draws implications for humans. Subject areas: behavioural ecology, evolutionary anthropology, primatology, ornithology, zoology Market: graduate students, academic researchers 246 x 189 mm 224pp 36 line diagrams 38 tables 0 521 81973 3 HB c.£80.00 A 0 521 52577 2 PB c.£29.95 A A synthesis of the literature on the role of September forest mammals in community structure and function in the coniferous forests of Parasites, People, and Places western North America, with emphasis on Essays on Field Parasitology management and conservation. Coverage Gerald W. Esch includes charismatic megafauna, small Wake Forest University, North Carolina terrestrial mammals, arboreal rodents, bats, In this fascinating collection of essays on medium-sized carnivores, and ungulates. field parasitology, Gerald Esch describes Subject areas: conservation, ecology, scientists, the organisms they work on and community ecology the places where they occur. Taken together, Market: academic researchers, graduate the essays represent a beautifully written students, professionals account of the development of an entire 228 x 152 mm 550pp 64 line diagrams 2 half-tones field of scientific endeavour spanning a 20 tables period of 50 years or more. 0 521 81043 4 HB c.£95.00 A Subject areas: parasitology, ecology, 0 521 00865 4 PB c.£34.95 A September zoology, history of science Market: graduate students, academic The Biology of Traditions researchers, undergraduate students, Models and Evidence amateurs Edited by Dorothy Fragaszy 228 x 152 mm 200pp 5 line diagrams 45 half-tones 50 figures and Susan Perry 0 521 81549 5 HB c.£40.00 A Biology of Traditions investigates socially- 0 521 89457 3 PB c.£14.95 T maintained behavioral traditions in December nonhuman animals from primates and dolphins to birds. Exploring new theoretical models of traditions, it will make this area accessible to researchers and students in the fields of biology, anthropology and psychology. Subject areas: animal behaviour, evolutionary biology, anthropology, comparative psychology Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 462pp 37 line diagrams 4 half-tones 21 tables 0 521 81597 5 HB c.£65.00 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 16 Entomology and Pest Management/Horticulture

Entomology and Pest ■ Textbook Horticulture Management Natural Enemies An Introduction to Biological Control Biology of Apples and Pears Ann Hajek J. E. Jackson ■ Cornell University, New York Textbook Biology of Apples and Pears is a Natural Enemies gives a thorough comprehensive reference book on all aspects Pest and Vector Control grounding in the biological control of of pomology at the organ, tree and orchard Helmut van Emden arthropods, vertebrates, weeds and plant level for researchers, students, fruit farmers University of Reading pathogens using natural enemies. Intended and technical advisors. It describes the and Michael Service for undergraduate students with little or no production of fruit with regard to key Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine background in the field, it explores the commercial factors, and under both reasons for using biological control, the Pest and Vector Control describes how temperate and tropical environmental major strategies for the use of natural insects, beneficial ones and pests, play an conditions. important role in human life, and how enemies, and how biological control can be obnoxious insects, ticks and mites of integrated with other types of pest Subject areas: horticulture, pomology agricultural, stored products, and medical management. Addressing the issues of safety Market: academic researchers, graduate and veterinary importance can be and non-target effects, the ecological students, professionals controlled. The many different options for relationships that make control by natural The Biology of Horticultural Crops this are presented, together with their enemies possible are emphasised, making 228 x 152 mm 512pp 59 line diagrams 7 half-tones advantages and disadvantages. The this a fully-rounded introduction for any 80 tables emphasis is on trying to develop pest student. 0 521 38018 9 HB c.£95.00 A management strategies, where insecticides Contents: Acknowledgments; Preface; Part July provide only a part of an integrated I. Introduction: 1. Why use natural approach, in order to make pest/vector enemies; 2. Introduction to biological control less damaging to the environment, control; Part II. Strategies for Using Natural Horticulture and more sustainable. Enemies: 3. Classical biological control; ▼ see also Contents: Preface; 1. Man and insects; 4. Augmentation: Inoculative and 2. The causes of pest and vectored disease inundative biological control; 16 Hajek: Natural Enemies outbreaks; 3. Insecticides and their 5. Conservation biological control; Part III. 16 van Emden: Pest and Vector Control formulation; 4. Application of insecticides; Biological Control of Invertebrate and 5. Problems with insecticides; Vertebrate Pests: 6. Ecological basis for use 6. Environmental/cultural control; of predators, parasitoids and pathogens; 7. Biological control; 8. Insect pathogens; 7. Predators; 8. Parasitoids: Attack by 9. Genetic control; 10. Pheromones; aliens; 9. Entomopathogenic nematodes; 11. Plant and host resistance; 12. Other 10. Bacterial pathogens of invertebrates; control measures and related topics; 11. Viral pathogens; 12. Fungi and 13. Pest and vector management; microsporidia; Part IV. Biological Control References; Appendix: names of some of Weeds: 13. Biology and ecology of agents chemicals and microbials used as pesticides. used for biological control of weeds; Subject areas: pest management, 14. Phytophagous vertebrates and agricultural science, entomology, crop invertebrates; 15. Plant pathogens for protection, infectious disease controlling weeds; Part V. Biological Control of Plant Pathogens and Plant Market: graduate students, undergraduate Parasitic Nematodes: 16. Biology and students, professionals, academic ecology of antagonists; 17. Microbial researchers antagonists combating plant pathogens and 228 x 152 mm 300pp 36 line diagrams plant parasitic nematodes; Part VI. 62 half-tones 98 figures Biological Control: Concerns, Changes and 0 521 81195 3 HB c.£75.00 A 0 521 01083 7 PB c.£24.95 X Challenges: 18. Safe use of biological November control; 19. Present uses of biological control; Glossary; General References; Index. Subject areas: entomology, pest management, biological control, weed management, plant pathology, plant protection, crop protection Market: undergraduate students, graduate students 246 x 189 mm 250pp 72 line diagrams 48 half-tones 24 tables 0 521 65295 2 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 65385 1 PB c.£24.95 X December

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Human Biology/Evolution 17

Human Biology Forensic Facial Reconstruction Evolution Caroline Wilkinson University of Manchester Neanderthals and Modern Used when skeletal remains cannot The Evolution of Morality and Humans otherwise be identified, forensic facial Religion The Dynamics and Biogeography of their reconstruction can give a name to the dead, A Biological Perspective Interactions or in archaeological contexts, provide a Donald Broom Clive Finlayson tangible impression of real individuals from University of Cambridge The Gibraltar Museum, Gibraltar our past. This important reference-work Biologist Donald Broom argues that Why did the Neanderthals go extinct? Were will be an indispensable resource for all morality and the central components of they just out-competed by our own practitioners in forensic science, religion are of great value, and presents two ancestors? This book provides compelling archaeology and medical art. central ideas: that morality has a biological evidence that populations of both species Subject areas: physical anthropology, foundation and has evolved as a existed side by side for some time, and that forensic anthropology, forensic archaeology, consequence of natural selection, and it was the Neanderthals’ failure to adapt fast human science, forensic art secondly, that religions are essentially enough to changing climatic conditions Market: academic researchers, graduate structures underpinning morality. that sounded their death-knell. students Subject areas: biology, theology Subject areas: paleoanthropology, human 228 x 152 mm 200pp 13 line diagrams Market: academic researchers, graduate evolution, archaeology, biogeography 104 half-tones 19 tables students, undergraduate students 0 521 82003 0 HB c.£50.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 200pp November students 0 521 82192 4 HB c.£50.00 A Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary 0 521 52924 7 PB c.£18.95 A Anthropology, 38 Learning from HIV/AIDS August 228 x 152 mm 250pp 50 line diagrams Edited by George Ellison 30 half-tones 20 tables South Bank University, London Adaptive Speciation 0 521 82087 1 HB c.£60.00 A Melissa Parker Edited by Ulf Dieckmann November Brunel University International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, and Catherine Campbell Austria Patterns of Growth and London School of Economics and Political Science Michael Doebeli Development in the Genus Homo Learning from HIV/AIDS brings together University of British Columbia, Vancouver Edited by Jennifer L. Thompson perspectives from different disciplines to Johan A. J. Metz University of Nevada, Las Vegas assess what we have learnt about Rijksuniversiteit Leiden, The Netherlands Gail E. Krovitz HIV/AIDS, and what methodological and and Diethard Tautz Pennsylvania State University theoretical advances have arisen from Universität zu Köln and Andrew J. Nelson studying it. It presents a holistic overview of Adaptive Speciation clarifies how adaptive University of Western Ontario the disease and identifies why processes, rather than geographic isolation, Our earliest human ancestors grew more unidisciplinary interventions for HIV can cause speciation. Leading researchers like modern apes than present-day humans. prevention have failed. explain exciting developments in modeling When, how and why did our modern Subject areas: biological anthropology, speciation, together with examples of rapid pattern evolve, therefore? This book, social anthropology, medicine, health care, speciation by natural selection. Written for covering growth patterns in Plio- epidemiology students and researchers in biology, physics, and mathematics, this is a ground-breaking Pleistocene adults and juveniles, including Market: graduate students, academic treatment of modern speciation science. Homo antecessor, provides a rich data source researchers for future research. Biosocial Society Symposium Series, 15 Subject areas: theoretical ecology, evolutionary biology, mathematical biology Subject areas: human evolution, biological 228 x 152 mm 290pp 4 line diagrams 2 tables anthropology, human growth and 0 521 80866 9 HB c.£65.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate development 0 521 00470 5 PB c.£24.95 A students Market: academic researchers, graduate October Cambridge Studies in Adaptive Dynamics, 4 students 228 x 152 mm 452pp 110 line diagrams Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary 12 colour plates 9 tables Anthropology, 37 0 521 82842 2 HB c.£55.00 A 228 x 152 mm 384pp 72 line diagrams 8 half-tones December 64 tables 0 521 82272 6 HB c.£65.00 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 18 Evolution/Bioinformatics/Microbiology

The Evolution of Population Bioinformatics Microbiology Biology Edited by Rama Singh McMaster University, Ontario Dormancy and Low Growth ■ Textbook and Marcy Uyenoyama States in Microbial Disease Duke University, North Carolina Microarray Bioinformatics Edited by Anthony Coates This unique collection of essays deals with St George’s Hospital Medical School, University of Dov Stekel London the foundation and historical development Oxford Gene Technology of population biology and its relationship to population genetics and population ecology DNA microarrays have revolutionised on one hand and to the rapidly growing molecular biology and are becoming a fields of molecular quantitative genetics, standard tool in the field. Unlike genomics and bioinformatics on the other. traditional molecular biology, the Published in honor of Richard Lewontin. successful use of DNA microarrays requires a substantial use of statistics and Subject areas: population biology, computing, to design the arrays, design population genetics, population ecology, the experiments, and to analyze and evolutionary biology manage the data. This book is written for Market: academic researchers, graduate researchers, clinicians, laboratory heads students and managers, from both laboratory and 228 x 152 mm 400pp 30 line diagrams 1 half-tone bioinformatics backgrounds, who work, 11 tables or intend to work with microarrays. It is 0 521 81437 5 HB c.£80.00 A a comprehensive guide to the November mathematics, statistics and computing required to use microarrays successfully. Many bacteria survive infection of their host in a low growth state, including the • A balanced and comprehensive guide to Evolution classic persistent infectious bacteria, all microarray bioinformatics, accessible tuberculosis. This book will be of interest to ▼ see also to students from both biology and microbiologists, medical microbiologists bioinformatics backgrounds 4 Conway Morris: Life’s Solution and infectious disease clinicians who are 12 Ferrière: Evolutionary Conservation Biology • Based on the highly succesful interested in learning more about the 6 Krude: DNA microarray bioinformatics course at fundamental science of bacterial dormancy Oxford University and written by the in relation to disease. course’s Director, an experienced Subject areas: molecular microbiology, instructor medical microbiology, infectious disease • Detailed glossary of terms provided by medicine, immunology the Microarray Gene Expression Data Market: academic researchers, graduate Society, who define the standard terms students used in the field internationally Advances in Molecular and Cellular Microbiology, 3 Contents: 1. Microarrays: making them 228 x 152 mm 288pp 13 line diagrams 5 half-tones and using them; 2. Sequence databases 6 tables for microarrays; 3. Computer design of 0 521 80940 1 HB c.£65.00 A oligonucleotide probes; 4. Image July processing; 5. Normalization; 6. Measuring and quantifying microarray variability; 7. Analysis of differentially expressed genes; 8. Analysis of relationships between genes, tissues or treatments; 9. Classification of tissues and samples; 10. Experimental design; 11. Data storage, standards and sharing; Appendix A. Glossary. Subject areas: bioinformatics, molecular biology, biostatistics, genetics, genomics, data mining, developmental biology, bioengineering Market: graduate students, academic researchers 234 x 177 mm 300pp 112 line diagrams 4 half-tones 8 colour plates 58 tables 0 521 81982 2 HB c. £65.00 A 0 521 52587 X PB c. £24.95 X October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Microbiology/Biochemistry and Physiology 19

Susceptibility to Infectious Biochemistry and Diseases Edited by Richard Bellamy Physiology Kintampo Health Research Centre, Ghana Extensive evidence has now accumulated Nutritional Biochemistry of the that host genes are important determinants Vitamins of the outcome of infection for many Second edition common pathogens. This book, written by leading authorities, summarises the David A. Bender University College London advances which have been made in understanding the complexity of host An authoritative and comprehensive review genetic susceptibility. of our current knowledge of the vitamins, their metabolic functions and the scientific Subject areas: microbiology, medical basis for setting recommended intakes for microbiology, epidemiology, infectious the prevention of deficiency and promotion disease medicine, genetics, parasitology, of optimum health. This book will be a immunology valuable reference for students and Market: academic researchers, graduate specialists alike in the field of nutritional students biochemistry. Advances in Molecular and Cellular Microbiology, 4 Subject areas: biochemistry, nutrition, 228 x 152 mm 300pp 37 line diagrams 2 half-tones dietetics, food science, medicine, health 2 colour plates 26 tables science 0 521 81525 8 HB c.£65.00 A December Market: academic researchers, graduate students Microbial Subversion of Host 228 x 152 mm 512pp 83 line diagrams 49 tables Cells 0 521 80388 8 HB c.£70.00 A August Edited by C. David O’Connor University of Southampton Homeostatic and Allostatic and David Smith University of Edinburgh Regulation in Physiological Systems Microbes have co-evolved with other organisms for eons, to the extent that some Edited by Jay Schulkin are so acquainted with host cell biology that Georgetown University, Washington DC they subvert key cellular processes with This book addresses basic physiological unrivalled precision. This volume reviews regulatory systems and examines the this exciting new discipline, reflecting both behavior of these systems under duress. It the recent explosion of knowledge and the integrates the basic concepts of wider insights that are provided. physiological homeostasis with disorders Subject areas: microbiology like depression, stress, anxiety, and addiction. It will appeal to graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate students, medical students, and researchers students working in physiology, epidemiology, Society for General Microbiology Symposia, 62 endocrinology, neuroendocrinology, 228 x 152 mm 300pp 25 line diagrams 6 half-tones neuroscience, and psychology. 6 tables 4 colour figures Subject areas: physiology, epidemiology, 0 521 82998 4 HB c.£70.00 A Available now endocrinology, neuroendocrinology, neuroscience, psychology Market: academic researchers, graduate students Microbiology ▼ 253 x 177 mm 300pp 110 line diagrams see also 12 half-tones 0 521 81141 4 HB c.£50.00 A 6 Krude: DNA December

Biochemistry and Physiology ▼ see also

2Atkins: Atkins’ Molecules 6 Krude: DNA

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 20 Earth Sciences

Physical Sciences Earth Sciences

■ Textbook Minerals Their Constitution and Origin Hans-Rudolf Wenk University of California, Berkeley and Andrei Bulakh St Petersburg State University Minerals: Their Constitution and Origin is an introduction to mineralogy for undergraduate and graduate students in the fields of geology and materials science. It has been designed for a one-semester course and covers all aspects of mineralogy in an up-to-date and integrated style. Throughout the text emphasis is placed on linking mineral properties with broader geological processes, and on conveying their economic importance. Containing beautiful colour photographs, handy reference tables and a glossary of terms, this textbook will be an indispensable guide for the next generation of mineralogy students. ■ Hans-Rudolph Wenk is Professor of Geology at the University of California at Berkeley where he has taught mineralogy for over 30 years. He has wide ranging research interests and is currently working on mineral plasticity, development of preferred orientation during deformation and its •A comprehensive and modern relationship to seismic anisotropy in the crust, mantle and core of the Earth. Professor Wenk has edited and co-authored various books including Texture and Anisotropy (Cambridge University mineralogy text designed for a one Press, 1998). He is a fellow of the Mineralogical Society of America and the American Geophysical semester course Union. •Combines discussion of mineral groups ■ Andrei G. Bulakh is a Professor in the Department of Mineralogy at St Petersburg State University. with geologic occurrence and economic Professor Bulakh has written 23 books, including 2 textbooks, and is also a vice-editor of exploitation Proceedings of the Russian Mineralogical Society. He has travelled widely and has research collaborations with Canadian, British, Finnish, Chinese and German Universities. • Contains many stunning colour Contents: photographs, handy reference tables and a glossary of terms Part I. Structural Features of Minerals: 1. Subject and history of mineralogy; 2. Elements, bonding, simple structures and ionic radii; 3. The lattice concept and description of crystal structures; 4. Macroscopic symmetries: crystal morphology; 5. Crystal growth and aggregation; 6. Isomorphism, polymorphism and crystalline defects; Part II. Physical Investigation of Minerals: 7. Experimental approaches to crystal structures: X-ray diffraction; 8. Physical properties; 9. Optical properties of crystals; 10. Mineral Publicity material available: identification with the petrographic microscope; 11. Color; 12. Additional analytical Showcards by request – contact your methods; 13. Mechanical properties and deformation; Cambridge sales representative Part III. Variety of Minerals and Mineral-forming Processes: 14. Classification and names of minerals; 15. Mineral identification of hand specimens; 16. Mineral genesis; 17. Stability of minerals and phase diagrams; 18. Solid solutions; Part IV. A Systematic Look at Mineral Groups: 19. Some very common minerals: quartz and feldspars. Crystallization of granite and pegmatite; 20. Simple compounds and new minerals. Unusual occurrences; 21. Halides. Evaporite deposits; 22. Carbonates and other minerals with triangular anion groups. Sedimentary origins; 23. Phosphates, sulfates and related minerals. Apatite as a biogenic mineral; 24. Sulfides. Hydrothermal processes; 25. Oxides and hydroxides. Review of ionic crystals; 26. Orthosilicates and ring silicates. Metamorphic mineral assemblages; 27. Sheet silicates. Weathering of silicate rocks; 28. Chain silicates. Discussion of some igneous and metamorphic processes; 29. Framework silicates. Zeolites and ion exchange properties of minerals; Part V. Applied Mineralogy: 30. Metalliferous mineral deposits; 31. Gemstones; 32. Cement minerals; 33. Minerals and human health; 34. Mineral composition of the solar system; 35. Mineral composition of the Earth; Appendices: Determinative tables for hand specimen identification; Determinative tables for optical mineralogy; Glossary; Index. Subject area: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers Market: mineralogy, crystallography, materials science, petrology, planetary science 2003 276 x 219 mm 550pp 389 line diagrams 77 half-tones 62 colour plates 20 tables 0 521 82238 6 HB c. £95.00 A 0 521 52958 1 PB c. £34.95 X October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Earth Sciences 21

■ Textbook various hypotheses and controversies that ■ Textbook have arisen around these rocks. The writing The Sedimentary Record of Sea- is clear and straightforward and the The Cretaceous World Level Change illustrations are truly excellent.’ Peter W. Skelton Angela L. Coe Professor Andrew Miall, University of The Open University, Milton Keynes The Open University, Milton Keynes Toronto Robert A. Spicer Dan W. J. Bosence The Open University, Milton Keynes Royal Holloway, University of London Contents: Preface; Part I. Introduction: Simon P. Kelley Kevin D. Church 1. Sedimentary rocks as a record of Earth The Open University, Milton Keynes The Open University, Milton Keynes processes; 2. Division of the stratigraphical and Iain Gilmour Stephen S. Flint record and geological time; 3. Sea-level The Open University, Milton Keynes University of Liverpool change; Part II. Sequence Stratigraphy and John A. Howell Sea-Level Change: 4. Sequence Universitetet i Bergen, Norway stratigraphy; 5. Processes controlling and R. Chris L. Wilson relative sea-level change and sediment The Open University, Milton Keynes supply; 6. Case study: Quaternary of the Gulf of Mexico; Part III. Siliciclastics Case Study: The Book Cliffs: 7. Tectonic setting, stratigraphy, and sedimentology of the Book Cliffs; 8. The parasequences of the Book Cliffs succession; 9. Sequences and systems tracts in the Book Cliffs; 10. Sequence stratigraphical evolution of the Book Cliffs; Part IV. Carbonates: 11. Carbonate depositional systems; 12. Sequence stratigraphy of carbonate despositional systems; 12. Application of sequence stratigraphical analysis to ancient carbonate platforms; Acknowledgements; References; Index. This ‘Earth system science’ textbook takes Subject areas: sequence stratigraphy, an extreme period in Earth history and sedimentology, petroleum geology explores the interactions between the Market: undergraduate students, graduate physical, chemical and biological processes students, professionals operating within, and at the surface of, the Earth. The Cretaceous was characterised by This unique textbook describes how past Further resources: high atmospheric carbon dioxide and global changes in sea-level can be detected through http://publishing.cambridge.org/resources/ warmth, and therefore very relevant to an analysis of the sedimentary record. In 0521831113 studies of future climatic change. Designed particular it concentrates on the sequence 276 x 219 mm 288pp 150 colour plates for use on undergraduate and graduate stratigraphy model and its application to 0 521 83111 3 HB c.£75.00 A courses, this textbook includes chapter siliciclastic and carbonate successions. 0 521 53842 4 PB c.£27.95 X summaries, focus boxes, and questions and Designed for undergraduate and graduate Available now answers throughout the text. The book is courses in sequence stratigraphy, as well as Co-published with The Open University, Milton Keynes supported by a website hosting sample for professional courses this full-colour pages, selected illustrations, and worked textbook includes numerous educational exercises. features. These include detailed case studies, set-aside focus boxes, and bulleted ‘In short, this is a very well-written book, questions and answers. The book also is filled with up-to-date material and should supported by a website hosting sample be a challenging read for the best pages, selected illustrations, and worked undergraduate students in geology. I would exercises. recommend this book as a supplementary text for several courses at my university and ‘The main body of this book constitutes a would encourage graduate students to add a fine presentation of the principles of copy to their library. Anyone doing research sequence stratigraphy and their application on the Cretaceous Period should have a to clastic and carbonate examples. The use copy.’ of the Book Cliffs as the main clastic Professor Wayne Ahr, Texas A&M example is an excellent choice. The authors University clearly know this area well, and their descriptions and interpretation are well done; they take into account all of the

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 22 Earth Sciences

Contents: Preface; Part I. Survey of the ■ Textbook ■ Textbook Cretaceous World: 1. Introduction to the Cretaceous; 2. The mobile Geochemistry Time Series Analysis and Inverse palaeogeographical framework; An Introduction Theory for Geophysicists 3. Fluctuating sea-level; 4. Changing Francis Albarède David Gubbins climate and biota; 5. Changing climate and Ecole Normale Supérieure, Lyon University of Leeds biota – the marine record; Part II. The This is the first textbook to cover both Workings of the Cretaceous World: spectral analysis and inversion of 6. Biogeochemical cycles; 7. Volcanic geophysical data at a level appropriate for inputs; 8. The operation of major geological undergraduate and graduate students. It carbon sinks; 9. The lost world introduces the necessary theory and rediscovered; Part III. The End of an Era: techniques and goes on to show how these 10. The end-Cretaceous mass extinction; may be practically applied in order to 11. Seeking an explanation; 12. The interpret various types of geophysical signal ‘smoking gun’; 13. The effects of the including seismic, magnetic and gravity Chicxulub impact; Acknowledgements; data. Featuring summary boxes, extensive References; Index. mathematical and computing exercises Subject areas: earth system science, geology, (solutions and software available on the palaeogeography, climatology, Internet), and a set of mathematical sedimentology, geochemistry, appendices, this textbook will prove palaeontology, volcanology invaluable to all geophysics students and Market: undergraduate students, graduate tutors. students Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. This textbook deals with geochemistry at an Further resources: Processing: 2. Mathematical preliminaries; introductory level. The first chapters cover http://publishing.cambridge.org/resources/ 3. Practical estimation of spectra; the basic principles. In discussing 0521831121 4. Filtering; 5. Processing two-dimensional applications to natural waters, deep Earth 243 x 210 mm 336pp 250 colour figures data; Part II. Inversion: 6. Linear parameter and planetary processes the book straddles a estimation; 7. The underdetermined 0 521 83112 1 HB c.£75.00 A number of topics rarely covered in a single 0 521 53843 2 PB c.£27.95 X problem; 8. Nonlinear inverse problems; text. Processes are emphasized over July 9. Continuous inverse theory; Part III. descriptive material. Geochemistry is suitable Co-published with The Open University, Milton Keynes Applications: 10. Fourier analysis as an for an introductory class, but can also be inverse problem; 11. Seismic travel times used as a quick review of geochemical and tomography; 12. Geomagnetism; concepts by scientists from other fields. Appendix 1. Fourier series; Appendix 2. Contents: Introduction; 1. The properties The Fourier integral transform; Appendix of the elements; 2. Mass conservation – 3. Shannon’s sampling theorem; Appendix elemental and isotopic fractionation; 4. Linear algebra; Appendix 5. Vector spaces 3. Geochronology and radiogenic tracers; and the function space; Appendix 6. 4. Element transport; 5. Geochemical Lagrange multipliers and penalty systems; 6. Waters present and past; parameters; Appendix 7. Files for the 7. Mineral reactions; 8. The solid Earth; computer exercises; References; Index. 9. The Earth in the solar system; 10. The Subject areas: geophysics, seismology, geochemical behavior of selected elements; geomagnetism, electromagnetism, gravity Appendices. studies, resistivity studies Subject areas: geochemistry Market: undergraduate students, graduate Market: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers students, academic researchers 247 x 174 mm 288pp 42 line diagrams 7 half-tones 247 x 174 mm 245pp 107 line diagrams 7 tables 7 tables 71 exercises 4 exercises 0 521 81965 2 HB c.£75.00 A 0 521 81468 5 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 52569 1 PB c.£27.95 X 0 521 89148 5 PB c.£22.95 X November September This book was originally published in French by Gordon and Breach Sciences Publishers and was originally known as La géochimie.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Earth Sciences/Environmental and Atmospheric Sciences 23

3-D Seismic Interpretation Environmental and ■ New Edition M. Bacon ■ Textbook Shell UK Exploration Atmospheric Sciences R. Simm The Oceans and Climate Rock Physics Associates Ltd Second edition and T. Redshaw ■ New Edition Grant Bigg BP Exploration ■ Textbook The Oceans and Climate introduces the 3-D seismic data have become the key tool multi-disciplinary controls on air-sea used in the petroleum industry to Weather Cycles interaction – physical, chemical and understand the subsurface. This book aims Real or Imaginary? biological – and shows how these interact. Second edition to help geoscientists new to the technique The new edition of this successful textbook to interpret 3-D seismic data while avoiding William James Burroughs. has been completely updated throughout, common pitfalls. It’s an indispensable guide This completely updated new edition of with extensive new material on for graduate students, researchers, and Weather Cycles: Real or Imaginary? explores thermohaline processes in the ocean and petroleum industry professionals. in detail the unresolved debate on the their link to both abrupt and longer-term Subject areas: exploration seismology, existence of weather cycles. It provides a climate change. It will prove an ideal course geophysics, petroleum geoscience different perspective on one of the most and reference book for students studying Market: academic researchers, difficult questions in the current global earth and environmental sciences, professionals, graduate students warming debate: namely, just how much of oceanography, meteorology and the recent temperature rise can be climatology. The book will also be useful for 247 x 174 mm 288pp 34 line diagrams 3 half-tones 3 tables 100 colour figures attributed to natural causes? This book students and teachers of geography, physics, 0 521 79203 7 HB c.£80.00 A examines the complex analysis required to chemistry and biology. September assess the evidence for cycles with a ‘Climate change has influenced the origin minimum of mathematics. This and growth of early civilisations and will Geology of the Southwestern comprehensive and balanced account will continue to do so. Grant Bigg’s The Oceans USA appeal to the student and expert alike. and Climate introduces a multidisciplinary A Journey Through Two Billion Years of ‘ … a book whose clarity and breadth of approach to this central problem affecting Plate Tectonic History vision set it apart.’ human wellbeing … The book takes us W. Scott Baldridge Scientific American through the planetary phenomena that Los Alamos National Laboratory Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; affect global climate … offers an excellent mathematical introduction to these The Southwest USA is considered a 1. The search for cycles; 2. Statistical complex issues, and should be read by geologist’s ‘dream’, and attracts a large background; 3. Instrumental records; students of oceanography, whatever their number of amateur geologists and 4. Proxy data; 5. The global climate; background.’ undergraduate field classes. This book 6. Extraterrestrial influences; New Scientist provides the first concise and accessible 7. Autovariance and other explanations; account of the geology and landscape of the 8. Nothing more than chaos?; Appendix Contents: 1. The climate system; region, and will prove invaluable to A.1. Measures of variability; A.2. Sherman’s 2. Physical interaction between the ocean students and amateurs alike. statistic; A.3. Fourier series and Fourier and atmosphere; 3. Chemical interaction of analysis; A.4. Calculations of the the atmosphere and ocean; 4. Biochemical Subject areas: geology coefficients of harmonic analysis; interaction of the atmosphere and ocean; Market: general readers, undergraduate A.5. Maximum entropy spectral analysis 5. Large-scale air-sea interaction; 6. The students, graduate students, amateurs, (MESA); A.6. Smoothing and filtering; ocean and natural climatic variability; academic researchers A.7. Wavelet analysis; A.8. Singular 7. The ocean and climatic change; 228 x 152 mm 272pp 96 line diagrams spectrum analysis; A.9. Noise; Appendixes; Glossary; Bibliography; Index. 79 half-tones 16 colour plates A.10. Detrending of prewhitening; Subject areas: oceanography, climatology, 0 521 81639 4 HB c.£50.00 A Annotated bibliography; References; 0 521 01666 5 PB c.£19.95 T environmental science Glossary; Index. September Market: undergraduate students, graduate Subject areas: meteorology, climatology, students oceanography, geophysics, solar physics, 247 x 174 mm 272pp 197 line diagrams earth sciences, geography Earth Science 6 half-tones Market: undergraduate students, graduate 0 521 81570 3 HB c.£60.00 A ▼ see also students, academic researchers 0 521 01634 7 PB c.£24.95 X November 24 Bamber: Mass Balance of the Cryosphere 247 x 174 mm 288pp 81 line diagrams 5 half-tones 4 Conway Morris: Life’s Solution 0 521 82084 7 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 52822 4 PB c.£24.95 X October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 24 Environmental and Atmospheric Sciences

■ New Edition ‘The book will be of use to lecturers and Desert Meteorology supervisors in academe who need to give ■ Graduate Text Thomas T. Warner students a rapid learning curve prior to field National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Measuring the Natural experiments and projects. Its style is Colorado appealing to those with little prior Environment Desert Meteorology will satisfy all who need knowledge.’ to know more about the weather and Second edition International Journal of Climatology Ian Strangeways climate of arid lands. It will appeal TerraData Subject areas: climatology, meteorology, especially to advanced students and hydrology, oceanography, engineering, researchers in environmental science, Measurements of natural phenomena are agriculture, environmental science meteorology, physical geography, vital for any type of environmental hydrology, and engineering. monitoring. This book looks at past, Market: graduate students, academic present and future measurement researchers, professionals Subject areas: meteorology, climatology, techniques, describing the operation of the 247 x 174 mm 496pp 65 line diagrams hydrology, environmental science 140 half-tones 5 tables instruments used and the quality and Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82205 X HB c.£70.00 A accuracy of the data they produce. The 0 521 52952 2 PB c.£32.95 A students book will be important for all those who use November 247 x 174 mm 550pp 268 line diagrams or collect such data, whether for pure 11 colour plates 30 tables research or day-to-day management of the Mass Balance of the Cryosphere 0 521 81798 6 HB c.£80.00 A environment. The first edition received October Observations and Modelling of excellent reviews and this new edition has Contemporary and Future Changes been brought completely up-to-date and Plants and Soil Moisture Edited by Jonathan L. Bamber expanded considerably. University of Bristol Dynamics • First edition received excellent reviews; and Antony J. Payne A Theoretical Approach to the second edition completely up-to-date University of Bristol Ecohydrology of Water-controlled Ecosystems and with extensive additions, and now in Foreword by Sir John Houghton paperback Ignacio Rodríguez-Iturbe Land and sea ice combined form the largest Princeton University, New Jersey • First book to exclusively address how part of the Earth’s cryosphere, responding and Amilcare Porporato natural phenomena are measured; other to climate change over timescales ranging Politecnico di Torino, Italy books only address interpretation and from seasons to millennia. This is a detailed application of environmental data and comprehensive overview of the This book addresses the connections observation and modelling of present and between the hydrologic cycle and plant • Includes past, present and future ecosystems. It will appeal to advanced measurement techniques of all predicted future trends in the mass balance of ice on Earth. students and researchers from a large range environments and variables of disciplines, including environmental ‘The author’s intent is to provide a Subject areas: climatology science, hydrology, ecology, earth science, complete view of the practical side of Market: academic researchers, graduate civil and environmental engineering, collecting environmental data, so that students agriculture, and atmospheric science. anyone using these data will have a good 247 x 174 mm 450pp 149 line diagrams Subject areas: hydrology, ecology, understanding of their inherent limitations 3 half-tones 16 tables 33 colour figures environmental science, soil science and errors. He has succeeded and has 0 521 80895 2 HB c.£75.00 A produced a book that should be valuable for November Market: academic researchers, graduate many present and future environmental students scientists … this is an excellent handbook 247 x 174 mm 500pp 200 line diagrams 15 colour plates on environmental data acquisition. I 0 521 81943 1 HB c.£70.00 A recommend it to anyone who has a role in November environmental science.’ The Leading Edge ‘Most meteorologists could benefit from this book … It is well written and although Environmental and Atmospheric Sciences ▼ aimed at a professional readership it is easy see also to read. I would recommend it to anyone interested in environmental sciences who 30 Clayton: Handbook of Isotopes in the Cosmos 13 Jongman: Ecological Networks and Greenways needs an overview of environmental 13 Reiners: Propagation of Ecological Influences instrumentation.’ Through Environmental Space Weather 13 Sayer: The Science of Sustainable Development 60 Uzawa: Economic Theory and Global Warming 14 van den Bergh: Spatial Ecological-Economic Analysis for Wetland Management 14 Wescoat: Water for Life

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Astronomy and Astrophysics 25

Astronomy and Astrophysics

Visions of the Cosmos Carolyn Collins Petersen Loch Ness Productions John Brandt University of New Mexico This spectacularly illustrated book is a comprehensive exploration of astronomy through the eyes of the world’s observatories and spacecraft missions. Featuring the latest and most stunning images, it provides a magnificent portrayal of the beauty of the cosmos. The accompanying text is an accessible guide to the science behind the wonders, with clear explanations of all the major themes in astronomy. An essential guide to understanding and appreciating the Universe, Visions of the Cosmos builds on the success of the authors’ previous book, Hubble Vision, which became an international best-seller and won world-wide acclaim. ■ Carolyn Collins Petersen is a science journalist and creator of educational materials for astronomy. ■ John Brandt is an adjunct Professor of Physics and Astronomy at the University of New Mexico.

• An essential guide to understanding and appreciating the Universe, from the authors of the bestselling Hubble Vision • Filled with stunning colour photographs from ground and space-based telescopes From reviews of Hubble Vision: • Includes descriptions of planned future observatories and missions to other planets ‘… the most superb encapsulation of modern astronomy I have ever come across … this is Contents: Introduction; 1. Eyes in the sky; 2. Telescopes: multi-frequency time machines; a book for all of us … a landmark popular 3. Planets on a pixel; 4. The lives of Stars; 5. Galaxies – tales of stellar cities; 6. The once and book for astronomy.’ future universe; 7. Stargazing – the next generation; Glossary. Astronomy and Geophysics Subject areas: general astronomy ‘… one of the most comprehensive, Market: general readers, enthusiasts, amateurs authoritative, and expertly illustrated popular 276 x 240mm 220pp 187 colour figures books … the pictures alone are enough to 0 521 81898 2 HB c. £25.00 T make this a must-have …’ September Astronomy Magazine ‘… beautifully illustrated … exactly the type of astronomy book that first captured my Publicity material available: imagination as a child: large, glossy pages that offer a stunning tour of the cosmos in Showcards by request – contact your Cambridge sales representative pictures … an engaging and informative introduction to astronomy.’ The New York Times Book Review

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 26 Astronomy and Astrophysics

Exploring the Starry Sky Robert Burnham Freelance Astronomy Writer Wil Tirion Uranographer Exploring the Starry Sky is the perfect guide for anyone interested in stargazing for the first time. With large, colourful, and easy-to-use star maps, it contains simple directions for finding all of the major stars and constellations visible from the northern hemisphere. For each season, two star charts show all the major sights that can be seen from suburban or rural locations. For those who already have binoculars or a small telescope, more detailed maps spotlight special regions of interest. Additional sections show where the planets are from now until 2006, and when to look for meteor showers, plus dates and places of upcoming eclipses of the Sun and Moon. Easy to use and fun, Exploring the Starry Sky is an enjoyable introduction to sky-watching for every beginner. Contents: Introduction; 1. Late winter; 2. Early spring; 3. Late spring; 4. Early summer; 5. Late summer; 6. Early autumn; 7. Late autumn; 8. Early winter. Subject areas: astronomy • Big, beautiful star maps in full colour Market: amateurs, enthusiasts from Wil Tirion ■ Robert Burnham is a freelance astronomy writer. • Easy-to-follow directions, ideal for the ■ Wil Tirion is the world’s foremost designer of astronomical maps. complete beginner 302 x 225mm 24pp 16 colour figures • Includes all of the major sites for each 0 521 80251 2 SP c. £7.95 T season, visible even from suburban October locations

■ Textbook ■ New Edition Astronomy: A Physical Perspective Second edition Marc Kutner University of Texas, Austin This fully revised and updated text is a comprehensive introduction to astronomical objects and phenomena. By applying some basic physical principles to a variety of situations, students will learn how to relate everyday physics to the astronomical world. Starting with the simplest objects, the text contains explanations of how and why astronomical phenomena occur, and how astronomers collect and interpret information about stars, galaxies and the solar system. The text looks at the properties of stars, star formation and evolution; neutron stars and black holes; the nature of galaxies; and the structure of the universe. It examines the past, present and future states of the universe; and final chapters use the concepts that have been developed to study the solar system, its formation; the possibility of finding other planetary systems; and the search for extraterrestrial life. This comprehensive text contains useful equations, chapter summaries, worked examples and end-of-chapter problem sets. Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Properties of Ordinary Stars: 2. Continuous radiation from stars; 3. Spectral Lines in stars; 4. Telescopes; 5. Binary stars and stellar masses; 6. The • Solutions manual available for Sun: a typical star; Part II. Relativity: 7. Special relativity; 8. General relativity; Part III. instructors from Stellar Evolution: 9. The main sequence; 10. Stellar old age; 11. The death of high mass [email protected] stars; 12. Evolution in close binaries; 13. Clusters of stars; Part IV. The Milky Way: • Conceptual approach explores the 14. Contents of the interstellar medium; 15. Star formation; 16. The Milky Way galaxy; physical explanations behind Part V. The Universe at Large: 17. Normal galaxies; 18. Clusters of galaxies; 19. Active astronomical observations galaxies; 20. Cosmology; 21. The Big Bang; Part VI. The Solar System: 22. Overview of the solar system; 23. The Earth and Moon; 24. The inner planets; 25. The outer planets; • Covers the major forefront areas of 26. Minor bodies in the solar system; 27. The origin of life; Appendices. astronomy, with full colour illustrations throughout Subject areas: astronomy, astrophysics Market: undergraduate students Resources: www.cambridge.org/astronomy/physicalperpsective 248 x 189 mm 600pp 136 line diagrams 155 half-tones 406 colour figures 13 tables 937 exercises Publicity material available: 0 521 82196 7 HB c. £90.00 A Solus adoption flyer 0 521 52927 1 PB c. £29.95 X A4 4pp 0 521 96286 2 August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Astronomy and Astrophysics 27

Discover the Moon New Worlds in the Cosmos ■ Now available outside U.S. Jean Lacroux The Discovery of Exoplanets and Christian Legrand ■ Available now Michel Mayor L’Observatoire de Geneve Translated by Christopher Sutcliffe Cambridge Dictionary of and Pierre-Yves Frei Astronomy Translated by Boud Roukema Jacqueline Mitton

This easy-to-use guide to discovering lunar sites takes the reader through fourteen guided observing sessions from New Moon With the discovery in 1995 of the first to Full Moon. For each evening, the book Anyone involved with astronomy, either planet orbiting another star, scientists shows which craters, mountains and other professionally or as a leisure interest, will finally confirmed that planets are not features can be seen, and how to find them. find this dictionary a handy and unique to our own Solar System. The quest Each photograph shows what the observer invaluable reference book. Over 3,000 for exoplanets is an exciting one, because it actually sees through a telescope, solving words, names and abbreviations are holds the possibility that we might one day the usual difficulties of orientation explained clearly and concisely in a style find life elsewhere in the Universe. confronting beginners. Images are shown as that is authoritative but accessible, Subject areas: astronomy, popular science they appear through both refracting and covering specialist terms, constellations, Market: general readers, enthusiasts reflecting telescopes. planets, observatories, spacecraft and 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 line diagrams 24 half-tones • An ideal introduction to lunar observing much more. 20 colour plates 1 table • Includes more than 300 lunar sites to Subject areas: astronomy 0 521 81207 0 HB c.£18.95 T observe through your telescope Market: general readers, amateurs, October This book was originally published in French by • Day-by-day observing programme, from undergraduate students, academic Editions du Seuil, as Les nouveaux mondes du cosmos. New Moon to Full Moon researchers Subject areas: amateur astronomy 228 x 152 mm 466pp 57 line diagrams 7 tables 0 521 80480 9 PB £11.95 T Market: amateurs, enthusiasts Available now 175 x 230 mm 142pp 5 half-tones 3 tables 126 colour figures 0 521 53555 7 PB c.£10.95 T Available now This book was originally published in French by Vivendi Universal Education, as Découvrir la Lune.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 28 Astronomy and Astrophysics

■ The Edge of Infinity ■ Available now Available now Supermassive Black Holes in the Universe Stellar Alchemy Deep-Sky Companions: The Fulvio Melia The Celestial Origin of Atoms University of Arizona Caldwell Objects Michel Cassé Recent discoveries indicate that supermassive Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris Stephen James O’Meara black holes may have been critical to the Foreword by Patrick Moore Translated by Stephen Lyle formation of structure in the early universe, spawning bursts of star formation, planets, and even life itself. This fascinating and timely book is suitable for the general reader. Subject areas: astronomy Market: general readers, enthusiasts, undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 200pp 5 half-tones 39 colour plates 0 521 81405 7 HB c.£18.95 T September

■ New series Cambridge Planetary Science When Cortez asked the Aztecs where they obtained the iron in their daggers, they Series Editors Compiled by Sir Patrick Moore, the pointed to the sky. Stars manufacture iron, Professor Fran Bagenal University of Colorado, Boulder Caldwell Catalog of deep-sky objects and every other element making up familiar covers the entire celestial sphere, objects around us. In this fascinating book Professor David Jewitt University of Hawaii highlighting cosmic wonders for Michel Cassé explains how even humanity observers worldwide. Stephen James itself is connected to the debris of exploded Professor Carl Murray O’Meara has tirelessly observed all 109 stars. Queen Mary College, London Caldwell objects, and this book presents Subject areas: astrophysics, astronomy, Dr Jim Bell his sketches and detailed visual popular science Cornell University Dr Ralph Lorenz descriptions, and discusses each object’s Market: general readers, undergraduate University of Arizona history and astrophysical significance. students Dr Francis Nimmo ‘… Steve O’Meara has done it again … a 228 x 152 mm 276pp 31 line diagrams University College London beautifully written, personal guide for 13 half-tones 7 tables observing 109 of the most beautiful 0 521 82182 7 HB c.£19.95 T This new series will provide a vehicle for objects in the night sky, plus 20 more Available now the publication of advances in planetary personally chosen deep-sky treasures. This book was originally published in French by Les science research. It will include reference Editions Odile Jacob, as Généalogie de la Matière. Coupled with O’Meara’s own volumes and graduate-level books on the meticulous observations, the rich terrestrial and gas giant planets and their observational history and current A Visitor’s Guide to the Kitt Peak satellites; asteroids; comets; the scientific knowledge of each object bring Observatories interplanetary medium; and extra-solar this book to life, and the depth of Leslie Sage planets. Topics will include the interior, O’Meara’s writing makes it a real gem.’ Nature surface and atmospheric features and David H. Levy, Parade Science Editor and Gail Aschenbrenner processes, as well as the dynamic and codiscoverer of Comet USDA Forest Service interaction between objects. Shoemaker-Levy 9 Kitt Peak is the most visited astronomical Subject areas: planetary science, Subject areas: amateur astronomy observatory site in the world. This book astronomy, geology, geophysics, atmospheric science, cosmochemistry Market: amateurs, enthusiasts gives a comprehensive tour of the Kitt Peak telescopes, and introduces some of the Market: graduate students, academic 261 x 186 mm 500pp 110 line diagrams 146 half-tones 4 tables 103 maps important science that is done with them. researchers, professionals 0 521 82796 5 HB £25.00 T An invaluable guide for visitors to the Available now mountain. Publicity material available: Co-published with Sky Publishing Corporation Subject areas: general astronomy Trade A4 flyer 0 521 96953 0 This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Market: general readers, amateurs, enthusiasts 198 x 129 mm 80pp 2 line diagrams 43 colour figures 0 521 00652 X PB c.£10.50 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Astronomy and Astrophysics 29

Jupiter Subject areas: planetary science, ■ Graduate Text The Planet, Satellites and astronomy Advanced Astrophysics Magnetosphere Market: academic researchers, graduate Neb Duric Edited by Fran Bagenal students University of New Mexico University of Colorado, Boulder Cambridge Planetary Science Astronomy describes the workings of the Tim Dowling 276 x 219 mm 850pp 30 line diagrams universe using the more basic language of University of Louisville, Kentucky 30 half-tones 16 colour plates physics – hence the science of ‘astrophysics’. and Bill McKinnon 0 521 81808 7 HB c. £80.00 A A proper understanding of phenomena like Washington University, St Louis August black holes, quasars and extrasolar planets This comprehensive volume summarises requires that we understand the physics current understanding of the Jovian underlying all of astrophysics. This book ■ Graduate Text system, in the light of recent scientific develops these basics to provide a fuller, results from the Galileo spacecraft, the Astronomy Methods richer understanding of the science of Galileo probe, the Cassini spacecraft, the A Physical Approach to Astronomical astrophysics and the important astronomical Hubble Space Telescope, and numerous Observations phenomena it describes. The user of this ground-based and theoretical studies. Hale Bradt book will gain a greater appreciation of the Chapters are written by leading authorities Massachusetts Institute of Technology connection between physics and astronomy in the field and cover all aspects of Jupiter, and a better understanding of both. its satellites and magnetosphere. With Astronomy Methods is an introduction to Contents: Part I. Classical Mechanics: emphasis on scientific observations and basic practical tools, methods and 1. Orbital mechanics; 2. Galaxy dynamics; theory, this is an invaluable book for phenomena that underlie quantitative 3. Cosmic expansion and large-scale researchers and graduate students. astronomy. Taking a technical approach, the author covers a rich diversity of topics structure; Part II. Statistical Mechanics: • A complete and up-to-date summary across all branches of astronomy, from radio 4. Overview of statistical mechanics; 5. The of current understanding of the to gamma-ray wavelengths. Clear, early universe; 6. Stellar structure and Jupiter System systematic presentations of the topics are compact stars; Part III. Electromagnetism: • Emphasis on the synthesis of scientific accompanied by diagrams and problem 7. Radiation from accelerating charges; observations and theory sets. Written for undergraduates and 8. Bremsstrahlung and synchrotron graduate students, this book contains a radiation; 9. High energy processes in • Chapters by leading authorities in the wealth of information that is required for astrophysics; 10. Electromagnetic wave field the practice and study of quantitative and propagation; Part IV. Quantum Mechanics: Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The origin analytical astronomy and astrophysics. 11. The hydrogen atom; 12. The of Jupiter; 3. The interior of Jupiter; Contents: 1. Astronomy through the interaction of radiation with matter; 4. The composition of the atmosphere of centuries; 2. Electromagnetic radiation; 13. Atomic fine structure lines; 14. Atomic Jupiter; 5. Jovian clouds and haze; 3. Coordinate systems and charts; hyperfine structure lines; 15. Transitions 6. Dynamics of Jupiter’s atmosphere; 4. Gravity, celestial motions, and time; involving multi-electron atoms; 7. The Stratosphere of Jupiter; 8. Lessons 5. Telescopes; 6. Detectors and statistics; 16. Molecular lines in astrophysics. from Shoemaker-Levy 9 about Jupiter 7. Multiple telescope interferometry; Subject areas: astrophysics, physics and planetary impacts; 9. Jupiter’s 8. Point-like and extended sources; thermosphere and ionosphere; Market: graduate students, undergraduate 9. Properties and distances of celestial 10. Jovian dust: streams, clouds and students, academic researchers objects; 10. Absorption and scattering of rings; 11. Jupiter’s ring-moon system; 247 x 174 mm 350pp 99 line diagrams photons; 11. Spectra of electromagnetic 12. Jupiter’s outer satellites and trojans; 35 half-tones 14 tables radiation. 0 521 81967 9 HB c.£80.00 A 13. Interior composition, structure and Subject areas: astronomy, astrophysics 0 521 52571 3 PB c.£29.95 X dynamics of the satellites; November 14. Lithosphere and surface of Io; Market: graduate students, undergraduate 15. Geology of Europa; 16. Geology of students Ganymede; 17. Callisto; 18. Ages and 247 x 174 mm 450pp 58 line diagrams interiors: the cratering record of the 50 half-tones 16 tables 89 exercises Galilean satellites; 19. Satellite 0 521 36440 X HB c.£80.00 A atmospheres; 20. Radiation effects on 0 521 53551 4 PB c.£32.95 A the surfaces of the Galilean satellites; September 21. Magnetospheric interactions with satellites; 22. Plasma interactions of Io with its plasma torus; 23. The Io neutral clouds and plasma torus; 24. The configuration of Jupiter’s magnetosphere; 25. The dynamics of the Jovian magnetosphere; 26. Aurora; 27. Radiation belts; Appendix 1. Maps and spectra; Appendix 2. Physical and orbital data.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 30 Astronomy and Astrophysics

Practical Statistics for Handbook of Isotopes in the Frontiers of X-Ray Astronomy Astronomers Cosmos Edited by Andrew Fabian Jasper Wall Hydrogen to Gallium University of Cambridge University of Oxford Donald Clayton Kenneth Pounds and Charles Jenkins Clemson University, South Carolina University of Leicester Schlumberger Cambridge Research Ltd and Roger Blandford This practical handbook presents the most California Institute of Technology relevant statistical and probabilistic The contributions in this work, by leading machinery for use in observational authorities in the field, originate from a astronomy. Classical parametric and non- Royal Society Discussion Meeting which parametric methods are covered, but there was held to review the most recent results is a strong emphasis on Bayesian solutions and the importance of probability in from the current generation of X-ray experimental inference. The book contains telescopes, and set them in context. many worked examples, and problems Subject areas: astrophysics that make use of databases which are available on the Web. It is suitable for self- Market: graduate students, academic study at advanced undergraduate or researchers graduate level, as a reference for 247 x 174 mm 240pp 76 line diagrams professional astronomers, and as a 32 half-tones 2 tables textbook basis for courses in statistical 0 521 82759 0 HB c.£75.00 A methods in astronomy. 0 521 53487 9 PB c.£27.95 A September Contents: 1. Decision; 2. Probability; 3. Statistics and expectations; 4. Focusing on current scientific knowledge, ■ Correlation and association; 5. Hypothesis this Handbook of Isotopes in the Cosmos Graduate Text testing; 6. Data modelling: parameter- provides a unique information resource for ■ New Edition estimation; 7. Detection and surveys; scientists wishing to learn about the 8. Sequential data – 1D statistics; 9. Surface isotopes and their place in the cosmos. Comets distribution – 2D statistics; Appendices. Suitable for astronomers, physicists, An Introduction Subject areas: astronomy, chemists, geologists and planetary Second edition statistics/mathematics scientists, complete with a glossary of John Conrad Brandt Market: graduate students, undergraduate essential technical terms. University of New Mexico students, professionals, academic Subject areas: astronomy, physics, and Robert DeWitt Chapman researchers geochemistry, meteoritics, chemistry, We have now reached an exciting time in Cambridge Observing Handbooks for Research planetary science cometary research. This book describes the Astronomers, 3 Market: academic researchers, wealth of information known prior to the 228 x 152 mm 250pp 63 line diagrams 5 half-tones professionals, graduate students return of Halley’s comet, and the new 26 tables 61 exercises information discovered since then. The 0 521 45416 6 HB c.£45.00 A 247 x 174 mm 300pp 8 line diagrams 30 tables 0 521 82381 1 HB c.£40.00 A science of comets is described in order of its 0 521 45616 9 PB c.£18.95 A discovery, from tail phenomena to coma November August morphology through to the most recent Fundamentals of Astrometry findings from space missions. This comprehensive text is a complete and up- Kenneth Seidelmann to-date treatment of the subject, suitable for University of Virginia graduate and advanced undergraduate and Jean Kovalevsky students of astronomy and planetary Observatoire de la Cote d’Azur science. Astrometry encompasses all that is Contents: Preface; 1. Comets in history; necessary to provide the positions and 2. Discovery and dynamics of comets; motions of celestial bodies. This includes 3. Observing and measuring techniques; observational techniques, instrumentation, 4. Tails; 5. Coma and related phenomena; processing and analysis of observational 6. Comets and the solar wind; 7. The data, reference systems and frames, and the nucleus; 8. Asteroids; 9. Origins of comets; resulting astronomical phenomena. This 10. Comets and the solar system; 11. The comprehensive reference will be invaluable future of cometary research; 12. Comet for graduate students and research lore; References. astronomers. Subject areas: planetary astronomy Subject areas: classical astronomy Market: graduate students, undergraduate Market: academic researchers, graduate students students, professionals 247 x 174 mm 460pp 129 line diagrams 247 x 174 mm 410pp 73 line diagrams 87 half-tones 24 colour plates 27 tables 12 half-tones 7 tables 0 521 80863 4 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 64216 7 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 00466 7 PB c.£29.95 A November October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Astronomy and Astrophysics 31

■ Volume Two Astronomy and Astrophysics ▼ Cometography see also A Catalogue of Comets 5Penz: Space Volume 2: 1800–1899 5 Shostak: Cosmic Company Gary W. Kronk 7Tobin: The Life and Science of Léon Foucault Cometography is a four-volume catalogue of every comet observed throughout history. This volume provides a complete discussion of every comet seen during the nineteenth century, including details of discovery, closest approaches to the Sun and Earth, paths across the sky, physical descriptions, orbital information, and final observations. From reviews of Volume 1: ‘ … an indispensable reference for historians, comet researchers, and true enthusiasts of the field … the book’s value is inestimable and I can only give [it] my highest praise.’ John E. Bortle, Sky and Telescope Subject areas: astronomy, comets, history of science Market: professionals, enthusiasts Cometography 253 x 177 mm 900pp 0 521 58505 8 HB c.£100.00 A November

Other volumes in this series: Volume 1: Ancient–1799 0 521 58504 X HB £65.00 A 2000 Forthcoming in 2004/5 Volume 3: 1900–1959 0 521 58506 6 HB Volume 4: 1960–1999 0 521 58507 4 HB

The Dark Universe Matter, Energy and Gravity Mario Livio Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore This timely volume presents especially written articles by a host of world experts working on all aspects of dark matter and theories of gravity. This is an indispensable collection of review articles for researchers and graduate students. Subject areas: astronomy, astrophysics Market: academic researchers, graduate students Space Telescope Science Institute Symposium Series 247 x 174 mm 360pp 160 line diagrams 30 half-tones 0 521 82227 0 HB c.£55.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 32 Physics

Physics

■ Textbook ■ New Edition

Maths: A Student’s Survival Guide d e

d u

l A Self-Help Workbook for Science and Engineering Students c n i s n Second edition Solutio Jenny Olive This friendly self-help workbook covers mathematics essential to first-year undergraduate scientists and engineers. In the second edition of this highly successful textbook the author has completely revised the existing text and added a totally new chapter on vectors. Mathematics underpins all science and engineering degrees, and this may cause problems for students whose understanding of the subject is weak. In this book Jenny Olive uses her extensive experience of teaching and helping students by giving a clear and confident presentation of the core mathematics needed by students starting science or engineering courses. The book contains almost 800 exercises, with detailed solutions given in the back to allow students who get stuck to see exactly where they have gone wrong. Topics covered include trigonometry and hyperbolic functions, sequences and series (with detailed coverage of binomial series), differentiation and integration, complex numbers, and vectors. Contents: Basic algebra: some reminders of how it works; 2. Graphs and equations; 3. Relations and functions; 4. Some trigonometry and geometry of triangles and circles; 5. Extending trigonometry to angles of any size; 6. Sequences and series; 7. Binomial series From reviews of the first edition: and proof by induction; 8. Differentiation; 9. Integration; 10. Complex numbers; ‘… a friendly book written in an engaging 11. Working with vectors. style … it will be valued particularly by those who need to make up a deficiency in a •New edition of very successful introductory mathematics textbook specific topic or to remove the rust from their •Friendly, thorough and encouraging mathematics … working through a few • 800 problems with full solutions sections from Olive may be the prescription to cure the problem in many cases.’ The Times Higher Education Supplement Subject areas: physics, engineering ‘…this book is a fine example of its kind and I Market: undergraduate students (introductory) shall certainly use it with my students in the Resources: www.cambridge.org/olive coming year.’ 276 x 219 mm 600pp 592 line diagrams 770 exercises 14 tables School Science Review 0 521 01707 6 PB c. £18.95 X September ‘… excellent value, and certainly worth recommending to the strugglers in your maths class or tutorial group.’ The Observatory Publicity material available: Solus adoption flyer A4 4pp leaflet 0 521 95006 6

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Physics 33

Contributors: John A. Wheeler, Kenneth Subject areas: financial physics, finance, ■ New Edition W. Ford, Paul C. W. Davies, David economics, financial mathematics Deutsch, Bryce S. DeWitt, Freeman J. Speakable and Unspeakable Market: graduate students, professionals, Dyson, Lucien Hardy, Juan C. Maldacena, academic researchers in Quantum Mechanics Juan Pablo Paz, H. Dieter Zeh, Wojciech 247 x 174 mm 420pp 94 line diagrams 18 tables Second edition H. Zurek, Raymond Y. Chiao, Serge 0 521 81916 4 HB c.£45.00 X J. S. Bell Haroche, Paul G. Kwiat, Berthold-Georg September John Bell was one of the leading Englert, Hideo Mabuchi, Christopher R. Monroe, Aephraim M. Steinberg, Andreas interpreters of quantum theory. This ■ Textbook book includes all his published and Albrecht, John D. Barrow, Andrei Linde, unpublished papers in the field, including Joao Magueijo, Fotini G. Markopoulou Fourier and Laplace Transforms two papers that appeared after the first Kalamara, Lisa J. Randall, Lee Smolin, Max Tegmark, Philip D. Clayton, George F. R. R. J. Beerends edition, plus an introduction by Alain Defense Intelligence and Security Service, Amsterdam Ellis, Marcelo Gleiser, Stuart A. Kauffman, Aspect that puts into context Bell’s H. G. ter Morsche enormous contribution to the quantum Shoucheng Zhang, Anton Zeilinger, Jaroslav Pelikan Technische Universiteit Eindhoven, Holland philosophy debate. J. C. van den Berg From reviews of the first edition: Subject areas: quantum physics, cosmology, Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands relativity, foundations of physics, and E. M. van de Vrie ‘… a timely and immensely valuable philosophy of physics, history of science book … much of [it] is so good that it Open Universiteit Nederland surely could not be bettered.’ Market: graduate students, academic This textbook describes in detail the various New Scientist researchers, general readers Fourier and Laplace transforms that are 247 x 174 mm 600pp 60 line diagrams Subject areas: physics, philosophy of used to analyze problems in mathematics, 0 521 83113 X HB c.£35.00 A physics the natural sciences and engineering. These November transforms decompose complicated signals Market: academic researchers, graduate into elementary signals, and are widely used students, undergraduate students ■ New Edition across the spectrum of science and 228 x 152 mm 250pp 36 line diagrams engineering. Applications include electrical 0 521 81862 1 HB c. £55.00 A Theory of Financial Risk and and mechanical networks, heat conduction 0 521 52338 9 PB c. £19.95 A Derivative Pricing September and filters. In contrast with other books, From Statistical Physics to Risk continuous and discrete transforms are Management treated with the same level of detail. Second edition Science and Ultimate Reality Contents: Preface; Introduction; 1. Signals Quantum Theory, Cosmology and Jean-Philippe Bouchaud and systems; 2. Mathematical prerequisites; Complexity Centre Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (CEA), 3. Fourier series: definition and properties; Saclay Edited by John D. Barrow 4. The fundamental theorem of Fourier University of Cambridge and Marc Potters series; 5. Applications of Fourier series; Capital Fund Management Paul C. W. Davies 6. Fourier integrals: definition and Macquarie University, Sydney Risk control and derivative pricing are properties; 7. The fundamental theorem of and Charles L. Harper, Jr major concerns to financial institutions. the Fourier integral; 8. Distributions; John Templeton Foundation Classical theories are based on assumptions 9. The Fourier transform of distributions; This volume provides a fascinating snapshot leading to systematic underestimation of 10. Applications of the Fourier integral; of the future of physics. It comprises risks. This book summarises developments, 11. Complex functions; 12. The Laplace contributions from leading thinkers in the some from statistical physics, taking into transform: definition and properties; field, inspired by the pioneering work of John account the real behaviour of financial 13. Further properties, distributions, and Wheeler. Quantum theory represents a markets for asset allocation, derivative the fundamental theorem; 14. Applications unifying theme within the book, covering pricing and hedging, and risk control. of the Laplace transform; 15. Sampling of topics such as the nature of physical reality, From review of the first edition: continuous-time signals; 16. The discrete cosmic inflation, the arrow of time, models of ‘… provides a very useful stepping stone to Fourier transform; 17. The fast Fourier the universe, superstrings, quantum gravity understand the limitations of the Black- transform; 18. The z-transform; and cosmology. Attempts to formulate a final Scholes world to that of a more generalized 19. Applications of discrete transforms. unification of physics are discussed, along theory of financial markets … Bouchard Subject areas: mathematics (applied), with the existence of hidden dimensions of and Potters will then provide the reader physics, engineering space, hidden cosmic matter, and the strange with an insight and generalization that they Market: undergraduate students, graduate world of quantum technology. may otherwise miss with direct application students, academic researchers • Contributions from top researchers in of more ‘traditional’ theory to the financial 247 x 174 mm 520pp 50 tables 125 exercises quantum theory, cosmology and markets. To the experienced reader of 119 figures theoretical physics financial theory, the book provides a useful 0 521 80689 5 HB c.£75.00 A reminder of the limitations of traditional 0 521 53441 0 PB c.£29.95 X • Provides a fascinating overview, exploring theories and a number of useful tools that August unanswered questions and looking at can be used in the more generalized world Originally published under the joint imprint of the future directions for research Dutch Open University and Educaboek BV, as Fourier of financial risk.’ and Laplace Transformaties. • Celebrates the wide variety of topics in David A. Scott C. Math. FIMA, which John A. Wheeler has been involved Mathematics Today

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 34 Physics

■ Graduate Text ■ New in Paperback ■ Graduate Text ■ New Edition Consistent Quantum Theory Electronic Structure Quantum Field Theory in Robert B. Griffiths Basic Theory and Practical Methods Condensed Matter Physics Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania Richard M. Martin Second edition Illustrating basic quantum principles using University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign simple examples, Griffiths clarifies topics The study of the electronic structure of Alexei M. Tsvelik Brookhaven National Laboratory, New York that students and their teachers often find materials is at a momentous stage, with confusing. A supplement to traditional the emergence of new computational This book is a course in modern quantum texts, this book is accessible to graduate and methods and theoretical approaches. field theory for condensed matter physics. It advanced undergraduate students. It will Many properties of materials can now be includes a derivation of the path integral also be of interest to physicists and determined directly from the representation, Feynman diagrams and philosophers working on the foundations of fundamental equations of quantum elements of the theory of metals including a quantum mechanics. mechanics, bringing new insights into discussion of Landau–Fermi liquid theory. In later chapters the discussion gradually Subject areas: physics, philosophy of critical problems in physics, chemistry, physics and materials science. This volume turns to more advanced methods used in provides an introduction to the field and the theory of strongly correlated systems. Market: academic researchers, graduate describes its conceptual framework, the The book contains a thorough exposition of students capabilities of present methods, such non-perturbative techniques as 1/N- 247 x 174 mm 408pp 42 line diagrams limitations, and challenges for the expansion, bosonization (Abelian and non- 0 521 53929 3 PB c.£34.95 A future. Each chapter presents thoughtful Abelian), conformal field theory and theory Available now exercises to emphasize salient points and of integrable systems. to challenge the reader’s understanding. From reviews of the first edition: Cold and Ultracold Collisions in Contents: Part I. Overview and ‘ … bridges the gap in the current research Quantum Microscopic and Background Topics: 1. Introduction; literature on low-dimensional electron and Mesoscopic Systems 2. Overview; 3. Theoretical background; spin model systems … I expect my copy to John Weiner 4. Periodic solids and electron bands; become one of the more ratty items on my Université Paul Sabatier 5. Uniform electron gas and simple shelf.’ This book describes collisions between metals; Part II. Density Functional Physics Today atoms that have been cooled to extremely Theory: 6. Density functional theory: Contents: Part I. Introduction to Methods; low temperatures by optical and evaporative foundations; 7. The Kohn–Sham ansatz; Part II. Fermions; Part III. Strongly cooling techniques. It reviews quantum 8. Functionals for exchange and Fluctuating Spin Systems; Part IV. Physics theory of scattering, and summarizes correlation; 9. Solving the Kohn–Sham in the World of One Spatial Dimension. techniques of optical cooling and trapping. equations; Part III. Important It describes applications to precision Preliminaries on Atoms: 10. Electronic Subject areas: physics (condensed matter, theoretical) spectroscopy, determination of atomic structure of atoms; 11. Pseudopotentials; properties and the manipulation of Part IV. The Three Basic Methods for Market: graduate students, academic Bose–Einstein condensates. Electronic Structure: 12. Plane waves and researchers grids: basics; 13. Plane waves and grids: 247 x 174 mm 400pp 99 line diagrams 4 tables Subject areas: physics (atomic, molecular, full calculations; 14. Localized orbits: tight 17 exercises optical, condensed matter) bending; 15. Localized orbits: full 0 521 82284 X HB c.£35.00 X Market: academic researchers September calculations; 16. Augmented functions: 247 x 174 mm 250pp 113 line diagrams 4 tables APW, KKR, MTO; 17. Augmented 0 521 78121 3 HB c.£55.00 A functions: linear methods; Part V. October Predicting Properties of Matter from Electronic Structure – Recent Developments: 18. Quantum molecular dynamics (QMD); 19. Response functions: photons, magnons … ; 20. Excitation spectra and optical properties; 21. Wanner functions; 22. Polarization, localization and Berry’s phases; 23. Locality and linear scaling O (N) methods; 24. Where to find more. Subject areas: physics (condensed matter), chemistry (physical), materials science Market: graduate students, academic researchers 247 x 174 mm 700pp 180 line diagrams 5 half-tones 11 tables 150 exercises 0 521 78285 6 HB c. £40.00 X November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Physics 35

Micromagnetism and the Subject areas: particle physics, high energy nonlinear systems; 15. Chaos control; Microstructure of Ferromagnetic physics, condensed matter physics Appendix A Using the TISEAN programs; Solids Market: graduate students, academic Appendix B Description of the researchers experimental data sets. Helmut Kronmüller Max-Planck-Institut für Metallforschung Cambridge Monographs on Particle Physics, Subject areas: physics, mathematics, Nuclear Physics and Cosmology, 21 biology, social sciences and Manfred Fähnle Max-Planck-Institut für Metallforschung 247 x 174 mm 390pp 101 line diagrams 1 table Market: graduate students, academic 0 521 80450 7 HB c.£65.00 A researchers, professionals The main theme of this book is November micromagnetism, microstructure and 247 x 174 mm 365pp 118 line diagrams 4 tables analysis of relations between characteristic 43 exercises ■ 0 521 82150 9 HB c.£90.00 A properties of the hysteresis loop and Graduate Text 0 521 52902 6 PB c.£34.95 X microstructure. It will be of interest to ■ New Edition October researchers and graduate students in condensed matter, electrical engineering Nonlinear Time Series Analysis and materials science, and to industrial Second edition ■ Graduate Text researchers in the electrotechnical and Holger Kantz Principles of recording industry. Max-Planck-Institut für Physik komplexer Systeme, Magnetohydrodynamics Dresden Subject areas: physics (condensed matter), With Applications to Laboratory and engineering (electrical), materials science and Thomas Schreiber Astrophysical Plasmas Max-Planck-Institut für Physik komplexer Systeme, Market: academic researchers, graduate Dresden Johan Peter Goedbloed students, professionals FOM-Instituut voor Plasmyafysica, Nieuwegein The time variability of many natural and Cambridge Studies in Magnetism and Stefaan Poedtrs social phenomena is not well described by Universeiteitsbibliotheek-K.U. Leuven 247 x 174 mm 434pp 49 half-tones 18 tables standard methods of data analysis. 237 figures Nonlinear time series analysis uses chaos This book describes the two main 0 521 33135 8 HB c.£80.00 A applications of plasma physics, laboratory August theory and nonlinear dynamics to understand such seemingly unpredictable research on thermo-nuclear fusion energy and plasma astrophysics of the solar system, Introductory Muon Science behaviour. Results are applied to real data from physics, biology, medicine, and stars and accretion disks, from the single Kanetada Nagamine engineering. While based on a sound viewpoint of magnetohydrodynamics Meson Science Laboratory, Reiken mathematical background, the book (MHD). This approach provides effective Muons are unstable elementary particles emphasises practical usefulness. Researchers methods and insights for the interpretation that are found in space, which can also be from all experimental disciplines, including of plasma phenomena on virtually all scales, produced in particle accelerators to an physics, the life sciences, and economy, will ranging from the laboratory to the universe. intensity a billion times greater than that find guidance for the analysis of real world This text will be of value to senior-level occurring naturally. This book describes the systems. undergraduates and graduate students in departments of physics and astrophysics various applications of muons across the From reviews of the first edition: spectrum of the sciences and engineering. taking courses on magnetohydrodynamics. ‘… any serious physics institute should have Subject areas: physics, chemistry Contents: Part I. Plasma Physics such a book on its shelves. It will be of use Preliminaries; 1. Introduction; 2. Elements Market: academic researchers to any experimental scientist dealing with of plasma physics; 3. ‘Derivation’ of the 247 x 174 mm 250pp 94 line diagrams 17 tables nonlinear data or a theoretical physicist macroscopic equations; Part II. Basic 0 521 59379 4 HB c.£60.00 A who desires a feeling of ‘how one does it in Magnetohydrodynamics; 4. The MHD August an experiment’. The clear course of model; 5. Waves and characteristics; presentation should make it accessible to 6. Spectral theory; 7. Waves and instabilities The Phases of Quantum undergraduate students.’ on inhomogeneous plasmas; 8. Magnetic Chromodynamics Daniel Wojcik, Pageoph structures and dynamics; 9. Cylindrical From Confinement to Extreme Contents: Part I. Basic Topics: 1. plasmas; 10. Initial value problem and wave Environments Introduction: why nonlinear methods?; damping; 11. Resonant absorption and John Kogut 2. Linear tools and general considerations; wave heating. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign 3. Phase space methods; 4. Determinism Subject areas: physics, astrophysics and Mikhail Stephanov and predictability; 5. Instability: Lyapunov University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign exponents; 6. Self-similarity: dimensions; Market: graduate students, undergraduate students This book discusses the physical phases of 7. Using nonlinear methods when 247 x 174 mm 420pp 161 line diagrams 11 tables Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) in determinism is weak; 8. Selected nonlinear 0 521 62347 2 HB c.£80.00 A ordinary environments and also in extreme phenomena; Part II. Advanced Topics: 9. Advanced embedding methods; 0 521 62607 2 PB c.£40.00 X environments of high temperatures and October high baryon number. It introduces lattice 10. Chaotic data and noise; 11. More about gauge theory, covering fundamentals and invariant quantities; 12. Modelling and important recent developments, and forecasting; 13. Non-stationary signals; emphasizes the application of QCD to the 14. Coupling and synchronisation of study of matter in extreme environments.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 36 Physics

Relativistic Numerical ■ Graduate Text ■ Graduate Text Hydrodynamics Atomic Structure and Lifetimes ■ New Edition James R. Wilson A Conceptual Approach Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, California The Art of Molecular Dynamics Lorenzo Curtis and Grant J. Mathews University of Toledo, Ohio Simulation University of Notre Dame, Indiana Second edition The book presents a new conceptual An overview of the computational framework Dennis Rapaport approach to atomic structure, suitable as a in which calculations of relativistic Bar-Ilan University, Israel textbook for an introductory graduate hydrodynamics have been developed, this course or as a resource for an undergraduate The extremely powerful technique of book summarises the jargon and methods quantum mechanics course. It utilizes molecular dynamics simulation involves used in the field, and provides illustrative conceptual semiclassical models to solving the classical many-body problem in applications to real physical systems. It introduce empirical systematizations of contexts relevant to the study of matter at explains how to break down the complexities measured data. These transparently reveal the atomistic level. The second edition of of Einstein’s equations and fluid dynamics the dynamical behavior of the various the book includes a substantial amount of into a step-by-step how-to set of instructions interactions that specify the energies and new material as well as completely rewritten and algorithms, and shows how to build a lifetimes of complex atoms. The historical software. computer simulation for special and general basis of the field is emphasized, as is the From reviews of the first edition: relativity fluid problems. A valuable reference relationship to modern fundamental for researchers and also useful for graduates ‘The book is very thorough … wide- theory. Many worked examples provide studying astrophysical hydrodynamics. ranging, clearly written and easy to follow connections with astrophysics, chemistry, … All in all a most useful book. I Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Special condensed matter, and other related fields. recommend it strongly to all researchers relativistic hydrodynamics; 3. General Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Classical involved with molecular dynamics.’ relativistic hydrodynamics; 4. Cosmological position probability densities for periodic M. G. B. Drew, Computers and Chemistry hydrodynamics; 5. Stellar collapse and systems; 3. Semiempirical parametrization supernovae; 6. Axially symmetric relativistic Subject areas: physics (condensed matter), of energy level data; 4. The vector model of hydrodynamics; 7. Hydrodynamics in three chemistry, biochemistry, polymer science, angular momentum; 5. The intermediate spatial dimensions. materials science coupling model; 6. Electric dipole Subject areas: theoretical physics, Market: graduate students, academic radiation; 7. Line strengths in two-valence researchers relativistic astrophysics, cosmology, electron systems; 8. Magnetic dipole astrophysical hydrodynamics, high energy transitions; 9. Absorption of radiation; 247 x 174 mm 350pp 65 line diagrams 4 half-tones physics, mathematical physics 23 tables 92 exercises 10. Time-resolved measurements; 0 521 82568 7 HB c.£35.00 X Market: graduate students, academic 11. Hyperfine structure; 12. Electrostatic October researchers polarizabilities and long range interactions; Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics 13. Coherence and anisotropic excitation. Subject areas: physics (atomic), 247 x 174 mm 248pp 34 line diagrams 8 tables Physics 0 521 63155 6 HB c.£60.00 A astrophysics, chemistry, condensed matter ▼ August physics see also Market: graduate students, academic 39 Cox, III: Analog Optical Links researchers, undergraduate students 49 Criminale: Hydrodynamic Stability: Theory and 247 x 174 mm 300pp 43 line diagrams 38 tables Computation 0 521 82939 9 HB c.£80.00 A 50 Drazin: Hydrodynamic Stability 0 521 53635 9 PB c.£29.95 A 6 Knox: From Newton to Hawking October 51 Leimkuhler: Geometric Integrators in Hamiltonian Mechanics 44 Robinson: An Introduction to Differential Equations 49 Samimy: A Gallery of Fluid Motion 49 Shampine: Solving ODEs with MATLAB 43 Stirzaker: Elementary Probability 3Weinberg: The Discovery of Subatomic Particles

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Chemistry and Materials Science 37

■ Graduate Text the leading figures in the polymer science Chemistry and community, it discusses the diverse physical Materials Science Unimolecular Reactions states and associated properties of polymers. A Concise Introduction Each author contributes a chapter which Wendell Forst reflects his own interests and expertise. ■ Graduate Text Université de Bordeaux Containing numerous problem sets and The statistical theory of unimolecular worked examples this third edition will be Energy Landscapes reactions is now universally known as of primary interest to graduate students and Applications to Clusters, Biomolecules and RRKM theory. This textbook covers the researchers studying all aspects of polymeric Glasses basics necessary for the understanding of materials. David Wales RRKM theory in its original and variational, Reviews of the second edition: University of Cambridge phase-space and angular momentum- ‘The authors are all acknowledged experts This book aims to provide a self-contained conserved incarnations. The emphasis is on in their fields within polymer science and account of energy landscape theory and ‘why’ rather than ‘how to’, for which their accounts are authoritative, thorough how it is used in studies of clusters, purpose there are numerous problems and and clearly written. My overall impression is biomolecules and glasses. Many groups are answers to help probe the ramifications of that this book will be of great value to now attempting to understand how the the main text. The book is targeted at research workers old and new in polymer properties of systems ranging from small graduate and advanced undergraduate science and to post-graduate students molecules to proteins and glasses are students studying chemical dynamics, studying polymer science as part of their determined by the energy landscape. This is chemical kinetics and theoretical chemistry. further degree.’ the first book to cover this active field. Contents: Introduction; 1. The RRK Journal of Materials Chemistry Beautifully illustrated in full colour model; 2. Outline of the theory of Slater; Contents: 1. The rubber elastic state; throughout it is aimed at graduate students 3. The RRKM rate constant; 4. Calculation and workers in the field. 2. The glassy state and the glass transition; of energy level densities; 5. Unimolecular 3. Viscoelasticity and flow in polymer melts Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The reactions in a thermal system; 6. Non- and concentrated solutions; 4. The Born–Oppenheimer approximation and classical effects near barrier maximum; crystalline state; 5. The mesomorphic state; normal modes; 3. Symmetry 7. A variational transition state theory; 6. Spectroscopic characterization of considerations; 4. Features of the landscape; 8. Unimolecular decomposition under a polymers; 7. Scattering techniques. 5. Describing the landscape; 6. Exploring potential; 9. Non-central potential and exit Subject areas: physical chemistry, materials the landscape; 7. Properties of the channel effects; Appendices; Answers to science, physics landscape; 8. Clusters; 9. Biomolecules; selected problems. Market: graduate students, academic 10. Glasses and supercooled liquids. Subject areas: physical chemistry researchers Subject areas: theoretical chemistry, Market: graduate students, academic 247 x 174 mm 500pp 260 line diagrams biological chemistry, condensed matter researchers, undergraduate students physics, molecular biology 10 half-tones 50 exercises 247 x 174 mm 500pp 58 line diagrams 85 exercises 0 521 82317 X HB c.£90.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82190 8 HB c.£80.00 A 0 521 53018 0 PB c.£34.95 A students, undergraduate students 0 521 52922 0 PB c.£29.95 X December Cambridge Molecular Science September 1st and 2nd editions published by the American Chemical Society 247 x 174 mm 600pp 150 line diagrams 110 colour plates ■ Graduate Text 0 521 81415 4 HB c.£110.00 A Thin Film Materials 0 521 89114 0 PB c.£39.95 A ■ New Edition Stress, Defect Formation and Surface December Evolution Physical Properties of Polymers Ben Freund Third edition Brown University, Rhode Island James Mark and Subra Suresh University of Cincinnati Massachusetts Institute of Technology Kia Ngai Thin films play an important role in many US Naval Research Laboratory, Washington DC technological applications which include: William Graessley microelectronic devices, magnetic storage Princeton University, New Jersey media and surface coatings. Highly Leo Mandelkern illustrated and containing numerous Florida State University homework problems, this book will be Edward Samulski essential reading on senior undergraduate University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill and graduate courses on thin films. Jack Koenig Case Western Reserve University, Ohio Advance praise: and George Wignall ‘The book is a landmark in a rich subject Oakridge National Laboratory which has seen many developments over the Polymer science is a large and rapidly past decade. In addition to being beautifully developing branch of modern materials written, the book contains many chemistry. This book is a thoroughly revised illustrations, micrographs, and problems and up-dated third edition of a well for students. The book will serve as a established textbook. Written by seven of graduate text, as well as a comprehensive

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 38 Chemistry and Materials Science/Electrical, Electronic Engineering

monograph everyone working in the field ■ Textbook will want to own.’ Engineering John W. Hutchinson, Harvard University Photonic Devices Subject areas: materials science, Electrical, Electronic Jia-ming Liu engineering, physics University of California, Los Angeles Market: graduate students, academic Engineering Photonic devices lie at the heart of the researchers communications revolution, and many colleges now treat this as a subject in its own 247 x 174 mm 850pp 350 line diagrams Fractal Speech Processing 75 half-tones 75 exercises right. With this in mind, the author has put Marwan Al-Akaidi 0 521 82281 5 HB c.£37.50 A together a unique textbook covering every De Montfort University, Leicester November major photonic device, and striking a This book represents the fruit of research careful balance between theoretical and carried out at De Montfort University in the ■ practical concepts. Devices covered include Available now UK to develop novel fractal-based techniques optical fibers, couplers, electro-optic Proceedings: Microscopy and for the analysis of speech and audio signals. devices, magneto-optic devices, lasers and Microanalysis 2002 Fractal techniques are described in detail with photodetectors. The book is ideal for senior numerous real-world applications and Volume 8 undergraduate and graduate courses, but examples. A valuable reference for being device driven it is also an excellent Microscopy Society of America researchers, academics and engineers. engineers reference. This Proceedings volume contains extended Subject areas: electronic engineering, signal Contents: 1. Background; 2. Optical abstracts of all the papers presented by processing waveguides; 3. Optical fibers; 4. Coupling microscopists in both the materials and life of waves and modes; 5. Optical couplers; sciences at the Microscopy and Market: professionals, academic researchers 6 Electro-optic devices; 7. Magneto-optic Microanalysis 2002 meeting held in 247 x 174 mm 350pp 80 figures devices; 8. Acousto-optic devices; Québec City, Québec, Canada on August 0 521 81458 8 HB c.£75.00 P 9. Nonlinear optical devices; 10. Lasers and 4-9, 2002. The Proceedings consists of both December amplifiers; 11. Semiconductor basics; a printed volume containing the extended 12. Semiconductor lasers and light- abstracts of all invited papers as well as a ■ Graduate Textbook emitting diodes; 13 Photodetectors; Index. searchable CD-ROM containing the extended abstracts of all papers presented at Electromagnetic Field Theory Subject areas: optics, electronics the meeting – whether invited or Fundamentals Market: undergraduate students, graduate submitted, platform or poster. Second edition students, academic researchers, Subject areas: microscopy, chemistry, life Bhag Guru professionals sciences Kettering University, Michigan 247 x 174 mm 950pp 23 tables 277 figures Market: academic researchers and Huseyin Hiziroglu 0 521 55195 1 HB c.£55.00 X Kettering University, Michigan December 279 x 215 mm 544pp 0 521 82405 2 HB £65.00 A Guru and Hiziroglu have produced a user- Available now friendly undergraduate text on Theory of Remote Image This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, electromagnetics that will appeal to both Formation Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 students and professors. Includes examples Richard E. Blahut and problems throughout and background University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign revision material where appropriate. A CD There are many applications where images containing many MathCad examples is Chemistry and Materials Science are recorded and then analyzed with included with the book, and a ▼ specialized processors in order to extract see also comprehensive solutions set is available. information. Such processing requires the 2Atkins: Atkins’ Molecules Subject areas: electronics, electromagnetics development of algorithms of great 28 Cassé: Stellar Alchemy Market: undergraduate students, graduate precision and sophistication. This book 30 Clayton: Handbook of Isotopes in the Cosmos students, professionals presents a unified treatment of the 35 Nagamine: Introductory Muon Science 247 x 174 mm 620pp 350 figures mathematical methods that underpin the 0 521 83016 8 HB c.£45.00 X algorithms used in remote image formation. September Subject areas: electrical engineering, remote Originally published by PWS Pub Co 1997, same title. sensing Market: graduate students, academic researchers, professionals 247 x 174 mm 550pp 162 exercises 162 figures 0 521 55373 3 HB c.£55.00 P December

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Electrical, Electronic Engineering/Aerospace Engineering 39

■ Graduate textbook Analog Optical Links Aerospace Machine Vision Charles Cox, III Photonic Systems Engineering Wesley Snyder Analog links are used for the distribution of North Carolina State University cable TV signals, and in conveying signals Fundamentals and Applications and Hairong Qi to/from antennas. Unlike books on devices University of Tennessee, Knoxville of Jet Propulsion used in links, this book focuses on the This book is an introduction to machine collection of devices that form a link, on Ronald D. Flack vision. It provides all the necessary how the individual device performance University of Virginia theoretical tools and shows how they are effects the link performance – and vice An introductory text in air-breathing jet applied in actual image processing and versa. propulsion, covering cycle analysis through machine vision systems. A key feature is the Subject areas: electrical engineering, component design and system matching. It inclusion of programming exercises that telecommunications, physics is an ideal teaching tool, as well as a valuable give insights into the development of reference for practising engineers. A CD Market: professionals, academic practical image processing algorithms. included with the book contains example researchers, graduate students Subject areas: electrical engineering, files and software. computer science, mathematics 247 x 174 mm 250pp 107 line diagrams 11 half-tones 14 tables Subject areas: aerospace engineering, Market: graduate students, professionals 0 521 62163 1 HB c.£70.00 A engines, propulsion systems 247 x 174 mm 500pp 25 tables 150 exercises December Market: undergraduate students, graduate 300 figures students, professionals, academic 0 521 83046 X HB c.£40.00 X researchers December Electrical, Electronic Engineering Cambridge Aerospace Series Bootstrap Techniques for Signal ▼ see also 247 x 174 mm 400pp 150 figures 0 521 81983 0 HB c.£40.00 P Processing 33 Beerends: Fourier and Laplace Transforms December Abdelhak Zoubir 37 Freund: Thin Film Materials Technische Universität, Darmstadt, Germany 51 Hoggar: Mathematics of Image Analysis Automated Rendezvous and and D. Robert Iskander 48 Ling: Coding Theory: A First Course Docking of Spacecraft Griffith University, Queensland 51 MacKay: Information Theory, Inference and Learning Algorithms Wigbert Fehse The statistical bootstrap is a powerful tool 32 Olive: Maths: A Student’s Survival Guide European Space Agency in signal processing. This book covers the foundations of the bootstrap, its properties, its strengths, its limitations, and model selection. The theory developed in the book is supported by a number of useful practical examples written in MATLAB. Subject areas: electrical engineering, statistics Market: graduate students, academic researchers, professionals 247 x 174 mm 250pp 80 figures 0 521 83127 X HB c.£50.00 P December

The definitive reference for space engineers on all issues related to rendezvous and docking/berthing (RVD/B), it provides an overview of the major issues governing approach and mating strategies, and system concepts for rendezvous and docking/ berthing. Written for aerospace engineers, students and newcomers to the field. Subject areas: aerospace engineering Market: professionals, graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Aerospace Series 247 x 174 mm 520pp 245 line diagrams 0 521 82492 3 HB c.£75.00 P July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 40 Chemical Engineering/Mechanical Engineering

Chemical Engineering ■ Graduate Text Mechanical Computational Models for Engineering Turbulent Reacting Flows ■ Textbook Rodney Fox Principles of Chemical Iowa State University ■ Graduate Textbook Separations with Environmental This book presents the current state of the Advanced Dynamics Applications art in computational models for turbulent reacting flows, and analyzes carefully the Donald T. Greenwood Richard Noble University of Michigan, Ann Arbor University of Colorado, Boulder strengths and weaknesses of the various and Patricia Terry techniques described. The focus is on Advanced Dynamics is a broad and detailed University of Wisconsin, Green Bay formulation of practical models as opposed description of the analytical tools of dynamics. The strengths and weaknesses of Richard Noble received his PhD from the to numerical issues arising from their University of California, Davis. He is a Professor solution. various approaches are discussed, and of Chemical Engineering and Co-Director of the Subject areas: chemical engineering, particular emphasis is placed on learning Membrane Applied Science and Technology mechanical engineering, aerospace through problem solving. Many worked Center at the University of Colorado, Boulder. engineering examples and homework problems are provided. Chemical separations are of central Market: graduate students, academic importance in many areas of environmental researchers, professionals Subject areas: mechanical engineering, science, whether it is the clean up of aerospace engineering Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering polluted water or soil, the treatment of Market: graduate students, academic 247 x 174 mm 475pp 10 tables 91 figures discharge streams from chemical processes, researchers or modification of a specific process to 0 521 65049 6 HB c.£80.00 A 0 521 65907 8 PB c.£38.95 X 247 x 174 mm 340pp 115 exercises 168 figures decrease its environmental impact. This November 0 521 82612 8 HB c.£45.00 X book is an introduction to chemical December separations, focusing on their use in environmental applications. The book Spray Simulation contains many worked examples and Modeling and Numerical Simulation of homework problems. It is an ideal textbook Sprayforming metals for undergraduate and graduate students Udo Fritsching taking courses on environmental Universität Bremen separations or environmental engineering. Spray forming combines the metallurgical Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Separations processes of metal casting and powder as unit operations; 3. Separations analysis metallurgy to fabricate metal products with fundamentals; 4. Distillation; 5. Extraction; enhanced properties. This book provides an 6. Absorption and stripping; 7. Adsorption; introduction to the various modelling and 8. Ion exchange; 9. Membranes; simulation techniques employed in spray Appendices. forming, and shows how they are applied in Subject areas: chemical engineering, process analysis and development. environmental science, environmental Subject areas: mechanical engineering, chemistry materials science Market: undergraduate students, graduate Market: professionals, academic researchers students, academic researchers 247 x 174 mm 250pp 160 figures Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering 0 521 82098 7 HB c.£60.00 A 247 x 174 mm 440pp 22 tables 115 exercises November 156 figures 0 521 81152 X HB c.£80.00 A 0 521 01014 4 PB c.£39.95 X December

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Mechanical Engineering/Statistics and Finance 41

■ Graduate Textbook Mathematical Multivariate T-Distributions and Internal Flows Sciences and Their Applications Edward Greitzer Samuel Kotz Massachusetts Institute of Technology Information George Washington University, Washington DC C. S. Tan and Saralees Nadarajah Massachusetts Institute of Technology Technology University of South Florida, Tampa and Martin B. Graf Practically every result on multivariate t- Mars & Co Statistics and Finance distributions published in the last 50 years is This book describes the analysis and brought together for the first time. Covers behavior of internal flows encountered in theoretical probabilistic results, statistical propulsion systems, fluid machinery Dicing with Death aspects, and generalizations and applications, (compressors, turbines, and pumps) and Stephen Senn including material on estimation and ducts (diffusers, nozzles and combustion University College London regression models of special value for practitioners in statistics and economics. chambers). The focus is on phenomena that Stephen Senn explains here how statistics More than 350 references are included. are important in setting the performance of determines many decisions about medical a broad range of fluid devices. care, from allocating resources for health, to Subject areas: statistics, economics, Subject areas: mechanical engineering, determining which drugs to license, to engineering, physics aerospace engineering cause-and-effect in relation to disease. He Market: graduate students, professionals, Market: graduate students, professionals tackles big themes: clinical trials and the academic researchers Cambridge Engine Technology Series, 3 development of medicines, life tables, 228 x 152 mm 350pp vaccines and their risks or lack of them, 247 x 174 mm 440pp 471 figures 0 521 82654 3 HB c.£50.00 A 0 521 34393 3 HB c.£50.00 P smoking and lung cancer and even the December October power of prayer. He shows why reasoning with probability is essential to making rational decisions in medicine, and how it Concepts of Mathematical guides us when faced with choices that Mechanical Engineering affect our health and even life. Finance ▼ see also • Explains vital importance of statistical and M. Joshi Royal Bank of Scotland probabilistic reasoning in scientific 50 Achenbach: Reciprocity in Elastodynamics medicine, for example in the MMR debate For those starting out as practitioners of 33 Beerends: Fourier and Laplace Transforms mathematical finance this book will be • Humorous style backed up by 37 Freund: Thin Film Materials an ideal introduction, giving the reader a 32 Olive: Maths: A Student’s Survival Guide scholarship elucidate the subject, which is clear understanding of the intuition 49 Samimy: A Gallery of Fluid Motion further illustrated by accounts of behind derivatives pricing, how models puzzling, paradoxical and potentially are implemented, and how they are used misleading phenomena and adapted in practice. • Biographical and historical material Subject areas: mathematical finance covers many of the pioneers of the subject Market: professionals, graduate students Subject areas: statistics, medical statistics, 247 x 174 mm 525pp 78 line diagrams health statistics 150 exercises Market: professionals, clinicians, academic 0 521 82355 2 HB c. £30.00 P researchers, graduate students, July undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 250pp 35 line diagrams 29 tables 0 521 83259 4 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 54023 2 PB c.£16.95 T July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 42 Statistics and Finance/Recreational Mathematics

C++ Design Patterns and Recreational ■ MAA Publication Derivatives Pricing Mathematical Miniatures Mark Joshi Mathematics Svetoslav Savchev This is the first book that combines the Matematika areas of mathematical finance, C++, and ■ MAA Publication and Titu Andreescu object-oriented programming (OOP). The University of Nebraska, Lincoln author shows shows the relevance and use of The William Lowell Putnam OOP to financial mathematics by Mathematical Competition describing how to price derivatives to 1985–2000 obtain reusable and extensible code. Much Problems, Solutions and Commentary of the book is devoted to designing reusable components which are then combined to Kiran S. Kedlaya University of California, Berkeley build a Monte Carlo pricer for exotic equity derivatives. Those who know the basics of Bjorn Poonen University of California, Berkeley C++ and mathematical finance, but are unclear how to use OOP to implement and Ravi Vakil Stanford University, California models, will welcome this account. Subject areas: mathematical finance Market: professionals, graduate students 247 x 174 mm 250pp 0 521 83235 7 PB c.£25.00 P August The authors have grouped problems to illustrate a number of important Understanding Numerical techniques, and provided enlightening Analysis for Financial Models solutions in all cases. There are numerous Bernard Lapeyre essays on diverse topics that are enlivened ENPC- Ceramics by fresh ideas. This book not only teaches Agnes Sulem techniques but gives a flavour of their past, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en present and possible future implications. Automatique (INRIA), Rocquencourt Subject areas: recreational mathematics, and Denis Talay problem solving Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en The William Lowell Putnam Mathematical Automatique (INRIA), Rocquencourt Competition is the premier undergraduate Market: general readers, amateurs, undergraduate students (introductory) An introduction to mathematical concepts mathematical competition in North useful in understanding the algorithms used America. This volume contains problems New Mathematical Library in finance, especially in option pricing and from the years 1985–2000, with solutions 228 x 152 mm 236pp 25 line diagrams portfolio management. Concepts are and extensive commentary. The authors 0 883 85645 X PB £19.95 T introduced in the context of financial explain techniques that have relevance Available now beyond the problem at hand and suggest This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, questions and illustrated with examples. Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 The result is a uniform treatment of the references for further reading. subject suitable for students and Subject areas: undergraduate mathematics practitioners in mathematical finance. problems Subject areas: mathematical finance, Market: undergraduate students computational finance Spectrum Market: graduate students, professionals, 228 x 152 mm 352pp 30 line diagrams academic researchers 0 883 85807 X HB £29.95 T 228 x 152 mm 300pp 50 exercises Available now 0 521 62114 3 HB c.£30.00 A August

Statistics and Finance ▼ see also

33 Bouchaud: Theory of Financial Risk and Derivative Pricing 30 Wall: Practical Statistics for Astronomers 61 Yatchew: Semiparametric Regression for the Applied Econometrician 60 Zellner: The Structural Econometric Time Series Analysis Approach

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Recreational Mathematics/Pure and Applied Mathematics 43

■ MAA Publication Pure and Applied ■ Textbook Environmental Mathematics for Mathematics ■ New Edition the Classroom Edited by Ben Fusaro Elementary Probability Florida State University ■ Textbook Second edition and Pat Kenshaft ■ New edition David Stirzaker Montclair State University, New Jersey University of Oxford Environmental Mathematics seeks to marry Complex Variables Now available in a fully revised and the most pressing challenge of our time Introduction and Applications updated new edition, this well with the most powerful technology of our Second edition established textbook provides a time – mathematics. This book does this at Mark J. Ablowitz straightforward introduction to the an elementary level and demonstrates a University of Colorado theory of probability. The presentation is wide variety of significant environmental and Athanassios S. Fokas entertaining without any sacrifice of applications that can be explored without University of Cambridge rigour; important notions are covered resorting to calculus. Complex variables provide powerful with the clarity that the subject Subject areas: environmental mathematics methods for attacking many difficult demands. Topics covered include Market: undergraduate students problems, and it is the aim of this book to conditional probability, independence, discrete and continuous random Classroom Resource Material provide a thorough grounding in these methods and their application. Part I of this variables, generating functions and limit 247 x 174 mm 250pp 100 half-tones text provides an introduction to the subject, theorems, and an introduction to 0 883 85714 6 PB c.£29.95 T including residue calculus and transform Markov chains. The text is accessible to October methods. Part II moves on to conformal undergraduate students and provides mappings, and the study of numerous worked examples and ■ MAA Publication Riemann–Hilbert problems. An extensive exercises to help build the important skills necessary for problem solving. Mathematical Diamonds array of examples and exercises are included. This new edition has been Contents: 1. Probability; 2. Conditional Ross Honsberger improved throughout and is ideal for use in probability and independence; University of Waterloo, Ontario undergraduate and introductory graduate 3. Counting; 4. Random variables: Ross Honsberger has brought together level courses in complex variables. distribution and expectation; another wonderful collection of elementary ‘… an excellent text, and one of the most 5. Random vectors: independence and mathematical problems and their solutions complete and well-written books on dependence; 6. Generating functions abounding in striking surprises and brilliant complex variables I have seen … The index and their applications; 7. Continuous ideas that reflect the beauty of mathematics. is nicely composed, complete, and accurate random variables; 8. Jointly continuous This book is ideal for students, teachers and … useful as a reference … I highly random variables; 9. Markov chains; anyone interested in recreational recommended it to anyone interested in the Appendix. mathematics. subject and have placed it prominently ‘… this book is a superb resource of Subject areas: recreational mathematics, upon my reference bookshelf.’ theory and application, which should be problem solving Duwayne Anderson, on every lecturer’s shelves, and those of Market: general readers Optics and Photonics News many students. You may never need to Dolciani Mathematical Expositions, 26 Contents: Part I: 1. Complex numbers and buy another book on probability.’ Keith Hirst, The Mathematical Gazette 228 x 152 mm 256pp 125 line diagrams elementary functions; 2. Analytic functions 0 883 85332 9 PB £21.95 T and integration; 3. Sequences, series and Subject areas: mathematics (probability) Available now singularities of complex functions; Market: undergraduate students 4. Residue calculus and applications of (introductory) contour integration; Part II: 5. Conformal 253 x 177 mm 550pp mapping and applications; 6. Asymptotic 0 521 83344 2 HB c. £65.00 A evaluation of integrals; 7. Riemann–Hilbert 0 521 53428 3 PB c. £24.95 X problems; Index. August Subject areas: mathematics (applied complex analysis) Market: undergraduate students, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 650pp 160 line diagrams 350 exercises 0 521 53429 1 PB £29.95 X Available now

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 44 Pure and Applied Mathematics

■ Textbook Contents: 1. Sums and differences; Subject areas: mathematics (differential 2. Products and divisibility; 3. Order and equations, calculus of variations) An Introduction to Ordinary magnitude; 4. Counterexamples; Market: graduate students, academic Differential Equations 5. Averages; 6. Prime number theorems; researchers 7. Series; 8. The Basel problem; 9. Euler’s James Robinson Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its University of Warwick product; 10. The Riemann zeta function; Applications, 95 11. Pell’s equation; 12. Elliptic curves; A first introduction to ordinary differential 228 x 152 mm 450pp 16 line diagrams 13. Symmetry; 14. Explicit formula. and difference equations. The presentation 0 521 82721 3 HB c.£65.00 A is very accessible making the book suited Subject areas: number theory, analysis September not only for mathematicians but also for Market: undergraduate students ■ scientists and engineers, for whom the 228 x 152 mm 400pp Graduate Text subject is essential. Both exact solutions 0 521 81309 3 HB c.£65.00 A Introduction to Banach Algebras, methods and qualitative approaches are 0 521 01253 8 PB c.£22.95 X covered, and many illustrative examples are August Operators and Harmonic Analysis included. MATLAB is used to generate Garth Dales graphical representations of solutions: code Discrete and Continuous University of Leeds is supplied for this. Exercises are plentiful Nonlinear Schrödinger Systems Pietro Aiena and worked solutions are available for Università degli Studi, Palermo, Italy M. Ablowitz Jörg Eschmeier teachers. University of Colorado, Boulder Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, Germany Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. A rose by any B. Prinari Kjeld Laursen other name: integration variables; Università degli Studi di Lecce, Italy University of Copenhagen 3. ‘Trivial’ differential equations; and D. Trubatch and George Willis 4. Classification of differential equations; United States Military Academy 5. Existence and uniqueness of solutions; University of Newcastle, New South Wales In this book, the detailed mathematical 6. Autonomous systems; 7. Separable Arising from lecture courses given by the analysis of the scattering theory is equations; 8. First-order linear equations authors, this book gives introductions to presented, soliton solutions are obtained and the integrating factor; 9. ‘Tricks’ for important topics in functional analysis at a and soliton interactions, both scalar and certain nonlinear equations; 10. Second- level ideal for beginning graduate students vector, are analyzed. Many details order linear equations. as well as others interested in the subject. presented, including aspects of the Subject areas: mathematics The collection is carefully written to form a scattering theory, solution methodology, coherent and accessible introduction to Market: undergraduate students soliton solutions and vector soliton current research topics. (introductory), undergraduate students interactions are not available in the Subject areas: analysis, operator theory 247 x 174 mm 350pp 60 line diagrams previously-published literature. 120 exercises Subject areas: mathematics (differential Market: graduate students, academic 0 521 82650 0 HB c.£60.00 A equations, integrable systems) researchers 0 521 53391 0 PB c.£25.00 X London Mathematical Society Student Texts, 57 September Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 250pp 0 521 82893 7 HB c.£55.00 A London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 0 521 53584 0 PB c.£22.95 A ■ New edition 302 September ■ Textbook 228 x 152 mm 250pp 0 521 53437 2 PB c.£26.95 A A Primer of Analytic Number August Introduction to Operator Space Theory Theory From Pythagoras to Riemann Mountain Pass Theorems Gilles Pisier Jeffrey Stopple Generalizations and Applications Texas A & M University and the Université de Paris VI University of California, Santa Barbara Youssef Jabri An introduction to the theory of operator This undergraduate-level introduction University of Oujda, Morocco spaces, emphasising examples that illustrate describes those mathematical properties of This book presents min-max methods the theory and applications to C*-algebras, prime numbers that can be deduced with through a comprehensive study of the and applications to non self-adjoint the tools of calculus. The author pays different faces of the celebrated Mountain operator algebras, and similarity problems. special attention to the rich history of the Pass Theorem (MPT) of Ambrosetti and Postgraduate and professional subject and ancient questions on polygonal Rabinowitz. The coverage includes standard mathematicians interested in functional numbers, perfect numbers and amicable topics: the classical and dual MPT; second- analysis, operator algebras and theoretical pairs, as well as to the important open order information from PS sequences; physics will find the book has much to offer. problems (some of which have million symmetry and topological index theory; Subject areas: mathematics dollar prizes). The capstone of the book is a perturbations from symmetry; convexity Market: graduate students, academic brief presentation of the Riemann zeta and more. But it also covers other topics researchers function, which determines the distribution covered nowhere else in book form: the London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, of prime numbers, and of the significance of non-smooth MPT; the geometrically 294 the Riemann Hypothesis. constrained MPT; numerical approaches to 228 x 152 mm 304pp the MPT; and even more exotic variants. 0 521 81165 1 PB £39.95 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Pure and Applied Mathematics 45

Automatic Sequences Topology, Geometry and ■ Two Volume Set Theory, Applications, Generalizations Quantum Field Theory J. J. Duistermaat Jean-Paul Allouche Proceedings of the 2002 Oxford Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands Université de Paris Sud Symposium in Honour of the 60th Birthday and J. A. C. Kolk and Jeffrey Shallit of G. B. Segal Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands University of Waterloo, Ontario Edited by Ulrike Tillmann 0 521 82930 5 HB c. £80.00 This book, combining concepts of University of Oxford October mathematics and computer science, is The proceedings of an international about the sequences of symbols that can be conference held in Oxford in June 2002, ■ Graduate Text generated by simple models of computation this book contains the famous but as yet called ‘finite automata’. Suitable for unpublished article from Graeme Segal on Multidimensional Real Analysis, I graduate students or advanced the Definition of Conformal Field Differentiation undergraduates, the book starts from first Theories. Ideal as a view of the current state J. J. Duistermaat principles and develops the basic theory. of the art for established researchers and Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands Then it shows how these ideas can be graduate students. and J. A. C. Kolk applied to solve problems in number theory Subject areas: geometry, topology, Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands and physics. mathematical physics Part one of the authors’ comprehensive and Subject areas: mathematics (number Market: academic researchers, graduate innovative work on multidimensional real theory), computer science (theoretical) students, undergraduate students analysis. Numerous illustrative exercises Market: graduate students, undergraduate combined with an exhaustive and London Mathematical Society Lecture Note students, academic researchers Series, 308 transparent treatment of subject matter make the book ideal as either the text for a 253 x 177 mm 450pp 170 line diagrams 228 x 152 mm 400pp 40 line diagrams 548 exercises course, a source of problems for a seminar 0 521 54049 6 PB c.£34.95 A 0 521 82332 3 HB c.£35.00 X November or for self study. August Subject areas: multidimensional analysis Corings and Comodules Abelian Varieties, Theta Functions Market: graduate students, academic Tomasz Brzezinski researchers and the Fourier Transform University of Wales, Swansea Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 86 Alexander Polishchuk and Robert Wisbauer 228 x 152 mm 350pp 25 line diagrams Boston University Heinrich-Heine-Universität Düsseldorf 0 521 55114 5 HB c.£45.00 A The aim of this book is to present a modern This is the first extensive treatment of the October treatment of the theory of theta functions in theory of corings and their comodules. In the context of algebraic geometry. The the first part, the module-theoretic aspects ■ Graduate Text novelty of its approach lies in the systematic of coalgebras over commutative rings are use of the Fourier–Mukai transform. described. Corings are then defined as Multidimensional Real Analysis, II Subject areas: mathematics (number coalgebras over non-commutative rings. Integration theory, algebraic geometry) Topics covered include module-theoretic J. J. Duistermaat aspects of corings, such as the relation of Market: academic researchers, graduate Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands comodules to special subcategories of the students and J. A. C. Kolk category of modules (sigma-type Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 153 categories), connections between corings Part two of the authors’ comprehensive and 228 x 152 mm 280pp 88 exercises and extensions of rings, properties of new innovative work on multidimensional real 0 521 80804 9 HB £47.50 A examples of corings associated to entwining analysis. Numerous illustrative exercises Available now structures, generalisations of bialgebras This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, combined with an exhaustive and Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 such as bialgebroids and weak bialgebras, transparent treatment of subject matter and the appearance of corings in non- make the book ideal as either the text for a commutative geometry. course, a source of problems for a seminar Subject areas: mathematics (algebra) or for self study. Market: graduate students, academic Subject areas: multidimensional analysis researchers Market: graduate students, academic London Mathematical Society Lecture Note researchers Series, 309 Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 87 228 x 152 mm 500pp 0 521 53931 5 PB c.£36.95 A 228 x 152 mm 315pp 25 line diagrams August 0 521 82925 9 HB c.£40.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 46 Pure and Applied Mathematics

Period Mappings and Period The Geometry of Total Curvature Introduction to Foliations and Lie Domains on Complete Open Surfaces Groupoids James Carlson Katsuhiro Shiohama Ieke Moerdijk University of Utah Saga University, Japan Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands Stefan Müller-Stach Takashi Shioya and Janez Mrcun McMaster University, Ontario Tohoku University, Japan University of Ljubljana and Chris Peters and Minoru Tanaka This book gives a quick introduction to the Université de Grenoble Tokai University, Japan theory of foliations and Lie groupoids. It is Griffiths generalised the idea of a period of A self-contained account of how modern based on the authors’ extensive teaching an integral and introduced period maps and differential geometry can be used to tackle experience and contains numerous period domains which reflect the complex and extend classical results in integral examples and exercises making it ideal structures for higher-dimensional varieties. geometry. Open problems are provided, either for independent study or as the basis This book discusses these concepts and and the text is richly illustrated with figures of a graduate course. their basic properties, the algebraic aspects to aid understanding and develop intuition. Subject areas: geometry, topology and the differential geometrical aspects Suitable for graduate students and non- Market: graduate students, academic leading to Higgs bundles and harmonic specialists seeking an introduction to this researchers theory. area. Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 91 Subject areas: mathematics (geometry, Subject areas: differential geometry, topology) integral geometry 228 x 152 mm 175pp 30 line diagrams 0 521 83197 0 HB c.£30.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate September students students Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 85 Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 159 Introduction to Möbius 228 x 152 mm 375pp 20 line diagrams 228 x 152 mm 303pp 45 line diagrams Differential Geometry 0 521 81466 9 HB c.£50.00 A 0 521 45054 3 HB c.£50.00 A Udo Hertrich-Jeromin September October Technische Universität Berlin Computational Algebraic Stable Modules and the An introduction to the conformal differential geometry of surfaces and Geometry D(2)-Problem submanifolds. The book discusses those Henry Schenck F. E. A. Johnson aspects of the geometry of surfaces that only Texas A & M University University College London refer to an angle measurement but not to a The interplay between algebra and This book is concerned with two length measurement. The book presents geometry is a beautiful area of mathematical fundamental problems in low-dimensional different methods (models) for thinking investigation. Recent advances in topology. Professor Johnson develops about geometry and performing computing and algorithms make it possible general methods and gives complete computations. to tackle many classical problems in a solutions in a number of cases. It is ideal for Subject areas: mathematics (differential down-to-earth and concrete fashion. This graduate students wanting to learn low- geometry) opens new vistas and allows us to pose, dimensional homotopy theory as well as Market: graduate students, academic study and solve problems previously out of established researchers in the field. researchers reach. Subject areas: topology London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, Subject areas: mathematics (algebaic Market: academic researchers, graduate 300 geometry) students 228 x 152 mm 300pp 36 line diagrams Market: graduate students, academic London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 0 521 53569 7 PB c.£29.95 A researchers 301 August London Mathematical Society Student Texts, 58 228 x 152 mm 245pp 20 line diagrams 228 x 152 mm 180pp 0 521 53749 5 PB c.£29.95 A Electromagnetic Theory and 0 521 82964 X HB c.£47.50 A September Computation 0 521 53650 2 PB c.£16.95 X A Topological Approach October Paul W. Gross MSRI, Berkeley and P. Robert Kotiuga Boston University This book explores the connection between algebraic structures in topology and computational methods for 3-dimensional electric and magnetic field computation. Although a connection between topology and electromagnetism has been known since the 1800s, there has been very little exposition of it. This book takes steps to close that gap.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Pure and Applied Mathematics 47

Subject areas: topology, electromagnetics Subject areas: group theory ■ Textbook Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: graduate students, academic students researchers Sets for Mathematics Mathematical Sciences Research Institute London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, Publications, 48 304 W. Lawvere State University of New York, Buffalo 234 x 156 mm 320pp 228 x 152 mm 290pp 0 521 80160 5 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 53739 8 PB c.£29.95 A and R. Rosebrugh Mount Allison University, Canada October Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 ■ Textbook Groups St Andrews 2001 Concrete Abstract Algebra in Oxford From Numbers to Gröbner Bases Volume II Niels Lauritzen Edited by Colin Campbell Aarhus Universitet, Denmark University of St Andrews, Scotland Niels Lauritzen’s approach to teaching Edmund Robertson abstract algebra is based on an extensive University of St Andrews, Scotland use of examples, applications and and Geoff Smith exercises. As the title suggests the University of Bath philosophy is to develop an abstract This second volume of the two-volume subject on concrete and more easily book contains selected papers from the comprehensible foundations. The book conference ‘Groups St Andrews 2001 in contains novel applications, for example Oxford’. The ‘Groups St Andrews’ RSA encoding as well as a treatment of proceedings volumes are a snapshot of the Advanced undergraduate or beginning Gröbner bases at an undergraduate level. state of the art in group theory and they graduate students need a unified This is the first time that this important often play an important role in future foundation for their study of geometry, subject has been made accessible at this developments in the subject. analysis, and algebra. For the first time in level. Subject areas: group theory a text, this book uses categorical algebra Contents: 1. Numbers; 2. Groups; Market: graduate students, academic to build such a foundation, starting from 3. Rings; 4. Polynomials; 5. Gröbner researchers intuitive descriptions of mathematically bases. London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, and physically common phenomena and Subject areas: algebra 305 advancing to a precise specification of Market: undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 290pp the nature of Categories of Sets. An Appendix provides an explicit 228 x 152 mm 225pp 40 line diagrams 0 521 53740 1 PB c.£29.95 A 0 521 82679 9 HB c. £55.00 A Available now introduction to necessary concepts from 0 521 53410 0 PB c. £19.95 X This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, logic, and an extensive Glossary provides November Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 a window to the mathematical landscape. Groups St Andrews 2001 in Surveys in Combinatorics 2003 Contents: Foreword; 1. Abstract sets and Oxford Edited by Chris Wensley mappings; 2. Sums, monomorphisms Volume I University of Wales, Bangor and parts; 3. Finite inverse limits; Edited by Colin Campbell In 2003 the British Combinatorial 4. Colimits, epimorphisms and the University of St Andrews, Scotland Conference conference was held at the axiom of choice; 5. Mapping sets and Edmund Robertson University of Wales, Bangor. The papers exponentials; 6. Summary of the axioms University of St Andrews, Scotland contained here are high quality surveys and an example of variable sets; and Geoff Smith contributed by the invited speakers, 7. Consequences and uses of University of Bath covering topics of significant interest. Ideal exponentials; 8. More on power sets; 9. Introduction to variable sets; 10. This first volume contains selected papers for established researchers and graduate Models of additional variation; from the conference ‘Groups St Andrews students who will find much here to inspire Appendices; Bibliography. 2001 in Oxford’. The articles are future work. contributed by leading researchers and Subject areas: combinatorics Subject areas: mathematics cover a wide spectrum of modern group Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: undergraduate students, theory. There are articles based on lecture students graduate students courses given by five main speakers together London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 247 x 174 mm 264pp 84 line diagrams with refereed survey and research articles. 307 219 exercises 0 521 80444 2 HB £50.00 A 228 x 152 mm 380pp 20 line diagrams 0 521 01060 8 PB £19.95 X 0 521 54012 7 PB c.£34.95 A Available now July This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 48 Pure and Applied Mathematics

Tolerance Graphs Finite Packing and Covering ■ Student edition Martin Golumbic K. Boroczky The Theory of Information and University of Haifa, Israel Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest Coding and Ann Trenk This book provides an in-depth discussion Student Edition Wellesley College, Massachusetts of the theory of finite packings and The first rigorous treatment of tolerance coverings by convex bodies. It contains Robert McEliece California Institute of Technology graphs in book form. This book will act as a various new results and arguments and springboard for researchers, especially provides a comprehensive treatment of This is a revised edition of McEliece’s classic graduate students, to pursue new directions problems whose interplay was not clearly published with students in mind. It is a self- of investigation. With many examples and understood before. Two-dimensional and contained introduction to all basic results in exercises it is also suitable for use as the text higher-dimensional arrangements are the theory of information and coding. for a graduate course in graph theory. discussed separately, arrangements of Includes dozens of worked examples and several hundred problems for solution. Subject areas: graph theory, computer congruent convex bodies in Euclidean space Ideal as a text for a graduate or science, algorithmics are discussed, and the density of finite packing and covering by balls in Euclidean, undergraduate course. Market: graduate students, academic spherical and hyperbolic spaces is Subject areas: information theory, coding researchers considered. theory, electronic engineering 228 x 152 mm 318pp 75 line diagrams 0 521 82758 2 HB c.£40.00 A Subject areas: mathematics (combinatorial Market: graduate students, academic November geometry) researchers, undergraduate students Market: academic researchers 253 x 177 mm 350pp 50 line diagrams Global Methods for Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 154 0 521 83185 7 HB c.£40.00 X July Combinatorial Isoperimetric 228 x 152 mm 240pp Problems 0 521 80157 5 HB c.£80.00 A November ■ Larry Harper Textbook University of California, Riverside ■ New edition The study of combinatorial isoperimetric ■ Textbook Numbers, Groups and Codes problems exploits similarities between Second edition discrete optimisation problems and the Coding Theory: J. F. Humphreys classical continuous setting. Based on many A First Course years’ teaching experience, this text by Larry University of Liverpool Harper focuses on global methods of San Ling and M. Y. Prest problem solving. It will enable graduate National University of Singapore University of Manchester students and researchers to quickly reach and Chaoping Xing A thoroughly revised and updated version the current forefront of research in this National University of Singapore of the popular textbook on abstract algebra. topic. The author has included numerous Coding theory is concerned with The material is introduced with clarity and worked examples, exercises and material successfully transmitting data through a reference to problems and concepts that about applications to computer science. noisy channel. It’s an extremely popular students will easily understand. With many Subject areas: optimisation, combinatorics, subject that finds applications in examples and exercises, it will serve as the algorithms electronic engineering and ideal introduction to this important and communications. This book is based on ubiquitous subject. Market: graduate students, academic the authors’ extensive teaching researchers Contents: 1. Number theory; 2. Sets, experience and provides a completely functions and relations; 3. Logic and Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 90 modern and accessible course. It mathematical argument; 4. Examples of 228 x 152 mm 325pp 50 line diagrams includes sections on linear programming groups; 5. Group theory and error- 0 521 83268 3 HB c.£45.00 A and decoding methods that are essential correcting codes; 6. Polynomials. December for contemporary mathematics but not Subject areas: algebra covered well in existing textbooks. There are numerous examples and exercises Market: undergraduate students that make this book ideal from the point 228 x 152 mm 330pp 100 line diagrams of view of both students and instructors. 0 521 54050 X PB c.£24.95 X December Subject areas: coding theory, information theory Market: undergraduate students 247 x 174 mm 300pp 50 line diagrams 0 521 82191 6 HB c. £60.00 A 0 521 52923 9 PB c. £22.95 X October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Pure and Applied Mathematics 49

■ Textbook Subject areas: fluid dynamics, applied ■ Textbook mathematics, mechanical engineering, ■ New edition chemical engineering, aeronautical Solving ODEs with MATLAB The Geometry of Physics engineering, geophysical fluid dynamics L. F. Shampine An Introduction Market: graduate students, academic Southern Methodist University, Texas Second edition researchers, professionals I. Gladwell Theodore Frankel Cambridge Monographs on Mechanics Southern Methodist University, Texas University of California, San Diego 228 x 152 mm 432pp 120 line diagrams and S. Thompson 3 half-tones 17 tables 60 exercises 4 colour figures This book is intended to provide a working Radford University, Virginia knowledge of those parts of exterior 0 521 63200 5 HB c.£60.00 A This is a text for a one-semester course October differential forms, differential geometry, for upper-level undergraduates and algebraic and differential topology, Lie beginning graduate students in groups, vector bundles and Chern forms engineering, science, and mathematics. A Gallery of Fluid Motion that are essential for a deeper understanding Prerequisites are a first course in the of both classical and modern physics and M. Samimy theory of ODEs and a survey course in engineering. This book will be useful to Ohio State University numerical analysis, specifically some graduate and advanced undergraduate K. Breuer programming experience, preferably in students of physics, engineering and Brown University, Rhode Island MATLAB, and some elementary matrix mathematics. It can be used as a course text G. Leal theory. Professionals will also find this a or for self study. University of California, Santa Barbara useful concise reference, containing Subject areas: physics, geometry and P. Steen reviews of technical issues plus small but Cornell University, New York Market: graduate students, undergraduate realistic and detailed examples. The A selection of the winners of the annual students, academic researchers programs for these examples supplied on DFD/APS competition for outstanding the accompanying web site can serve as 253 x 177 mm 654pp 120 line diagrams images of fluid flow are collected here. templates for solving other problems. 0 521 83330 2 HB c.£80.00 A Each image is accompanied by some 0 521 53927 7 PB c.£27.95 X Contents: 1. Getting started; 2. Initial December explanatory text, aimed at making the value problems; 3. Boundary value Gallery an attractive and essential work problems; 4. Delay differential for all those interested in the art and ■ Textbook equations. science of fluid flow. Mathematical Models in Biology Subject areas: ODEs, differential Subject areas: fluid dynamics, applied equations, numerical analysis, An Introduction mathematics, mechanical engineering, engineering, MATLAB Elizabeth S. Allman chemical engineering, aeronautical University of Southern Maine, Portland Market: undergraduate students, engineering, geophysical fluid dynamics and John A. Rhodes graduate students, professionals Market: academic researchers, graduate Bates College, Maine 228 x 197 mm 272pp 35 line diagrams students, professionals 0 521 82404 4 HB £65.00 A 247 x 174 mm 220pp 104 colour figures This introductory textbook focuses on 0 521 53094 6 PB £21.95 X 0 521 82773 6 HB c. £60.00 A discrete models across a variety of biological Available now subdisciplines, including linear and non- 0 521 53500 X PB c. £20.00 P This title was previously announced in Fast-track Available now linear models of populations, Markov Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 models of molecular evolution, phylogenetic tree construction, genetics, Theory and Computation of The Weak KAM Theorem in and infectious disease models. The book is Lagrangian Dynamics suitable for beginning students and assumes Hydrodynamic Stability Albert Fathi no calculus. Computer investigations with W. Criminale Ecole Normale Supérieure, Lyon MATLAB are incorporated throughout. University of Washington Contains lots of background and Contents: 1. Dynamic modeling with T. L. Jackson motivational material to help graduate different equations; 2. Liner models of University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign students grasp this important topic. The structured populations; 3. Non-linear and R. D. Joslin book will also appeal to researchers who will models of interactions; 4. Modeling Office of Naval Research, Arlington find this to be a useful resource, not least molecular evolution; 5. Constructing Covers both classical and modern aspects of because the author has included numerous phylogenic trees; 6. Genetics; 7. Infectous the subject. Each problem is examined both references that point to further, more disease modeling; 8. Curve fitting and analytically and numerically: every chapter advanced reading. biological modeling; Appendix A. Basic ends with an appendix containing full DNS analysis of numerical data; Appendix B. For computer code. The text includes many Subject areas: dynamical systems, KAM further reading. exercises, copious illustrations and an theory Subject areas: mathematics, life sciences extensive bibliography, and can be used Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 88 with courses or as an authoritative 228 x 152 mm 300pp 30 line diagrams Market: undergraduate students reference. 0 521 82228 9 HB c.£40.00 A 228 x 152 mm 350pp 65 line diagrams 40 tables October 375 exercises 0 521 81980 6 HB c.£65.00 A 0 521 52586 1 PB c.£22.95 X November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 50 Pure and Applied Mathematics

Kleinian Groups and Hyperbolic Reciprocity in Elastodynamics Iterative Krylov Methods for 3-Manifolds Jan Achenbach Large Linear Systems Edited by Yohei Komori Northwestern University, Illinois Henk van der Vorst Osaka City University, Japan Professor Achenbach discusses uses of Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands Vladimir Markovic reciprocity relations for the determination University of Warwick of elastodynamic fields, and presents a novel and Caroline Series method to solve for wave fields by University of Warwick reciprocity of the actual field with a so- In September 2001 a workshop was held on called virtual solution, shedding new light Kleinian groups and hyperbolic 3- on the use of reciprocity relations for manifolds. The speakers included many of dynamic fields in elastic bodies. the leaders in this field who gave talks Subject areas: elasticity, mechanical describing the frontiers of current research. engineering, acoustics, ultrasonics, Useful for graduate students and established seismology researchers. Market: academic researchers, professionals Subject areas: algebra, geometry Cambridge Monographs on Mechanics Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 250pp 45 line diagrams students 0 521 81734 X HB c.£40.00 A London Mathematical Society Lecture Note October Series, 299 Based on extensive teaching by the author, this book presents an overview of a number 228 x 152 mm 380pp 50 line diagrams ■ Graduate Text 0 521 54013 5 PB c.£32.95 A of Krylov projection methods for the November ■ New edition solution of linear systems of equations. There are a large number of references for Hydrodynamic Stability Peyresq Lectures on Geometric further reading as well as exercises to help Second edition Mechanics and Symmetry students as they first encounter the P. G. Drazin material. Edited by James Montaldi University of Bristol Subject areas: numerical analysis, University of Manchester Institute of Science and and W. H. Reid Technology computation and Tudor Ratiu This book begins with a basic introduction Market: graduate students, academic École Polytechnique Fédérale, Lausanne to three major areas of hydrodynamic researchers stability: thermal convection, rotating and Geometric mechanics lies on the border of Cambridge Monographs on Applied and curved flows, and parallel shear flows. There pure and applied mathematics and Computational Mathematics, 13 follows a comprehensive account of the incorporates such disciplines as differential 228 x 152 mm 256pp 18 line diagrams mathematical theory for parallel shear geometry, Hamiltonian mechanics and 0 521 81828 1 HB £37.50 A flows. The book contains a large number of integrable systems. The editors organised a Available now problems, with hints and references. summer school on Geometric Mechanics and Symmetry from which the main From reviews of the first edition: Collocation Methods for Volterra courses have been summarised, to provide ‘The work is undeniably of high Integral and Related Functional notes geared towards the graduate student. scholarship, consummate accuracy, and Equations Subject areas: geometry, mechanics, penetrating insight … All specialists in stability theory will be happy that two such Hermann Brunner dynamics Memorial University of Newfoundland authorities have found the time to produce Market: graduate students, academic a work of such excellence.’ The first comprehensive guide to the researchers Nature analysis of collocation methods for a wide London Mathematical Society Lecture Note class of initial-value problems, including Subject areas: fluid mechanics, mechanical Series, 306 equations with delay arguments. It engineering, chemical engineering 228 x 152 mm 250pp describes important problems and 0 521 53957 9 PB c.£27.95 A Market: graduate students, academic directions for future research. Also includes September researchers numerous exercises, a vast bibliography Cambridge Mathematical Library with historical commentary, and important 228 x 152 mm 550pp applications to modelling biological and 0 521 52541 1 PB c.£25.00 A physical phenomena. November Subject areas: numerical analysis Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 15 228 x 152 mm 500pp 70 line diagrams 0 521 80615 1 HB c.£65.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Pure and Applied Mathematics/Computer Science 51

Geometric Integrators in Computer Science Mathematics of Image Analysis Hamiltonian Mechanics Creation, Compression, Restoration, Recognition B. Leimkuhler University of Leicester S. G. Hoggar ■ Textbook University of Glasgow and S. Reich Imperial College of Science, Technology and 3D Computer Graphics This major revision of the author’s Medicine, London successful book Mathematics of Computer A Mathematical Introduction with Graphics exhibits a shift away from This book shows how to place on a solid OpenGL footing the numerical techniques needed to Topology to Probability and Information Samuel R. Buss Theory. Three vital areas for the digital simulate matter on an atomic scale. An University of California, San Diego important application of this is the design revolution are tackled, (compression, of new materials and drugs. Clear This introduction to 3D computer restoration and recognition) establishing exposition, worked examples and exercises graphics emphasises fundamentals and not only what is true, but why, to facilitate make this valuable for students, the mathematics underlying computer education and research. practitioners and researchers alike. graphics while also covering Subject areas: computer science (graphics, programming techniques using Subject areas: computational molecular applications), electrical engineering (signal OpenGL, a platform-independent processing), applied mathematics dynamics graphics programming environment. Market: graduate students, academic Topics include transformations and Market: academic researchers, graduate researchers, professionals viewing, lighting and shading, ray students, professionals Cambridge Monographs on Applied and tracing, radiosity, texture mapping and 247 x 174 mm 550pp 26 colour plates 20 tables Computational Mathematics, 14 colour theory, and aspects of animation, 125 exercises 150 figures 0 521 78029 2 HB c.£35.00 P 228 x 152 mm 400pp 80 line diagrams including quaternions, orientation, and Available now 30 half-tones inverse kinematics. The book is aimed at 0 521 77290 7 HB c.£37.50 A the advanced undergraduate or October introductory graduate level, and can also Information Theory, Inference be used for self-study. The minimal prerequisites, namely a basic knowledge and Learning Algorithms Pure and Applied Mathematics of calculus and vectors, are reviewed in David MacKay University of Cambridge ▼ see also an appendix. • Mathematical aspects of computer This textbook has two main themes. It 33 Beerends: Fourier and Laplace Transforms graphics are stressed in a offers a comprehensive coverage of 6 Knox: From Newton to Hawking straightforward and useful way Shannon’s theory of information as well 32 Olive: Maths: A Student’s Survival Guide as the theory of neural networks and • Lots of exercises probabilistic data modelling. With many • Web site has accompanying software examples and exercises this book is ideal Contents: 1. Introduction; as a course text, or as a resource for 2. Transformations and viewing; researchers. 3. Lighting, illumination, and shading; Subject areas: machine learning, 4; Averaging and interpolation; information theory, statistics 5. Texture mapping; 6. Color; 7. Bezier Market: graduate students, curves; 8. B-Splines; 9. Ray tracing; undergraduate students, academic 10. Intersection testing; 11. Radiosity; researchers 12. Animation and kinematics; 246 x 189 mm 550pp 5 colour plates 50 tables Appendix A. Mathematics background; 400 exercises 250 figures Appendix B. RayTracing software 0 521 64298 1 HB c. £35.00 A package. May Subject areas: computer graphics, computational geometry, applied Memory as a Programming mathematics Concept in C and C++ Market: undergraduate students, Frantisek Franek graduate students, professionals McMaster University, Ontario 253 x 177 mm 416pp 186 line diagrams 8 colour plates 150 exercises Provides students and professional 0 521 82103 7 HB £35.00 X programmers with a concise yet Available now comprehensive view of the role memory plays in all aspects of programming and program behaviour. Describes the techniques and tools to deal with the problems related to memory and its effective use, assuming only a basic knowledge of C or C++.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 52 Computer Science/Management

Subject areas: computer programming, ■ Textbook software engineering Management Market: undergraduate students, UML by Example professionals Ghinwa Jalloul 228 x 152 mm 250pp This systematic introduction to object- Global IT Outsourcing 0 521 52043 6 PB c.£24.95 P oriented software development is suitable Management of Software Development December for teaching as well as for prasticing Projects software engineers seeking to add rigour to Sundeep Sahay their techniques. It features seven case ■ Graduate Text S. Krishna studies derived from small software projects and Brian Nicholson Principles of Constraint delivered to real users, preceded by an Programming overview of object-oriented modelling Krzysztof Apt artifacts in UML. Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica, Amsterdam Subject areas: object-oriented Methods to solve constraint problems (e.g. programming, software engineering, UML scheduling) rely on the idea of constraint Market: undergraduate students, propagation and search. Using constraint professionals techniques in programming environments 228 x 152 mm 300pp 200 line diagrams has accelerated the solution process, 25 exercises combining ideas from artificial intelligence, 0 521 81051 5 HB c.£50.00 A programming languages, databases, and 0 521 00881 6 PB c.£22.95 X operational research. This text is a modern, December multidisciplinary introduction covering both foundations and applications. Model Driven Architecture with Subject areas: constraint programming, Executable UML artificial intelligence, logic programming, Kennedy Carter Ltd operational research, optimization This book describes how to automatically This book offers key insights into how to Market: graduate students, academic generate executable code directly from manage software development across researchers, professionals UML model specifications using OMG’s international boundaries. Based on a 247 x 174 mm 330pp 60 exercises 76 figures Model Driven Architecture (MDA) and Executable UML (xUML) technologies. An series of case studies looking at 0 521 82583 0 HB c.£30.00 A relationships between firms from North August excellent reference for anyone embarking on what is surely the future of software America, the UK, Japan and Korea with Indian software houses, the authors offer Multiple View Geometry in development for medium and large scale projects. constructive advice on how to manage Computer Vision GSAs more effectively. Second edition Subject areas: software engineering, computer science Subject areas: technology management, Richard Hartley management, information technology General Electric, Schenectady Market: professionals, academic Market: professionals, graduate and Andrew Zisserman researchers, graduate students students, academic researchers University of Oxford 247 x 174 mm 450pp 285 figures 247 x 174 mm 300pp 5 figures Recent developments in the theory and 0 521 53771 1 PB c.£39.95 P October 0 521 81604 1 HB c. £40.00 P practice of scene reconstruction are August described in detail in a unified framework. The distinctive flavour is that the approach is uncalibrated. Geometric principles and Computer Science their algebraic representation are covered, ▼ see also Management enabling readers to understand the ▼ see also projective geometry and estimation 18 Stekel: Microarray Bioinformatics algorithms presented, and implement them 62 Baldwin: Innovation and Knowledge Creation in an Open Economy directly. 52 Jalloul: UML by Example Subject areas: computer vision, robotics Market: graduate students, academic researchers, professionals 247 x 174 mm 700pp 130 line diagrams 50 half-tones 10 colour figures 0 521 54051 8 PB c.£40.00 X August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Law 53

Law ■ Textbook ■ New Edition Principles of International ■ Textbook Environmental Law Second edition ■ New Edition Philippe Sands International Law University College London Fifth edition This second edition of Sand’s leading Malcolm N. Shaw textbook on international environmental University of Leicester law provides a clear and authoritative This fifth edition of Malcolm Shaw’s introduction to the subject, revised to bestselling textbook on international law December 2002. It incorporates relevant provides a clear, authoritative and new material, including genetically comprehensive introduction to the modified organisms, the Kyoto Protocol, oil subject, fully revised and updated to pollution, chemicals etc. It remains the December 2002. Includes new material most comprehensive account of the on Inter-state Courts and Tribunals, principles and rules relating to the arbitration tribunals and the role of protection of the environment and the international institutions such as the conservation of natural resources. This will WTO. This will remain an invaluable remain an invaluable resource for both resource for students and practitioners students and practitioners. alike. The scope of the text makes this • Significantly revised new edition essential reading for students of incorporating all relevant new case-law international relations and the political since first edition published in 1995 sciences. The book is also valuable to • The leading text which draws on the practitioners and governmental and author’s direct practical experience international civil servants. ‘His task of enthusing the reader to explore the subject more fully, Professor • Cited by national and international • Expanded coverage of new courts and Shaw executes with vigour … The courts, and used by academics, students tribunals, including the International exposition is clear and the and practitioners around the world Criminal Court and the World Trade documentation and bibliography Organization ‘Philippe Sands has gone beyond his stated contained in the footnotes will more aim. The book provides not only a • Additional coverage of humanitarian than satisfy both the student reader and comprehensive overview of present-day intervention, including Kosovo and the researcher … Fascinating and international environmental law as well as East Timor enjoyable reading.’ that of the European Union. The book also • Extra reference material given at the end British Yearbook of International Law systematises and conceptualises this of each chapter relatively young branch of public international law …’. Subject areas: international law, human Publicity material available: Prof. Jost Delbruck, rights law, international organizations, the German Yearbook of International Law Leaflet 0 521 94929 7 law of the sea and the air, international ‘A pioneering work which will serve as a relations milestone in the development of Market: undergraduate students, international environmental law. It will be graduate students, academic researchers useful to the legal academic, practitioner or 228 x 152 mm 1120pp even natural scientist or environmentalist 0 521 82473 7 HB c. £80.00 A requiring a first reference to a particular 0 521 53183 7 PB c. £29.95 X aspect of this vast field … It is predicted September that this book will be the leader in the international environmental law field well into the new millennium.’ Prof. Jan Glazewski, South African Law Journal ‘Idealists will appreciate the strong sense of commitment to the underlying purposes of international environmental protection measures which permeates the treatment of the issues. Realists will welcome the clear appreciation of the difficulties in

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 54 Law

achievement of those purposes. Lawyers From Nuremberg to The Hague The Practice and Procedure of will come to rely on the wealth of material The Future of International Criminal the Inter-American Court of made readily available from the author’s Justice Human Rights depth of learning.’ Edited by Philippe Sands Jo M. Pasqualucci Robert McCracken, University College London Journal of Planning and Environment Law University of South Dakota Subject areas: environmental law, Pasqualucci analyzes all aspects of the international law, international relations advisory jurisdiction, contentious jurisdiction, and provisional measures Market: undergraduate students, graduate orders of the Inter-American Court of students, academic researchers, Human Rights, including the Rules of professionals Procedure of the Court and the 247 x 174 mm 900pp Commission. This is an important resource 0 521 81794 3 HB c.£95.00 A for scholars, practitioners, and students of 0 521 52106 8 PB c.£34.95 X international human rights law and September First edition with same title was published by practice. Manchester University Press in 1995. Subject areas: human rights, Latin American studies An Introduction to the Market: professionals, academic International Criminal Court This collection is based on five lectures researchers, graduate students Second edition organized jointly by Matrix Chambers and 228 x 152 mm 480pp William A. Schabas the Wiener Library in London between 0 521 82595 4 HB c.£100.00 A National University of Ireland, Galway April and June 2002. Leading experts 0 521 53335 X PB c.£38.95 A Available now The ICC prosecutes genocide, crimes present a fascinating collection of papers examining the evolution of international This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, against humanity and war crimes when Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 national justice systems are either unwilling criminal justice from its origins at or unable to do so themselves. This revised Nuremberg through to the proliferation of edition considers the Court’s start up international courts and tribunals based at ■ New Edition preparations as well as the issue of US The Hague today. Original and provocative, the lectures provide various Local Remedies in International opposition. Indispensable for students and Law practitioners. perspectives on the subject. An intelligent and thought-provoking book, accessible to Second edition Subject areas: humanitarian law, human anyone interested in international criminal Chittharanjan Felix Amerasinghe rights, international relations law from specialists to non-specialists alike. Amerasinghe examines the local remedies Market: undergraduate students, graduate • Leading experts consider the rule in the context of both historical and students, academic researchers, development of international criminal modern international law. He considers professionals law from WWII to date both the customary international law as 228 x 152 mm 450pp • Perspectives include both historical and well as the application of the rule to, among 0 521 83055 9 HB c.£55.00 A others, human rights protection and 0 521 53756 8 PB c.£19.95 A legal aspects September international organizations. New material • Original and provocative work from includes bilateral investment treaties and contributors including Cherie Booth, state contracts. Richard Overy and James Crawford Subject areas: international law, Contributors: Philippe Sands, Richard international organizations, international Overy, Andrew Clapham, James Crawford, affairs, international relations Cherie Booth Market: professionals, academic researchers Subject areas: international law, criminal Cambridge Studies in International and law, modern history, international relations Comparative Law, 31 Market: general readers, graduate students, 228 x 152 mm 450pp undergraduate students 0 521 82899 6 HB c.£55.00 A 198 x 129 mm 206pp November 0 521 82991 7 HB £40.00 A 0 521 53676 6 PB £14.95 T Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Law 55

European Constitutionalism Courts and Political Institutions The Internationalisation of beyond the State A Comparative View Antitrust Policy Edited by J. H. H. Weiler Tim Koopmans Maher M. Dabbah New York University Formerly The Court of Justice of the European University of London Communities and Marlene Wind Dabbah’s clear and original discussion of University of Copenhagen The frontier between ‘law’ and ‘politics’ is the internationalisation of antitrust policy not always clear-cut. There is a large area examines in particular the decisional where courts operate but where practice of relevant bodies in the EC and governments and parliaments make the US. He concludes by predicting future decisions on exactly the same issues. developments. This will interest antitrust Koopmans considers human rights officials, international organisations, protection, federalism, separation of businesspeople, academics, researchers and powers, equal protection, and the impact of policy-makers involved in antitrust law and European and international law. policy. Subject areas: constitutional and Subject areas: international trade law, administrative law, comparative law, economics, business, management political science, political history Market: professionals, academic Market: graduate students, academic researchers, graduate students researchers 228 x 152 mm 300pp 228 x 152 mm 200pp 0 521 82079 0 HB c.£50.00 P 0 521 82662 4 HB c.£47.50 A October 0 521 53399 6 PB c.£17.95 A Leading scholars of European July constitutionalism highlight different facets Convergence and Persistence in of the new constitutional discussion. This Secured Credit under English and Corporate Governance book delineates new ways of thinking about American Law Edited by Jeffrey N. Gordon the future of Europe. This book will appeal Columbia University, New York to anyone interested in the timely subject of Gerard McCormack University of Manchester and Mark J. Roe constitutionalism including students and Harvard University, Massachusetts practitioners of law, politics and philosophy. Under English Law it is possible to create Corporate governance is on the reform security over almost any asset, but the law is Subject areas: European law, constitutional agenda globally. Is the Anglo-American considered to be unsatisfactory. law, comparative law, comparative politics, model of shareholder capitalism destined to McCormack examines the law in England, political economy become the global corporate governance highlighting its weaknesses. He uses Article Market: academic researchers, graduate standard or will important differences 9 of the American Uniform Commercial students persist? Leading scholars address this with Code as a reference point. Contains the text 228 x 152 mm 300pp sophisticated political economy analysis of Article 9. 0 521 79225 8 HB c.£50.00 A that is also attuned to legal frameworks. Of 0 521 79671 7 PB c.£19.95 A Subject areas: company/corporate law, interest for postgraduates and academics. September academic researchers, investment law, Subject areas: corporate governance, insolvency law business regulation, globalisation Regional Private Laws and Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: graduate students, academic Codification in Europe students, professionals researchers Edited by Hector MacQueen Cambridge Studies in Corporate Law, 3 228 x 152 mm 400pp University of Edinburgh 228 x 152 mm 350pp 0 521 82911 9 HB c.£60.00 A Antoni Vaquer 0 521 82670 5 HB c.£55.00 0 521 53601 4 PB c.£21.95 X Universitat de Lleida October November and Santiago Espiau Universitat de Lleida The phenomenon of ‘regional’ private law in the EU is considered here, including such regions as Scotland and Catalonia which have their own legal systems; comparisons are drawn with jurisdictions elsewhere, such as Louisiana and Quebec. This will be of interest to academic lawyers world-wide, advanced law students and European policy-makers. Subject areas: private law, legal history, European law, comparative law Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 82836 8 HB c.£50.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 56 Law

International Law Reports ICSID Reports Dictionary of Trade Policy Volume 125 Volume 6 Terms Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht James Crawford University of Cambridge University of Cambridge, Lauterpacht Research Fourth edition and Christopher J. Greenwood Centre for International Law Walter Goode London School of Economics and Political Science Edited by Karen Lee University of Adelaide Volume 125 includes decisions on the University of Cambridge Kuwait Airways case, the Guantanamo Bay The ICSID Reports provides the only detainees and the judicial review regarding comprehensive collection of the decisions of use of force against Iraq. It also includes the arbitral tribunals and ad hoc committees Israel Supreme Court decision on assigned established under the auspices of the World residence as well as awards on investment Bank’s International Centre for the protection under NAFTA. Settlement of Investment Disputes. Also Subject areas: international law, law of the includes arbitration under the Additional air and sea, armed conflicts, human rights, Facility to the ICSID Convention, notably humanitarian law, international relations in relation to NAFTA. Market: academic researchers, Subject areas: international economic and professionals, graduate students trade law, international relations International Law Reports Market: academic researchers, graduate students, professionals 219 x 146 mm 500pp 0 521 82989 5 HB c.£110.00 A International Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes Reports This dictionary of the language used by August trade negotiators describes in simple 240 x 160 mm 600pp language some 2000 terms, expressions International Environmental Law 0 521 82988 7 HB c.£170.00 A October and events comprising the history of Reports trade negotiations since the creation of Volume 4: International Environmental Law in A Handbook of Anti-Dumping the GATT in 1947. It also covers the National Courts WTO and activities of other Investigations Edited by Alice Palmer international organizations with an Foundation for International Environmental Law and Jorge Miranda interest in the rules governing global Development World Trade Organization trade. It is aimed at the generalist, but and Cairo A. R. Robb Judith Czako specialists and especially newcomers to University of Cambridge, Lauterpacht Research World Trade Organization trade policy will also benefit. This Centre for International Law and Johann Human dictionary will assist readers in A compendium of major dispute settlement World Trade Organization understanding the language, ideas and or judicial decisions on environment- This handbook covers the major areas stratagems used in promoting and related issues under three international arising in anti-dumping investigations as defending their trade interests. trade regimes: the General Agreement on embodied in the relevant WTO provisions, • Recommended by the WTO as key Tariffs and Trade (GATT) and its successor, providing an exposition of well-sourced reference for participants on its trade the World Trade Organization (WTO); the information, explanations and guidance for policy course Canada-USA Free Trade Agreement grasping the intricacies of anti-dumping (precursor to the North America Free Trade proceedings. This will assist investigators, • Author with practical experience uses Agreement); and the European government officials, importing and simple language to explain nearly Community. exporting enterprises, and academics 2000 trade policy terms Subject areas: environmental law, concerned with international trade issues. • No other dictionary comes close to its international law Subject areas: trade law, trade policy, trade coverage, particularly of current and Market: academic researchers, graduate economics, international business recent developments students administration and management, Subject areas: international trade law, International Environmental Law Reports, 4 macro/international economics trade policy, trade regulation, trade negotiation, international economic 228 x 152 mm 600pp Market: professionals, academic 0 521 65037 2 HB c.£95.00 A researchers, graduate students relations, political economy November 228 x 152 mm 500pp Market: professionals, academic 0 521 83042 7 HB c.£60.00 P researchers, graduate students Available now 228 x 152 mm 400pp This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, 0 521 83108 3 HB c. £50.00 P Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 0 521 53825 4 PB c. £19.95 A Available now Centre for International Economic Studies, Univ. of Adelaide published previous eds. Co-published with World Trade Organization

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Law 57

Dispute Settlement Reports 2000 Volume IX: 2000 Volume XI: Edited by the World Trade Organization Pages 4091–4589 Pages 5119–5719 Subject areas: international trade law, Contents: Canada – Term of Patent international law, dispute settlement, Protection (WT/DS170/R); Report of the international economics Panel: Guatemala – Definitive Market: professionals, academic Anti-Dumping Measures on Grey Portland researchers, graduate students Cement from Mexico (WT/DS156/R); Report of the Panel. 2000 Volume VII: 228 x 152 mm 606pp 0 521 82857 0 HB £85.00 A Pages 3041–3537 Available now Contents: Canada – Certain Measures This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Affecting the Automotive Industry Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 (WT/DS139, WT/DS142); Report of the Panel. 2001 Volume I: Pages 1–581 228 x 152 mm 502pp Contents: Korea – Measures Affecting 0 521 82853 8 HB £85.00 A Imports of Fresh, Chilled and Frozen Beef Available now (WT/DS161, WT/DS169); Report of the Co-published with World Trade Organization Appellate Body; Report of the Panel; This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Contents: Brazil – Export Financing Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Programme for Aircraft Recourse by United States – Import Measures on Canada to Article 21.5 of the DSU Certain Products from the European 2000 Volume VIII: (WT/DS46); Report of the Panel: Canada Communities (WT/DS165); Report of the Appellate Body. Pages 3539–4090 – Measures Affecting the Export of Civilian Aircraft Recourse by Brazil to Article 21.5 228 x 152 mm 583pp Contents: Korea – Measures Affecting of the DSU (WT/DS70); Report of the 0 521 82978 X HB £85.00 A Government Procurement (WT/DS163); Appellate Body: Canada – Measures Available now Report of the Panel: United States – Section Affecting the Export of Civilian Aircraft This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 110(5) of the US Copyright Act Recourse by Brazil to Article 21.5 of the (WT/DS160); Report of the Panel: Brazil – DSU (WT/DS70); Report of the Panel: Export Financing Programme for Aircraft Canada – Term of Patent Protection 2001 Volume II: Pages 583–984 Recourse by Canada to Article 21.5 of the (WT/DS170); Award of the Arbitrator Contents: United States – Import Measures DSU (WT/DS46); Report of the Appellate under Article 21.3(c) of the DSU: United on Certain Products from the European Body. States – Anti-Dumping Act of 1916 Communities (WT/DS165); Report of the 228 x 152 mm 556pp (WT/DS136, WT/DS162); Report of the Panel: United States – Section 110(5) of the 0 521 82854 6 HB £85.00 A Appellate Body. US Copyright Act (WT/DS160); Award of Available now 228 x 152 mm 504pp the Arbitrator (under Article 21.3(c) DSU): This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, 0 521 82855 4 HB £85.00 A United States – Section 110(5) of the US Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Available now Copyright Act (WT/DS160); Award of the This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Arbitrator (under Article 25 DSU): United Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 States – Definitive Safeguard Measures on Imports of Wheat Gluten from the 2000 Volume X: European Communities (WT/DS166): Pages 4591–5118 Report of the Appellate Body. Contents: United States – Anti-Dumping 228 x 152 mm 406pp Act of 1916 Complaint by the European 0 521 82979 8 HB £85.00 A Available now Communities (WT/DS136); Report of the This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Panel; United States – Anti-Dumping Act Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 of 1916 Complaint by Japan (WT/DS136, WT/DS162); Report of the Appellate 2001 Volume III: Pages 985–1533 Body: United States – Anti-Dumping Act of 1916 Complaint by Japan (WT/DS162); Contents: United States – Definitive Report of the Panel: Canada – Certain Safeguard Measures on Imports of Wheat Measures Affecting the Automotive Gluten from the European Communities Industry (WT/DS139, WT/DS142); (WT/DS166); Report of the Panel. Award of the Arbitrator under Article 228 x 152 mm 553pp 21.3(c) of the DSU: Canada – Term of 0 521 82980 1 HB £85.00 A Patent Protection (WT/DS170); Report of Available now the Appellate Body. This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 228 x 152 mm 532pp 0 521 82856 2 HB £85.00 A Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 58 Law/Economics

Genes and Insurance Economics graduated from ‘transition’ to Ethical, Legal and Economic Issues ‘integration’ through membership of the Marcus Radetzki European Union. The book concludes Stockholms Universitet by indicating how the EU could help the Marian Radetzki Building a Dynamic Europe poor performers through inclusion in a Stockholms Universitet The Key Policy Debates continent-wide integrated economic and Niklas Juth Edited by Jordi Gual area. Written in accessible style the book Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden IESE Business School, Barcelona will appeal to students in economics, The genetic information that is available to A succinct survey of the most important comparative politics and area studies. insurance companies has often been economic policy issues facing European Subject areas: transition economics, regulated to avoid certain ethical governments and business as they strive comparative economic systems, difficulties. But regulation may not be the to restore growth to the region’s flagging emerging markets, political economy, solution, argue the authors, and suggest economy. Written in a largely non- policy reform, Eastern European studies instead the resurrection of collectively technical style, the book nevertheless Market: undergraduate students, funded public insurances. This will interest contains some of the sharpest analyses graduate students, academic researchers academic researchers and professonials available of the economic problem involved with genetics and insurance. 246 x 189 mm 400pp 11 half-tones 22 tables facing Europe’s policy makers and will be 23 graphs 4 maps Subject areas: medical law, social and legal essential reading for anybody with an 0 521 82638 1 HB c. £55.00 A philosophy, bioethics, economics of academic or professional interest in 0 521 53379 1 PB c. £19.95 A healthcare industries, insurance risk European integration. November analysis, regulatory impact, public policy Subject areas: European integration, Market: academic researchers, professionals international economics, Monetary and Fiscal Policies in 228 x 152 mm 150pp competitiveness, public policy, EMU 0 521 83090 7 HB c.£40.00 A government business relations Interactions and Coordination October Market: academic researchers, Edited by Marco Buti This book was originally published in Swedish by SNS professionals, graduate students European Commission Vorlag and was originally known as Att nyttja genetisk information 216 x 138 mm 140pp Leading scholars and policy makers 0 521 82734 5 HB c. £40.00 A examine the challenges that are facing September economic policies in the EMU today. Law and Nature Blending theoretical and policy analyses, this comprehensive study is both rigorous David Delaney Economic Transition in Central in its economic analysis and highly relevant Amherst College, Massachusetts and Eastern Europe to the policy agendas of all industrialised This interdisciplinary study explores the Planting the Seeds countries. relationship between conceptions of Subject areas: European integration, nature and legal thought and practice. Daniel Gros Centre for European Policy Studies, Brussels monetary policy, fiscal policy, central banks Topics include forces of nature, endangered species, animal experiments and Alfred Steinherr Market: academic researchers, graduate and bestiality, and Delaney demonstrates Free University of Bozen – Bolzano students, professionals throughout that nearly any construal of 228 x 152 mm 240pp 23 tables 31 graphs ‘nature’ entails an interpretation of what 0 521 83215 2 HB c.£45.00 A it is to be (distinctively) human. October Co-published with The European Community Subject areas: legal studies, sociology of science and medicine, women’s studies, cultural studies, geography/environmental studies, anthropology Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in Law and Society 228 x 152 mm 350pp 0 521 83126 1 HB c. £45.00 A October

Law Analysing the key problems facing the transition countries in Central and ▼ see also Eastern Europe, this book describes the 126 Chatterjee: Ethics and Foreign Intervention legacy of the central planners and the 66 Keal: European Conquest and the Rights of need for radical reforms. It documents Indigenous Peoples the outstanding successes and failures, and shows how some countries have

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Economics 59

Financing Human Capital Dynamic Macroeconomic Analysis Trade and Industrial Policy under A Capital Markets Approach to Student Theory and Policy in General Equilibrium International Oligopoly Funding Edited by Sumru Altug Sajal Lahiri Miguel Palacios Koc University, Turkey Southern Illinois University, Carbondale University of Virginia Jagjit S. Chadha and Yoshiyasu Ono Foreword by Nicholas Barr University of Cambridge University of Osaka, Japan London School of Economics and Political Science and Charles Nolan Sajal Lahiri and Yoshiyasu Ono offer an in- University of Durham Financing Human Capital argues for depth analysis of industrial and trade ‘human capital contracts’ in which students policies in a multi-country trade-theoretic agree to pay a percentage of their income in framework. They examine various exchange for funds to finance their industrial policies, R&D subsidies and education. The financial consequences – trade policies under conditions of imperfect risk transfer from students to investors and competition in a product market created by increased information regarding future the presence of Cournot oligopolistic graduates’ earnings – offers an alternative interdependence in production. for funding higher education. Subject areas: international economics, Subject areas: education finance, public trade policy, international relations, finance, economics of education, human international trade law, political economy capital Market: graduate students, academic Market: academic researchers, professionals researchers, professionals 216 x 138 mm 200pp 228 x 152 mm 250pp 0 521 82840 6 HB c.£25.00 A 0 521 77033 5 HB c.£45.00 A September October

Financial Structure This book applies modern micro-founded The Monopolistic Competition An Investigation of Sectoral Balance macroeconomic models to some of the Revolution in Retrospect Sheets in the G-7 most important economic policy questions Edited by Steven Brakman Joseph P. Byrne facing monetary and macroeconomic Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands National Institute of Economic and Social Research, policy-makers. Key issues that are surveyed London and Ben Heijdra include: consumption investment; growth Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands and E. Philip Davis and business cycles; the role of government; National Institute of Economic and Social Research, In 1977 Dixit and Stiglitz revolutionized asset pricing; the interaction of monetary London the modelling of imperfectly competitive and fiscal policy; open-economy issues; markets, launching ‘the second Differences in overall financial structure stabilisation policy and general equilibrium monopolistic competition revolution’. The underlie important contrasts in financing analyses of emerging market crises. text includes a comprehensive survey of and economic behaviour. In this context, Technically rigorous and summarising both monopolistic competition this book aims to confront theory and major research breakthroughs, this book revolutions, and previously unpublished extant empirical work with aggregate gathers specially commissioned chapters working papers by Dixit and Stiglitz that financial data across the G7, between 1970 from leading experts and offers a road map led to their famous 1977 paper. and 2000. It explores the contrasting to the future of macroeconomics. patterns and development of financial Subject areas: economic theory, Subject areas: macroeconomics, economic structures in the light of the main international trade, growth theory, history dynamic analysis theoretical and empirical results in the of thought, political economy Market: graduate students, academic economic literature. The analysis of the data Market: academic researchers, graduate researchers, professionals traces portfolios over a turbulent period students, professionals characterised by considerable economic and 247 x 174 mm 400pp 48 line diagrams 12 tables 228 x 152 mm 280pp financial instability, marked financial 0 521 82668 3 HB c.£70.00 A 0 521 53403 8 PB c.£25.95 A 0 521 81991 1 HB c.£45.00 A liberalisation, far-reaching technical change November and volatile asset prices. August Subject areas: macroeconomics, finance Market: academic researchers, graduate students, professionals National Institute of Economic and Social Research Economic and Social Studies 228 x 152 mm 225pp 0 521 83180 6 HB c.£45.00 A August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 60 Economics

The Structural Econometric Time Generational Income Mobility in Economic Theory and Global Series Analysis Approach North America and Europe Warming Edited by Arnold Zellner Edited by Miles Corak Hirofumi Uzawa University of Chicago This study analyses and contrasts the University of Tokyo and Franz Palm potential and experience of economic In this book, Professor Uzawa modifies and Universiteit Maastricht, Netherlands mobility in the more free market North extends the theoretical premises of This book assembles key texts in the theory American and British economies with the orthodox economic theory to those broad and application of the Structural more corporate state models of continental enough to be capable of analyzing the Econometric Time Series Analysis Europe. Written by leading economists phenomena related to environmental (SEMTSA) approach. Analytical relations from North America and Europe it disequilibrium, particularly global between dynamic econometric structural combines innovative methodology with warming, and of finding institutional models and empirical time series surprising conclusions. arrangements and policy measures that may MVARMA, VAR, transfer function, and Subject areas: inequality, poverty, bring about a more optimal state. univariate ARIMA models are established household economics, social mobility, Subject areas: economics and that are valuable tools for model-checking panel data environmental studies and model construction. Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, Subject areas: econometrics, time series students professionals, graduate students models, forecasting 228 x 152 mm 256pp 228 x 152 mm 200pp 5 line diagrams 3 tables Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82760 4 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 82386 2 HB c.£37.50 A students, professionals September July 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 81407 3 HB c.£47.50 A The Monetary Theory of Productivity Growth, Inflation, December Production and Unemployment Augusto Graziani The Collected Essays of Robert J. Gordon Designing Inclusion Università degli Studi di Roma ‘La Sapienza’ Robert J. Gordon Tools to Raise Low-end Pay and Northwestern University, Illinois Employment in Private Enterprise In mainstream economic theory money functions as an instrument for the Foreword by Robert M. Solow Edited by Edmund S. Phelps Columbia University, New York circulation of commodities or for keeping a The 17 seminal essays by Robert J. Gordon stock of liquid wealth. In neither case is it collected here, including three previously When too little a reward is paid for low- considered fundamental to the production unpublished works, offer views on the wage work and as a result too little occurs, of goods or the distribution of income. principal topics of macroeconomics – what is the most effective solution? Some of Augusto Graziani challenges traditional namely, growth, inflation, and the world’s leading economists look at the theories of monetary production, arguing unemployment. The author re-examines theory and evidence underpinning that a modern economy based on credit their salient points in a creative, accessible alternative approaches to the persistent cannot be understood without a focus on introduction that serves on its own as an problem of low wages and the administration of credit flow. A strong introduction to modern macroeconomics. underemployment in western economies. exponent of the circulation theory of Subject areas: economics and business, Subject areas: economics, labour monetary production, Graziani presents an economic theory, macroeconomics economics, political economy original and perhaps controversial Market: graduate students, professionals, argument which will stimulate debate. Market: academic researchers, graduate academic researchers students, professionals Subject areas: monetary growth, 228 x 152 mm 570pp 46 line diagrams 77 tables 228 x 152 mm 140pp 24 tables 34 graphs macroeconomics, economic growth, 0 521 80008 0 HB c.£80.00 A 0 521 81695 5 HB c.£40.00 A circulation theory of monetary production 0 521 53142 X PB c.£29.95 A August Market: academic researchers, graduate October students Federico Caffe Lectures 216 x 138 mm 160pp 0 521 81211 9 HB c.£37.50 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Economics 61

Evolution and Procedures in ■ Graduate Text ■ Graduate Text Central Banking Economics and the Theory of Semiparametric Regression for Edited by David E. Altig Games the Applied Econometrician Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and Bruce D. Smith Fernando Vega-Redondo Adonis Yatchew University of Texas, Dallas Universidad de Alicante, Spain University of Toronto The articles in this volume are collectively This textbook offers a systematic, self- This book provides simple and flexible about shedding light on central banks as contained account of the main (nonparametric) techniques for analyzing institutions: how modern central banks contributions of modern game theory and regression data. It includes a series of have come to be what they are, what their its applications to economics. Starting with empirical examples including estimation of objectives ought to be, how central banks a detailed description of how to model Engel curves and equivalence scales, scale ought to behave, and what kinds of strategic situations, the discussion proceeds economies, household gasoline challenges they might face. by studying basic solution concepts, their consumption, housing prices, option prices main refinements, games played under and state price density estimation. The Subject areas: economics, finance, business incomplete information, and repeated book should be of interest to a broad range Market: academic researchers, games. For each of these theoretical of economists including those working in professionals, graduate students developments, there is a companion set of industrial organization, labor, 228 x 152 mm 312pp 52 line diagrams 16 tables applications that cover the most development, urban, energy and financial 0 521 81427 8 HB c.£45.00 A representative instances of game-theoretic economics. August analysis in economics, e.g. oligopolistic Contents: 1. Introduction to differencing; competition, public goods, coordination 2. Background and overview; failures, bargaining, insurance markets, 3. Introduction to smoothing; 4. Higher ■ Textbook implementation theory, signaling and order differencing procedures; auctions. A Course in Public 5. Nonparametric functions of several Subject areas: economics, political science, variables; 6. Constrained estimation and Economics sociology, psychology, game theory hypothesis testing; 7. Index models and John Leach Market: graduate students, academic other semiparametric specifications; McMaster University, Ontario researchers 8. Bootstrap procedures; References; Appendices. This textbook in public economics 253 x 177 mm 675pp 84 line diagrams 55 tables explores the government’s role in the 227 exercises Subject areas: econometrics and statistics economy. It is intended for third or 0 521 77251 6 HB c.£80.00 A Market: graduate students, professionals fourth year undergraduate students and 0 521 77590 6 PB c.£29.95 X Themes in Modern Econometrics first year graduate students. The core September topics covered include markets, 228 x 152 mm 240pp 30 line diagrams 22 tables Financial Derivatives 0 521 81283 6 HB c.£50.00 A externalities, public goods, imperfect 0 521 01226 0 PB c.£18.95 X Pricing, Applications, and Mathematics competition, asymmetric information July and efficiency, and asymmetric Jamil Baz information and income redistribution. Deutsche Bank, London The Emergence of A knowledge of intermediate and George Chacko microeconomics and basic calculus is Harvard Business School Entrepreneurship Policy assumed. Each chapter contains exercises Governance, Start-Ups, and Growth in the A graduate level manual on the pricing of U.S. Knowledge Economy at the end, whose solutions are available financial derivatives. It allows the reader Edited by David M. Hart to instructors. with basic knowledge of finance, calculus, Harvard University, Massachusetts Subject areas: economics, political and probability and statistics to understand science, sociology, public economics, the most powerful tools in applied finance. Seeks to catalyze the emergence of a new public policy, social policy, government The three-fold focus is on equity field of policy studies: entrepreneurship and markets derivatives, interest rate markets, and the policy. Practical experience and academic mathematics of pricing. research both point to the central role of Market: undergraduate students, entrepreneurs in the process of economic Subject areas: finance, economics, business graduate students, academic researchers growth and to the importance of public 228 x 152 mm 550pp 59 line diagrams 3 tables Market: graduate students, academic policy in creating the conditions under 0 521 82877 5 HB c. £75.00 A researchers which entrepreneurial companies can 0 521 53567 0 PB c. £27.95 X 228 x 152 mm 275pp 67 line diagrams 8 tables flourish. December 0 521 81510 X HB c.£25.00 A Subject areas: economics, business, political October science, sociology, and American studies Market: academic researchers, professionals, graduate students, undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 275pp 8 line diagrams 14 tables 0 521 82677 2 HB c.£30.00 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 62 Economics

Innovation and Knowledge Knowledge and Competitive Creation in an Open Economy Advantage Canadian Industry and International The Coevolution of Firms, Technology, and Implications National Institutions John R. Baldwin Johann Peter Murmann Statistics Canada Northwestern University, Illinois and Petr Hanel This book compares the development of the Sherbrooke University, Canada synthetic dye industry in Great Britain, The book is about innovation and it Germany, and the United States. The rise of examines the whole process, from sources of this industry constitutes an important innovative ideas and technologies, the role chapter in business, economic, and of R&D activity, the use of patent technological history because synthetic dyes protection and other government policies, – invented in 1857 – represent the first time to the effect of innovation on employment that a scientific discovery quickly gave rise and various performance indicators such as to a new industry. profitability and export performance. Subject areas: business history, economics, Subject areas: economics, business, economic history international studies 228 x 152 mm 300pp 18 line diagrams 12 tables Market: graduate students, professionals, 0 521 81329 8 HB c.£35.00 C academic researchers October 228 x 152 mm 552pp 27 line diagrams 160 tables 0 521 81086 8 HB c.£65.00 A July Economics ▼ see also T. R. Malthus The Unpublished Papers in the Collection 33 Bouchaud: Theory of Financial Risk and Derivative of Kanto Gakuen University Pricing Volume 2: Essays, Sermons and Other Papers 142 Bulmer-Thomas: The Economic History of Latin America since Independence John Pullen 81 Finn: The Character of Credit University of New England, Australia 41 Joshi: Concepts of Mathematical Finance and Trevor Hughes-Parry 42 Lapeyre: Understanding Numerical Analysis for This book is the second of two volumes Option Pricing comprising a collection of manuscripts by 68 Mackie: Democracy Defended or relating to T. R. Malthus, discovered in 64 Mandle: Globalization and the Poor the estate of a distant nephew, and previously unpublished. The texts consist of correspondence, sermons, essays and lecture notes on political economy and history. Subject areas: economic history, political economy Market: academic researchers, graduate students 216 x 138 mm 150pp 0 521 58871 5 HB c.£45.00 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Politics 63

Politics

■ Now in Paperback War and Gender Joshua S. Goldstein American University, Washington DC Gender roles are nowhere more prominent than in war, yet our understanding of how gender affects war and vice versa is confused. In this definitive and lively book, Joshua Goldstein seeks to explain the near-total exclusion of women from combat forces, through history and across cultures. He concludes that killing in war does not come naturally for either gender, and that gender norms often shape men, women, and children to the needs of the war system. This unique study is illustrated throughout with photographs, drawings, and graphics. Contents: 1. A puzzle: the cross-cultural consistency of gender roles in war; 2. Women warriors: the historical record of female combatants; 3. Bodies: the biology of individual gender; 4. Groups: bonding, hierarchy, and social identity; 5. Heroes: the making of militarized masculinity; 6. Conquests: sex, rape, and exploitation in wartime; 7. Reflections: the mutuality of gender and war. Subject area: conflict studies, women’s studies, social anthropology, social psychology, • Interdisciplinary; fascinating range of history, biology topics – from the Amazons to primate Market: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students, general readers behaviour 228 x 152 mm 544pp •Gets the story right; careful scholarship 0 521 00180 3 PB c. 19.95 T and comprehensive documentation August • Easy to read and beautifully illustrated

Praise for the hardback edition ‘Joshua Goldstein’s book redefines what we think of both ‘war’ and ‘gender’. It is simply the Co-winner of the Victoria Schuck most disturbing account of the link between sex and violence yet written. Finally, we have a Award for best book on women and politics, American Political Science truly multi-disciplinary study of the subject. Distressing, and convincing.’ Association 2002. Joanna Bourke, University of London ‘… this book is a decisive contribution to the history of war and the military.’ The Independent Publicity material available: ‘War and Gender is a fascinating book about an important issue. I thoroughly recommend it Showcards by request – contact your to everyone who has an interest in why we humans behave the way we do.’ Jane Goodall, Primatologist,The Jane Goodall Institute Cambridge sales representative ‘I’ve been citing some of the findings in this book since the moment I read it in typescript. A must-read for anyone interested in gender and militarism.’ Jane Mansbridge, Harvard University ‘What a marvelous book! Readers will be captured by Goldstein’s clear,trenchant writing style, remarkable interdisciplinary breadth, and the wealth of fascinating new details and ideas on every page. Some of his conclusions will undoubtedly be controversial. So much the better.This is definitely a ‘must read’ book.’ Eleanor Maccoby, Stanford University

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 64 General Politics

General Politics Immigration and Politics in the Globalization and the Poor New Europe Jay R. Mandle European Integration and Reinventing Borders Colgate University, New York Political Conflict Gallya Lahav State University of New York, Stony Brook Edited by Gary Marks University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill Immigration is a central issue in European and Marco R. Steenbergen politics. Gallya Lahav’s book places the issue University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill in the context of a Europe where the logic of Over the past half-century, Europe has the single market clashes with national experienced the most radical reallocation of policymaking. The book shows how authority that has ever taken place in peace- restrictive immigration policies have been time, yet the ideological conflicts that will adopted, despite the requirements of open emerge from this are only now becoming borders. apparent. This volume brings together a Subject areas: political science, public formidable group of scholars of European policy, European studies, international and comparative politics to investigate relations, sociology patterns of conflict that are arising in the Market: academic researchers, graduate European Union. The authors of this students, undergraduate students volume conclude that political contestation Themes in European Governance This book presents a new viewpoint on concerning European integration is indeed economic globalization. The author argues 228 x 152 mm 280pp 29 tables 66 graphs rooted in the basic conflicts that have 0 521 82814 7 HB c.£47.50 A that opponents fail to see that broadly- shaped political life in Western Europe for 0 521 53530 1 PB c.£16.95 A based benefits for the poor are latent in the many years. November process. Defenders have insufficiently Contributors: Marco R. Steenbergen, Gary acknowledged that globalization creates Marks, Christopher J. Anderson, Matthew Media and the Path to Peace innocent victims who should be the object of ameliorative policies. J. Gabel, Cees Van Der Eijk, Mark N. Gadi Wolfsfeld Franklin, Leonard Ray, Adam P. Brinegar, Hebrew University of Jerusalem Subject areas: comparative politics, Seth K. Jolly, Herbert Kitschelt, Matthew J. This book examines the role the news political economy, development, economic Gabel, Simon Hix, Liesbet Hooghe, Carole media plays in peace processes, arguing that growth J. Wilson, Jacques J. A. Thomassen, Abdul it is often destructive. Wolfsfeld examines Market: undergraduate students, graduate G. Noury, Erik Voeten, David Scott, three major cases: the Oslo peace process students, academic researchers Bernhard Wessels, Doug Imig between Israel and the Palestinians; the 228 x 152 mm 168pp 14 tables Subject areas: political science, peace process between Israel and Jordan; 0 521 81504 5 HB £32.50 A international studies, European community and the process surrounding the Good 0 521 89352 6 PB £12.95 A studies, comparative politics, political Friday Agreement in Northern Ireland. Available now sociology Subject areas: political communications, Market: academic researchers, graduate media studies, conflict/peace studies, The EU, NATO and the Integration students Middle East studies, Northern Ireland of Europe Themes in European Governance studies, sociology Rules and Rhetoric 228 x 152 mm 300pp 10 line diagrams 41 tables Market: academic researchers, graduate Frank Schimmelfennig 29 graphs students, undergraduate students Universität Mannheim, Germany 0 521 82779 5 HB c.£47.50 A Communication, Society and Politics Frank Schimmelfennig analyzes Eastern 0 521 53505 0 PB c.£16.95 A enlargement of the European Union and 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 line diagram 17 tables November NATO and develops an original theory to 0 521 83136 9 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 53862 9 PB c.£16.95 A explain why it occurred. Backed by original October data, he argues that expansion to the East can be understood in terms of liberal democratic values and the shaming of opponents. Subject areas: European studies, comparative politics, political economy, sociology, international relations Market: academic researchers, graduate students Themes in European Governance 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 line diagram 32 tables 5 graphs 0 521 82806 6 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 53525 5 PB c.£16.95 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org General Politics 65

The Politics of Quasi-Government Religious Liberty in Transitional The Tragic Vision of Politics Hybrid Organizations and the Dynamics of Societies Ethics, Interests and Orders Bureaucratic Control The Politics of Religion Richard Ned Lebow Jonathan G. S. Koppell John Anderson Dartmouth College, New Hampshire Yale University, Connecticut University of St Andrews, Scotland Promising increased efficiency and superior This book explores the politics of religious service, the quasi-government has grown as liberty in states undergoing political change. governmental functions have been It examines the claims made by religious delegated to new entities that combine institutions on political systems and reveals characteristics of public- and private-sector the role of politicians in manipulating organizations. In this book, Koppell argues religious issues for their own gain. that control of public policy is sacrificed Subject areas: politics and sociology of when policy is carried out by such hybrid religion, comparative politics, South and organizations. East European studies Subject areas: political economy, public Market: academic researchers, graduate policy, public administration, management students studies, organization theory 228 x 152 mm 220pp Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82396 X HB c.£37.50 A students August Theories of Institutional Design Is it possible to preserve national security 228 x 152 mm 250pp 4 line diagrams 14 tables Technology, Television and through ethical politics? Examining the 8 graphs Competition works of Thucydides, Clausewitz and 0 521 81956 3 HB c.£37.50 A September Jeffrey A. Hart Hans Morgenthau, Lebow shows that Indiana University classic realists saw close links between World Cities, Globalization and In the late 1980s and 1990s, the advanced domestic and international politics and between interests and ethics. Lebow uses Inequality industrial countries considered replacing the existing analog television infrastructure these ‘tragic visions’ of politics to offer a Edited by Josef Gugler with a new digital one. Hart’s book shows powerful critique of post-Cold War University of Connecticut how nationalism and regionalism produced American foreign policy. This is a topical This book provides the first dedicated study incompatible standards in the US, Japan book written by a leading scholar in the of major cities in countries outside the and Europe, and led to missed opportunites field. It will appeal to students and industrialized West. The contributors in developing new technologies. scholars across many disciplines. compare their histories, their present Subject areas: political economy, Subject areas: international politics, positions in the world, and the problems comparative politics, communication foreign policy, political theory, history of they face. This book provides an original studies, science policy ideas, ethics, history perspective on world cities and the impact Market: academic researchers, graduate of globalization upon them. Market: academic researchers, graduate students students, undergraduate students Subject areas: political geography, political 228 x 152 mm 425pp 228 x 152 mm 300pp economy, sociology, urban studies, 0 521 82753 1 HB c. £47.50 A 0 521 82624 1 HB c.£40.00 A development studies 0 521 53485 2 PB c. £17.95 A November Market: academic researchers, graduate September students, undergraduate students States, Parties, and Social 228 x 152 mm 340pp Movements 0 521 83003 6 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 53685 5 PB c.£17.95 A Edited by Jack A. Goldstone November University of California, Davis Most books on social movements treat them as special episodes, apart from normal politics. This book shows how movements really are a ‘normal’ part of modern politics, shaping parties and elections. Subject areas: political sociology, comparative politics, political economy, social movements Market: graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics 228 x 152 mm 312pp 9 line diagrams 18 tables 0 521 81679 3 HB £50.00 A 0 521 01699 1 PB £18.95 A Available now

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 66 General Politics

Rising Tide Regions and Powers European Conquest and the Gender Equality and Cultural Change The Structure of International Security Rights of Indigenous Peoples Around the World Barry Buzan The Moral Backwardness of International Ronald Inglehart London School of Economics and Political Science Society University of Michigan, Ann Arbor and Ole Wæver Paul Keal and Pippa Norris University of Copenhagen Australian National University, Canberra Harvard University, Massachusetts Paul Keal argues for the recognition of indigenous peoples as ‘peoples’ with the right of self-determination in constitutional and international law. Questioning the moral legitimacy of international society, and examining notions of collective guilt and responsibility, Keal’s accessible study provides an important insight into contemporary international society. Subject areas: international relations, political theory, international law, history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 92 228 x 152 mm 300pp Buzan and Wæver argue that in the post- 0 521 82471 0 HB c.£45.00 A Rising Tide sets out to understand how Cold War world regional patterns of 0 521 53179 9 PB c.£16.95 A modernization has changed cultural security are more important than ever October attitudes towards gender equality and to before. Analysing regions throughout the analyze the political consequences of this world, this original and comprehensive Australian Liberals and the Moral process. This book is essential reading for study offers a distinctive interpretation of Middle Class those interested in understanding issues of the nature of the ‘new world security order’ From Alfred Deakin to John Howard comparative politics, public opinion, that has followed the Cold War. Judith Brett political behavior, and political sociology. Subject areas: international security studies, La Trobe University, Victoria Subject areas: politics, gender studies, international relations, world politics, This book, by award-winning author Judith women’s studies history, world history Brett, provides the very first complete Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate history of the Australian liberal tradition, students students, undergraduate students and then of the Liberal Party from the 228 x 152 mm 240pp 21 line diagrams 35 tables Cambridge Studies in International Relations second half of the twentieth century. 3 maps 228 x 152 mm 500pp 1 figure 12 maps Subject areas: politics, Australian history, 0 521 82203 3 HB £42.50 A 0 521 81412 X HB c.£55.00 A 0 521 52950 6 PB £15.95 A Australian studies, cultural studies 0 521 89111 6 PB c.£19.95 A Available now July Market: academic researchers, graduate This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, students, undergraduate students, general Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Institutions for the Common readers Good 228 x 152 mm 240pp 8 half-tones 0 521 82938 0 HB c.£45.00 A International Protection Regimes in 0 521 53634 0 PB c.£16.95 A International Society December Bruce Cronin University of Wisconsin, Madison The protection of domestic populations by international institutions is an enduring practice in international relations, even though it falls outside traditional definitions of state interest. Cronin argues that states act in this way because a cohesive international order, ensured by international protection, is essential to international stability. Subject areas: international relations, international history, human rights Market: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students Cambridge Studies in International Relations 228 x 152 mm 270pp 0 521 82480 X HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 53187 X PB c.£16.95 A November Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org General Politics/Political and Social Theory 67

Making Australian Foreign Policy Political and Social Theory Michael Wesley University of New South Wales, Sydney and Allan Gyngell The Cambridge History of Twentieth- This comprehensive text is the first to Century Political Thought outline both practical and theoretical Terence Ball approaches in making Australian foreign Arizona State University policy. It discusses the processes, structures and Richard Bellamy and calculations involved in foreign policy University of Essex making in Australia, and how these have changed under the impact of the various This major work of academic reference provides a manifestations of globalisation. comprehensive overview of the development of political thought from the late nineteenth to the end of the Subject areas: public policy, foreign policy, twentieth century, and is the concluding volume international relations, politics, economics, (chronologically) in the acclaimed Cambridge History government of Political Thought series. Like its predecessors, this Market: academic researchers, volume offers a state-of-the-art overview of current professionals, undergraduate students, scholarship, written by a distinguished team of graduate students international experts. Every major theme in twentieth- 228 x 152 mm 288pp century political thought is covered in a series of chapters of interest to students and 0 521 83234 9 HB c.£50.00 A scholars at all levels from beginning undergraduate upwards. 0 521 53997 8 PB c.£19.95 A Contributors: Michael Freeden, Wayne Parsons, Richard Bellamy, James Mayall, August Stanley G. Payne, Noel O’Sullivan, Mario Caciagli, Jeffrey C. Isaac, Robert E. Goodin, Dick Geary, Neil Harding, David McLellan, David McLellan, Sunil Globalization and State Khilnani, Melissa Lane, Peter Dews, Antonino Palumbo, Alan Scott, Paul Roazen, Transformation in China Walter L. Adamson, James Farr, David Miller, Richard Dagger, Martin Ceadal, Susan Yongnian Zheng James, James Tully, Terence Ball, Bhikhu Parekh, Salwa Ismail, Steven Lukes National University of Singapore Subject areas: history of ideas, political thought, twentieth-century and contemporary Zheng explores how China’s leaders have history, the history of philosophy embraced globalization and market- Market: academic researchers, graduate students oriented modernization. While they have The Cambridge History of Political Thought been open to Western ideas in rebuilding the economic system, they have been 228 x 152 mm 956pp reluctant to import Western concepts of 0 521 56354 2 HB c. £95.00 A August democracy. The author argues that this selectivity will impede China’s progress in becoming a modern nation state. Forthcoming volumes in this series Subject areas: politics, international The Cambridge History of Eighteenth-Century Political Thought relations, governance, economics, China 2004 0 521 37422 7 HB studies, East Asian studies Market: graduate students, undergraduate The Cambridge History of Nineteenth-Century Political Thought 2004 0 521 43056 9 HB students, academic researchers Cambridge Asia-Pacific Studies Other volumes in this series: 228 x 152 mm 320pp 37 tables 4 figures The Cambridge History of 0 521 83050 8 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 53750 9 PB c.£16.95 A Greek and Roman Political Thought December 2000 0 521 48136 8 HB £85.00 A

The Cambridge History of Medieval Political Thought c.350–c.1450 1988 0 521 24324 6 HB £75.00 A 1991 0 521 42388 0 PB £27.95 A

The Cambridge History of Political Thought 1450–1700 1991 0 521 24716 0 HB £80.00 A 1994 0 521 47772 7 PB £28.95 A

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 68 Political and Social Theory/Anthropology

Democracy Defended ■ New in Paperback Anthropology Gerry Mackie Democratic Distributive Justice Australian National University, Canberra Ross Zucker Lander College ■ Textbook By exploring the integral relationship between democracy and economic justice, Changing Kinship Democratic Distributive Justice seeks to Janet Carsten explain how democratic countries with University of Edinburgh market systems should deal with the Kinship has historically been central to problem of high levels of income- the discipline of anthropology but what inequality. The book provides an sort of future does it have? What is the interdisciplinary approach to dealing with impact of recent studies of reproductive this issue that combines political, technologies, of gender, and of the social economic, and legal theory. construction of science in the West? Subject areas: political theory, political What significance does public anxiety philosophy, economic theory, jurisprudence about the family have for anthropology’s Market: academic researchers, graduate analytic strategies? Janet Carsten gives an students approachable and original view of the A number of noted scholars have past, present, and future of kinship in questioned the effectiveness and fairness of 228 x 152 mm 336pp 6 tables anthropology, which will be of interest 0 521 53355 4 PB c.£16.95 A democratic voting. In this book Gerry not just to anthropologists but to social July Mackie confronts these doubts and scientists generally. examines their claims in detail, and finds Contents: 1. Introduction: after that almost every one is erroneous. Mackie’s kinship?; 2. Houses of memory and book is a spirited and detailed defence of Politics kinship; 3. Gender, bodies, and kinship; democratic governance. ▼ see also 4. The person; 5. Uses and abuses of Subject areas: political science, political substance; 6. Families into nation: the theory, economic theory, political economy, 141 Bertrand: Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict in power of metaphor and the methodology, philosophy Indonesia 5Blackwell: Power transformation of kinship; 7. Assisted Market: academic researchers, graduate 126 Chatterjee: Ethics and Foreign Intervention reproduction. students, undergraduate students 60 Corak: Generational Income Mobility in North Subject areas: anthropology, sociology, Contemporary Political Theory America and Europe gender studies 58 Gros: Economic Transition in Central and Eastern 228 x 152 mm 520pp 5 line diagrams 59 tables Europe Market: undergraduate students, 0 521 82708 6 HB c.£55.00 A 58 Gual: Building a Dynamic Europe graduate students, academic researchers 0 521 53431 3 PB c.£19.95 A 126 Hamilton: The Political Philosophy of Needs New Departures in Anthropology November 61 Hart: The Emergence of Entrepreneurship Policy 228 x 152 mm 156pp 141 Keller: Crisis and Innovation in Asian Technology 0 521 66198 6 HB c. £32.50 A Maitland: State, Trust and 61 Leach: A Course in Public Economics 0 521 66570 1 PB c. £11.95 X Corporation 124 Scanlon: The Difficulty of Tolerance December Edited by David Runciman 61 Vega-Redondo: Economics and the Theory of Games University of Cambridge 126 Wingo: Veil Politics in Liberal Democratic States and Magnus Ryan The Warburg Institute, University of London and All Souls College, Oxford F. W. Maitland (1850–1906) is perhaps the most celebrated English historian since Gibbon. This book is a collection of his later essays about the historical origins of the state, and is designed to bring them to the attention of political theorists and political scientists, as well as historians. Subject areas: history of ideas, political theory, medieval studies, British history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought 216 x 138 mm 272pp 0 521 82010 3 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 52630 2 PB c.£16.95 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Anthropology 69

■ Textbook Schizophrenia, Culture and Anthropology Subjectivity ▼ Witchcraft, Sorcery, Rumors and see also The Edge of Experience Gossip Edited by Janis H. Jenkins 17 Ellison: Learning from HIV/AIDS Pamela J. Stewart Case Western Reserve University, Ohio 17 Finlayson: Neanderthals and Modern Humans University of Pittsburgh and Robert J. Barrett 17 Thompson: Patterns of Growth and Development in the Genus Homo and Andrew Strathern University of Adelaide University of Pittsburgh 17 Wilkinson: Forensic Facial Reconstruction This volume partners anthropologists, This book combines two classic topics in psychiatrists, psychologists, and historians social anthropology in a new synthesis: the studying schizophrenia and its cultural study of witchcraft and sorcery and the influences. From research collected study of rumours and gossip. First, it shows worldwide, contributors share an interest in how rumour and gossip are invariably subjective and interpretive aspects of illness, important as catalysts for accusations of while maintaining the biological concept of witchcraft and sorcery. Second, it schizophrenia. It is of practical relevance demonstrates the role of rumour and gossip not only to psychiatrists, but all mental in the genesis of social and political health professionals. violence, as in the case of both peasant Subject areas: anthropology, psychiatry, rebellions and witch-hunts. Examples psychology, cultural studies supporting the argument are drawn from Africa, Europe, India, Papua New Guinea, Market: academic researchers, Sri Lanka, and Indonesia. professionals, graduate students, undergraduate students Contents: 1. Witchcraft and sorcery: modes of analysis; 2. Rumours and gossip: an Cambridge Studies in Medical Anthropology overview; 3. Africa; 4. India; 5. New 228 x 152 mm 456pp 7 line diagrams 7 tables Guinea; 6. European and American 0 521 82955 0 HB c.£60.00 A 0 521 53641 3 PB c.£21.95 A witchcraft; 7. Rumours and violence; January 8. Conclusions: conflict and cohesion. Subject areas: cultural and social Science, Society and Power anthropology, sociology, social psychology, Environmental Knowledge and Policy in political science West Africa and the Caribbean Market: undergraduate students, graduate James Fairhead students, academic researchers University of Sussex New Departures in Anthropology and Melissa Leach 228 x 152 mm 160pp 6 line diagrams University of Sussex 0 521 80868 5 HB c.£32.50 A This book brings science to the heart of 0 521 00473 X PB c.£11.95 X debates about globalisation, exploring the December globalisation of science and its contrasting effects in Guinea, one of the world’s poorest countries, and Trinidad, a more prosperous and industrialised island. It takes a unique ethnographic approach, drawing from anthropology, development and science studies. Subject areas: social, cultural anthropology, sociology of science, social theory and globalisation, environmental social science, geography and political ecology Market: graduate students, academic researchers, undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 280pp 11 half-tones 6 tables 4 maps 0 521 82874 0 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 53566 2 PB c.£16.95 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 70 Archaeology

Archaeology Ancient Pueblo Southwest John Kantner Georgia State University In this accessible and illuminating study, ■ Textbook John Kantner traces the evolution of Pueblo society in the American Southwest from the ■ New Edition florescence of the Chaco and Mimbres in Reading the Past the AD 1000s up to and including the early decades of contact with the Spanish in the Current Approaches to Interpretation in Archaeology sixteenth century. Third Edition Subject areas: archaeology, archaeology of Ian Hodder the Americas, anthropology Stanford University, California Market: undergraduate students, graduate Scott Hutson students University of California, Berkeley Case Studies in Early Societies, 5 The third edition of this classic 228 x 152 mm 272pp 45 line diagrams introduction to archaeological theory and 45 half-tones method has been fully updated to address 0 521 78310 0 HB c.£30.00 A the burgeoning of theoretical debate 0 521 78880 3 PB c.£13.95 A throughout the discipline. Ian Hodder December and Scott Hutson argue that archaeologists must bring to bear a variety ■ Textbook of perspectives in the complex and • Written by one of the world’s most uncertain task of ‘translating the meaning influential archaeologists Ancient Jomon of Japan of past texts into their own contemporary • Concise and accessible introduction to Junko Habu language’. While remaining centred on archaeological theory University of California, Berkeley the importance of meaning, agency and history, the authors explore cutting-edge • On the cutting edge of contemporary developments in areas such as post- developments in archaeological theory structuralism, neo-evolutionary theory and phenomenology. Contents: Preface to the third edition; 1. The problem; 2. Processual and systems approaches; 3. Structuralist, post-structuralist and semiotic archaeologies; 4. Marxism and ideology; 5. Agency and practice, 6. Embodied archaeology, 7. Archaeology and history; 8. Contextual archaeology; 9. Post-processual archaeology; 10. Conclusion: archaeology as archaeology; Bibliography; Index. Subject area: archaeology, archaeological theory, anthropological theory, historiography Market: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers 216 x 138 mm 235pp 0 521 82132 0 HB c. £45.00 A 0 521 52884 4 PB c. £17.95 X September Despite an incredibly rich prehistory covering a period of nearly ten thousand years, modern discussion of complex hunter-gatherer societies has tended to refer to the Jomon of Japan in a rather cursory fashion. This important but accessible text presents an overview of the archaeology of the Jomon Period between 10,000 and 300BC within the context of more recent complex hunter-gatherer societies, and aims to bridge the gap between academic traditions in Japanese and Anglo-American archaeology. It represents an invaluable source of reflection on the development of complexity in human history. Contents: Part I. Overview: 1. Introduction; 2. Background to the study: overview of the Jomon Period; Part II. Subsistence and Settlement: 3. Subsistence strategies; 4. Settlement archaeology; Part III. Rituals, Crafts and Trade: 5. Mortuary and ceremonial

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Archaeology/Classical Studies 71 practices; 6. Crafts, exchange and transportation; Part IV. Discussion and Classical Studies Conclusion: 7. Discussion and conclusion. Subject areas: archaeology, archaeology of the Far East, anthropology The Cambridge Illustrated Market: undergraduate students, graduate History of the Roman students Case Studies in Early Societies, 4 World 228 x 152 mm 272pp 49 line diagrams Edited by Greg Woolf 30 half-tones 15 tables 30 maps University of St Andrews, Scotland 0 521 77213 3 HB c.£35.00 A From its mythical foundation in 753 BC 0 521 77670 8 PB c.£13.95 A to its sack in the fifth century AD, the city September of Rome had an impact on the world that it would be hard to overestimate. This The Archaeology of Micronesia new history aimed at the general reader, Paul Rainbird authored by a team of leading University of Wales, Lampeter international academics under an eminent In the first book-length archaeological historian and richly illustrated in colour, study of Micronesia, Paul Rainbird surveys examines Rome’s sense of self and its place the development of the islands beginning in the wider world, and vividly explores a with the earliest process of human broad range of topics, including religion, colonisation and places this development Rome’s relationship with Greece, warfare • Written by an international team of and Empire, and science and culture. within the broader context of Pacific Island leading Roman historians studies. The book draws on a wide range of Contributors: Greg Woolf, Christopher archaeological, anthropological and Mackay, David Potter, Emma Dench, • Includes illustrated feature spreads on historical sources. Hazel Dodge, Jon Coulston, Simon particular people, events and places Subject areas: archaeology, archaeology of Swain, Penelope Allison, Rebecca • Provides the latest scholarship and the Pacific, anthropology Flemming, Richard Lim, Neville Morley, thinking on one of history’s most Market: graduate students, academic Ian Haynes enduring cities and its people researchers, undergraduate students Subject areas: ancient history, history Cambridge World Archaeology (general), world history 247 x 174 mm 275pp 31 line diagrams Market: general readers, undergraduate 14 half-tones 2 tables 15 maps students, graduate students, academic 0 521 65188 3 HB c.£75.00 A researchers Publicity material available: 0 521 65630 3 PB c.£25.95 A Cambridge Illustrated Histories Leaflet 0 521 94800 2 December 253 x 203 mm 384pp 180 colour plates 15 maps Architecture and Mathematics in 0 521 82775 2 HB c. £30.00 T Ancient Egypt November Corinna Rossi University of Cambridge In this book, architect and Egyptologist Corinna Rossi explores the use of numbers and geometrical figures by the Ancient Egyptians in their architectural projects and buildings. Highly illustrated with plans, diagrams and figures, this book is essential reading for all scholars of Ancient Egypt and the architecture of ancient cultures. Subject areas: archaeology, architecture, Egyptian archaeology, history of science, history of mathematics Market: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students 247 x 174 mm 360pp 102 line diagrams 9 tables 0 521 82954 2 HB c.£60.00 A October

Archaeology ▼ see also

17 Wilkinson: Forensic Facial Reconstruction

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 72 Classical Studies

Money and the Early Greek Mind The Greco-Roman East Manichaean Texts from the Homer, Philosophy, Tragedy Politics, Culture, Society Roman Empire Richard Seaford Edited by Stephen Colvin Edited and translated by Samuel N. C. Lieu University of Exeter Yale University, Connecticut Macquarie University, Sydney How were the Greeks of the sixth century This collection of essays by specialists in the and Iain Gardner BC able to invent philosophy and tragedy? field focuses on the Eastern Mediterranean University of Sydney In this book Richard Seaford argues that a world in the Hellenistic and Roman This is the first ever collection of sources for large part of the answer can be found in periods. The essays draw on new discoveries Manichaeism, a world religion founded by another momentous development, the in archaeology and epigraphy, and discuss Mani which spread rapidly from invention and rapid spread of coinage, recent developments in methods and Mesopotamia into the Roman Empire in which produced the first ever thoroughly interpretations as well as a wide range of the third and fourth centuries AD and monetised society. social and historical issues. became one of the most persecuted heresies Subject areas: classical studies (general), Subject areas: ancient history under Christian Roman emperors. economic history, social, cultural Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: ancient history, Buddhism, anthropology students Eastern religions, Christian theology, Market: graduate students, undergraduate Yale Classical Studies, 31 church history, history (general) before students, academic researchers 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 half-tones 1 table 6 figures 1500 228 x 152 mm 500pp 2 maps Market: graduate students, undergraduate 0 521 83228 4 HB c.£50.00 A 0 521 82875 9 HB c.£45.00 A students, academic researchers 0 521 53992 7 PB c.£18.95 A December 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 half-tones 1 map December 0 521 56090 X HB c.£47.50 A Mass Oratory and Political Power 0 521 56822 6 PB c.£17.95 A The Cultures within Ancient in the Late Roman Republic December Greek Culture Robert Morstein-Marx Contact, Conflict, Collaboration University of California, Santa Barbara Legitimacy and Law in the Edited by Carol Dougherty This book examines how public, political Roman World Wellesley College, Massachusetts discourse shaped the distribution of power Tabulae in Roman Belief and Practice and Leslie Kurke between Senate and People in the Late Elizabeth A. Meyer University of California, Berkeley Roman Republic. The ‘ideology’ of University of Virginia This book challenges the conventional Republican mass oratory is analyzed The Romans wrote solemn religious, perception of ancient Greece as the comprehensively and situated fully within public, and legal documents on wooden paradigm for unified models of culture. It the institutional, historical and physical tablets. This book investigates the historical offers an alternative view of archaic and contexts of the public meetings in which significance of this practice: its power to classical Greece, one in which the contact, these speeches were heard. order the human realm and cosmos and to conflict and collaboration of a variety of Subject areas: ancient history, political make documents efficacious; its spread to ‘subcultures’ combine to comprise what we theory the provinces; and its influence on the now understand as ‘Greekness’. evolution of Roman law. Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: classical studies, cultural students Subject areas: ancient history, legal history studies 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 line diagrams 3 half-tones Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: graduate students, academic 1 map students researchers 0 521 82327 7 HB c.£45.00 A 228 x 152 mm 464pp 3 tables 6 figures 247 x 174 mm 320pp 5 line diagrams 23 half-tones December 0 521 49701 9 HB c.£50.00 A 0 521 81566 5 HB c.£50.00 A December August Hesiod’s Cosmos Jenny Strauss Clay University of Virginia In the Theogony and the Works and Days Hesiod provides the earliest systematic and comprehensive account of the genesis of the Greek gods and the nature of human life. Hesiod’s Cosmos argues for reading the two poems as complementary halves of a whole embracing the divine and human cosmos. Subject areas: classical languages, literature Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 272pp 0 521 82392 7 HB c.£45.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Classical Studies 73

Frontinus: De Aquaeductu Urbis Bacchylides Cicero: Philippics I–II Romae A Selection Edited by John T. Ramsey Edited by Robert Rodgers Edited by Herwig Maehler University of Illinois, Chicago University of Vermont University College London This is the most authoritative edition of this Bacchylides (c. 520–450 BC), like his work by Julius Frontinus, which deals with contemporary Pindar, composed songs of his duties, responsibilities and praise for princes and victorious athletes accomplishments as water commissioner and songs for choral performances at for the city of Rome in 97 CE. It provides a religious festivals. Their stylistic qualities, wealth of historical, technical and legal however, make them more easily accessible information about the city’s aqueducts and than Pindar’s. This selection contains the water supply. first commentary in English since 1905. Subject areas: classical languages, literature, Subject areas: classical languages, literature classical archaeology Market: undergraduate students, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate students, academic researchers students Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics This edition makes these two masterpieces Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries, 42 186 x 123 mm 248pp of Latin literature accessible to students as 216 x 138 mm 520pp 11 tables 3 maps 0 521 59036 1 HB c.£47.50 A works of literature and as historical sources. 0 521 59977 6 PB c.£17.95 A 0 521 83251 9 HB c.£60.00 A The commentary is the most thorough ever December December published in English, and no speech of Cicero covers a broader range of history The Roman Banquet Cicero: De Natura Deorum Book I than the Second Philippic, roughly 63 to 44 Images of Conviviality Andrew R. Dyck BC. University of California, Los Angeles Katherine Dunbabin Subject areas: classical languages, literature, McMaster University, Ontario ancient history Drawing frequently upon ancient literature Market: undergraduate students, graduate inscriptions as well as archaeological students, academic researchers evidence, this book examines the visual and Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics material evidence for dining through 186 x 123 mm 372pp 1 map 1 plan Roman antiquity. Richly illustrated, The 0 521 41106 8 HB c.£47.50 A Roman Banquet offers the fullest and varied 0 521 42285 X PB c.£16.95 A picture of the role of the banquet in Roman July life. Subject areas: archaeology, classics, ancient Morals and Villas in Seneca’s history and literature, early Christianity Letters Market: academic researchers, graduate Places to Dwell students Book I of On the Nature of the Gods John Henderson 247 x 174 mm 353pp 19 line diagrams comprises an exposition and refutation of University of Cambridge 101 half-tones 16 colour plates the theology of the Epicurean philosophical Dr Henderson reads three key Letters which 0 521 82252 1 HB c.£60.00 A school as well as a history of ancient visit three Roman villas, and surveys the October reflections on the gods. This edition whole collection to show how these villas presents a Latin text, with an Introduction work as designs for contrasting lives. Here The Roman Amphitheatre and accompanying commentary suitable Seneca brings the philosophical epistle to From its Origins to the Colosseum for students. Latin literature, creating models for Katherine Welch Subject areas: classical languages, literature, moralizing which feature self-criticism, The first book to analyze the evolution of ancient philosophy parody, and animated revision of myth. the Roman amphitheatre as an architectural Market: undergraduate students, graduate Subject areas: classical languages, literature, form. Katherine Welch addresses its origins students, academic researchers ancient philosophy and dissemination under the Republic, Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics Market: academic researchers, graduate from the third to first centuries BC; its 186 x 123 mm 248pp students monumentalization as an architectural 0 521 80360 8 HB c.£47.50 A 228 x 152 mm 224pp form under Augustus; and its canonization 0 521 00630 9 PB c.£16.95 A 0 521 82944 5 HB c.£40.00 A as a building type with the Colosseum. July December Subject areas: classics, ancient history, art history Market: academic researchers, graduate students, enthusiasts 247 x 174 mm 368pp 83 line diagrams 134 half-tones 1 map 0 521 80944 4 HB c.£60.00 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 74 Classical Studies

[Seneca]: Octavia The Works of Archimedes ■ New Series Edited by Rolando Ferri Translation and Commentary Università degli Studi, Pisa Volume 1: The Two Books On the Sphere and Cambridge Studies in the the Cylinder The historical tragedy Octauia focuses on Nero’s divorce from the princess Octavia Dialogues of Plato Edited and translated by Reviel Netz Stanford University, California and subsequent marriage to Poppaea Edited by Mary Margaret McCabe Sabina. The book includes a full length King’s College London This is Volume 1 of the first authoritative introduction, a new edition of the text Plato’s dialogues are rich mixtures of translation of Archimedes’ works into based on a fresh examination of the subtle argument, sublime theorising and English. Also provided are a scientific manuscripts, and a detailed commentary superb literature. All too often scholars edition of the diagrams, a translation of the dealing with textual, linguistic, and literary have been tempted to read them ancient commentator Eutocius and a points. piecemeal – analysing the arguments, commentary, where attention is paid to the cognitive and aesthetic nature of Subject areas: classical languages, literature espousing or rejecting the theories or Archimedes’ mathematical practice. Market: academic researchers, graduate praising Plato’s literary expertise. But Subject areas: ancient philosophy, students Plato offers us the dialogues to read whole, one by one. This series will mathematics (general) Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries, 41 provide careful, complete and original Market: academic researchers, graduate 216 x 138 mm 400pp studies in individual dialogues of Plato. students 0 521 82326 9 HB c.£60.00 A Each will tackle its dialogue as a unified November 247 x 174 mm 600pp 108 line diagrams whole, to demonstrate that an 0 521 66160 9 HB c.£75.00 A understanding of why any dialogue is October Ancient Anger composed in the complex way it is will Perspectives from Homer to Galen give a far better view of Plato’s From Problems to Equations Edited by Susanna Morton Braund philosophy than any fragmentary A Study in the Transformation of Early Yale University, Connecticut approach to the dialogue would provide. Mediterranean Mathematics and Glenn W. Most Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa Reviel Netz Plato’s Cratylus Stanford University, California Anger is found everywhere in the ancient This book analyzes the historical world, starting with the very first word of Edited by David Sedley transformation of early mathematics, from the Iliad and continuing through all literary University of Cambridge a Greek practice based on the localized genres and every aspect of public and This book presents a global reinterpretation solution to an Islamic practice based on the private life. This volume brings together of Cratylus, Plato’s only dialogue devoted to systematic approach. The transformation is several significant new studies on literary, the subject of language. It is designed to be accounted for in terms of changing social philosophical, medical, and political aspects accessible to anyone interested either in practices, thereby offering a radically new of ancient anger. Plato or in the history of linguistic thought. The main text does not presuppose prior interpretation of the historical trajectory of Subject areas: classical languages, literature, mathematics. ancient philosophy, psychology (general) expertise in Plato or knowledge of Greek. Subject areas: ancient philosophy, English Subject areas: ancient philosophy, Market: academic researchers, graduate mathematics (general) students language, linguistics (general) Market: academic researchers, graduate Yale Classical Studies, 32 Market: academic researchers, graduate students students 228 x 152 mm 400pp Cambridge Classical Studies 0 521 82625 X HB c.£45.00 A Cambridge Studies in the Dialogues of Plato 216 x 138 mm 208pp 20 figures November 228 x 152 mm 232pp 0 521 82996 8 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 58492 2 HB c.£40.00 A December November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org British and European History 75

History British and European History

■ New Edition A Concise History of Portugal Second edition David Birmingham University of Kent at Canterbury This concise, illustrated history of Portugal offers an introduction to the people and culture of the country, its empire, and its search for economic modernisation, political stability and international partnership. It is also the first single-volume account of Portugal’s history to be written since the days of dictatorship and colonisation. Researched during the years which followed the fall of Portugal’s dictators in 1974 and published originally in 1993, it has become the standard single-volume work. This up-dated second edition brings the story up to date, and discusses the state of historical writing on Portugal at the turn of the millennium.

•A new edition of David Birmingham’s classic account of Portuguese history from medieval times to the present day ‘… standard reading for all those seeking an • Already established as the most reliable and approachable single-volume history of insight into the historical evolution of this modern Portugal in print remarkable country.’ • Includes new material on post-1990, other updatings and revisions, and new illustrations The Times Higher Education Supplement ‘… a highly accessible and weighty study … Contents: Introduction; 1. Peoples, cultures and colonies; 2. Rebellion and revolution in unlikely to be superseded for some time.’ the seventeenth century; 3. The golden age and the earthquake in the eighteenth century; History Today 4. Brazilian independence and the Portuguese Revolution; 5. The bourgeois monarchy and the republicans; 6. The dictatorship and the African empire; 7. Democracy and the European Community; 8. Further reading in English; Select source materials. Publicity material available: Subject area: general readers, undergraduate students, graduate students Showcards by request – contact your Market: european political, economic, social and cultural history, history of Portugal Cambridge sales representative 216 x 138 mm 240pp 52 halftones 2 maps 0 521 83004 4 HB £40.00 A 0 521 53686 3 PB £14.95 T September

Our new dedicated web page for the Concise Histories can be found at: www.cambridge.org/concisehistories

Also available

0 521 00479 9 0 521 00294 X 0 521 55917 0 0 521 63974 3

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 76 British and European History

The New Cambridge Medieval History Volume 4: c. 1024–c. 1198, Part 1 Volume 4: c. 1024–c. 1198, Part 2 Edited by David Luscombe University of Sheffield and Jonathan Riley-Smith University of Cambridge The fourth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers the eleventh and twelfth centuries, which comprised perhaps the most dynamic period in the European middle ages. The volume is divided into two parts, of which the first deals with themes, ecclesiastical and secular, and major developments such as the expansion of population, agriculture, trade, and towns; the radical reform of the western church; the appearance of new kingdoms and states, the crusades, knighthood and law; and the development of literature, art and architecture, heresies and the scholastic movement. The second part deals with the course of events – ecclesiastical and secular – with regard to the papacy, the western empire (mainly Germany), Italy, France, Spain, the British Isles, Scandinavia, Hungary, Poland, the Byzantine empire, the settlements in Palestine and Syria established by the crusades and their Muslim neighbours.

The New Cambridge Medieval History, 4 •A further volume in the landmark and highly-regarded New Cambridge Medieval series Subject area: academic researchers, • Includes the work of many of the world’s leading authorities on eleventh- and twelfth- graduate students, undergraduate students, century Europe general readers •A standard and enduring work of reference on the political and ecclesiastical history of Market: European medieval history Europe during the period Part 1 2003 228 x 152 mm 900pp 45 half-tones 1 colour plate 4 maps 0 521 41410 5 HB c. £90.00 A Forthcoming volumes in this series: September

Volume 1: c.500–c.700 Part 2 0 521 36291 1 HB c £90.00 A 2003 228 x 152 mm 850pp 1 colour plate December 2004 23 maps 32 genealogical tables 0 521 41411 3 HB c. £90.00 A Other volumes in this series: October Volume 2: c.700–c.900 Volume 6: c.1300–c.1415 1995 0 521 36292 X HB £90.00 A 2000 0 521 36290 3 HB £90.00 A Our dedicated web page for the Volume 3: c.900–c.1024 Cambridge Histories can be found at: 2000 0 521 36447 7 HB £80.00 A Volume 7: c.1415–c.1500 www.cambridge.org/cambridgehistories 1998 0 521 38296 3 HB £90.00 Volume 5: c.1190–c.1300 A 1999 0 521 36289 X HB £90.00 A

Publicity material available: The Cambridge Histories 1902–2002 catalogue 0 521 92022 1 The New Cambridge Medieval History leaflet 0 521 94842 8 (available September 2003)

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org British and European History 77

The Cambridge History of Scandinavia Volume 1: Prehistory to 1520 Knut Helle This volume presents a comprehensive exposition of both the prehistory and medieval history of the whole of Scandinavia. The first part of the volume surveys the prehistoric and historic Scandinavian landscape and its natural resources, and tells how man took possession of this landscape, adapting culturally to changing natural conditions and developing various types of community throughout the Stone, Bronze and Iron Ages. The rest – and most substantial part of the volume – deals with the history of Scandinavia from the Viking Age to the end of the Scandinavian Middle Ages (c. 1520). The external Viking expansion opened Scandinavia to European influence to a hitherto unknown degree. A Christian church organisation was established, the first towns came into being, and the unification of the three medieval kingdoms of Scandinavia began, coinciding with the formation of the unique Icelandic ‘Free State’. Together with the forthcoming two volumes that complete this series, this is the first modern comprehensive representation of Scandinavian prehistory and medieval history

Contents: Introduction; Part I. The Geography and Prehistory of Scandinavia: 1. The Scandinavian landscape and its resources; 2. The Stone and Bronze Ages; 3. The Iron Age; 4. Languages and ethnic •The first modern comprehensive groups; representation of Scandinavian Part II. From Vikings to Kings: 5. The Viking expansion; 6. Viking culture; 7. Scandinavia prehistory and medieval history enters Christian Europe; 8. Early political organisation; 8(a). Introductory survey; 8(b). The • Scandinavia is treated as a whole, with making of the Danish kingdom; 8(c). The early unification of Norway; 8(d). The Norse comparative chapters on major themes, communities of the western ocean; 8(e). Kings and provinces in Sweden; while chapters on the separate political Part III. Material Growth (to c. 1350): 9. Demographic conditions; 10. Rural conditions; histories of the constituent countries 11. Urbanisation; recognise their individuality Part IV. The High Medieval Kingdoms: 12. Towards nationally organised systems of •The geographic, historic and socio- government; 12(a). Introductory Survey; 12(b). The Danish kingdom; consolidation and cultural distinctness of Scandinavia is disintegration; 12(c). The Norwegian kingdom: succession disputes and consolidation; recognized while cognisance is taken of 12(d). Sweden under the dynasty of the Folkungs; 12(e). Growing inter-Scandinavian developments within the context of entanglement; 13. Church and Society; European history Part V. High and Late Medieval Culture: 14. Ideologies and mentalities; 15. Literature; 16. Art and architecture; 17. Music; Part VI. Late Medieval Society: 18. Population and settlement; 19. The condition of the rural population; 20. The towns; 21. The nobility of the late Middle Ages; 22. Church and Our dedicated web page for the clergy; Cambridge Histories can be found at: Part VII. Scandinavian Unions (1319–1520): 23. The political system; 24. Inter- www.cambridge.org/cambridgehistories Scandinavian relations; Conclusion; Bibliography; Index.

Contributors: Knut Helle, Ulf Sporrong, Ari Siiriäinen, Bjørn Myhre, Michael Barnes, Peter Sawyer, Else Roesdahl, Preben Meulengracht-Sørensen, Birgit Sawyer, Thomas Publicity material available: Lindkvist, Inge Skovgaard-Petersen, Claus Krag, Magnús Stefánsson, Ole Jørgen The Cambridge Histories 1902–2002 Benedictow, Eljas Orrman, Hans Andersson, Herman Schück, Sverre Bagge, Lars catalogue 0 521 92022 1 Lönnroth, Vésteinn Ólason, Anders Piltz, Anna Nilsén, Ingrid De Geer, Jouko Vahtola, The Cambridge History of Scandinavia Göran Dahlbäck, Erik Ulsig, Lars Hamre, Jens E. Olesen leaflet 0 521 94837 1 The Cambridge History of Scandinavia, 1 Subject area: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students Market: prehistoric and medieval Scandinavian history 2003 228 x 152 mm 900pp 7 line diagrams 63 half-tones 7 tables 15 maps 4 plans 0 521 47299 7 HB c. £100.00 A Forthcoming volumes in this series: August Volume 2 0 521 47300 4 c.£100.00 c September 2004 Volume 3 0 521 47301 2 c.£100.00 c March 2005

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 78 British and European History

Northumbria, 500–1100 The Origins of the English Gentry Lollards of Coventry, 1486–1522 Creation and Destruction of a Medieval Peter Coss Edited by Norman Tanner Kingdom Cardiff University University of Oxford David Rollason and Shannon McSheffrey University of Durham Concordia University, Montréal Coventry harboured an important community of Lollards in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries. This volume presents all known evidence related to these heretics and framed by a contextual introduction, and offers new insights into the nature of religious dissent in England just prior to the English Reformation. Subject areas: British history, ecclesiastical history, social history Market: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students Camden Fifth Series, 23 The gentry played a central role in medieval 228 x 152 mm 352pp England, yet this is the first sustained 0 521 83083 4 HB c.£45.00 A attempt to explore its origins and to September This book deals with the rise and fall of the account for its contours and peculiarities kingdom of Northumbria, set in a wider between the mid-thirteenth and the mid- European context. It examines the fourteenth century, arguing against views The Gospel and Henry VIII mechanisms of ethnic, political, social and which see the gentry as formed or created Evangelicals in the Early English earlier. religious change which, beginning after the Reformation end of the Roman Empire, welded the large Subject areas: English medieval social, legal Alec Ryrie and disparate area between the Humber and and political history University of Birmingham the Firth of Forth into one of the most Market: academic researchers, graduate This book looks at the last years of powerful kingdoms of early medieval students England, and thus which led to its Henry VIII’s life, 1539–47, disintegration and its replacement by Past and Present Publications conventionally seen as a time when the political structures of northern England and 228 x 152 mm 324pp 3 half-tones king persecuted Protestants. The book southern Scotland. 0 521 82673 X HB c.£45.00 A argues that Henry’s policies were much July more ambiguous, and that it was during Subject areas: Medieval British and these years that English Protestantism’s European history and archaeology Kings, Barons and Justices eventual identity was determined. Market: academic researchers, graduate The Making and Enforcement of Subject areas: sixteenth-century British students, general readers Legislation in Thirteenth-Century England political and social history, church 247 x 174 mm 350pp 37 half-tones 18 figures Paul Brand history and theology, English literature 10 maps All Souls College, Oxford 0 521 81335 2 HB c.£50.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate September This book is a study of two important and students related pieces of thirteenth-century English Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British legislation – the Provisions of Westminster History of 1259 and the Statute of Marlborough of 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 tables 2 figures 1267 – and is the first on any of the statutes 0 521 82343 9 HB c. £40.00 A of this period of major legislative change. October Subject areas: medieval English history, legal history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 56 228 x 152 mm 534pp 8 tables 0 521 37246 1 HB c.£60.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org British and European History 79

Mercy and Authority in the Tudor A Court in Exile Margaret Cavendish: Political State The Stuarts in France, 1689–1718 Writings K. J. Kesselring Edward Corp Edited by Susan James Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia Université de Toulouse Birkbeck College, University of London Using a wide range of legal, administrative With contributions by Edward Gregg This major contribution to the series of University of South Carolina and literary sources, this study explores the Cambridge Texts includes the first ever role of the royal pardon in the exercise and Howard Erskine-Hill modern edition of the Divers Orations of experience of authority in Tudor England. University of Cambridge Margaret Cavendish, together with a new It examines such abstract intangibles as and Geoffrey Scott rendition of her classic imaginary voyage, A power, legitimacy, and the state by looking Worcester Presbytery New World called the Blazing World. Susan at concrete life-and-death decisions of the James provides all of the usual student- Tudor monarchs. friendly editorial features. Subject areas: early modern British Subject areas: the history of ideas, political political, legal and social history thought, womens’ studies, early modern Market: academic researchers, graduate British history, literary studies students Market: academic researchers, graduate Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History students 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 figures Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought 0 521 81948 2 HB c.£40.00 A 216 x 138 mm 316pp September 0 521 63349 4 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 63350 8 PB c.£16.95 A Religion, Politics, and Society in August Sixteenth-Century England Unquiet Lives Edited by Ian W. Archer Marriage and Marriage Breakdown in University of Oxford England, 1660–1800 Simon Adams When King James II was deposed during Joanne Bailey University of Strathclyde the ‘Glorious Revolution’ of 1688-89 he Merton College, Oxford G. W. Bernard and his family fled to France, to live in the University of Southampton This study challenges traditional views of Château of Saint-Germain near Versailles. married life in eighteenth-century England. Mark Greengrass This is the first full study of the magnificent University of Sheffield It presents a new picture of power in setting and workings of James’s court-in- marriage and the household, and shows also Paul Hammer exile and of its rich cultural patronage. University of Adelaide that ideas about adultery and domestic Subject areas: early modern British and violence evolved during this period, and Fiona L. Kisbey University of London European history, court studies, cultural influenced by profound shifts in cultural history, art, music and literary history attitudes about sexuality and violence. Publishes primary sources on the religious, political and social history of sixteenth- Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: early modern British social century England. The sources include: students, general readers and cultural history, women’s history, Religious Ceremonial at the Tudor Court; 246 x 189 mm 300pp 25 half-tones gender studies Extracts from Royal Household 0 521 58462 0 HB c.£40.00 A Market: graduate students, academic Regulations; Notes on the Controversy October researchers between the Dukes of Somerset and Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History Northumberland; Letters from Sir Robert 228 x 152 mm 269pp 9 figures Cecil to Sir Christopher Hatton, 0 521 81058 2 HB c.£40.00 A 1590–1591. September Subject areas: British history post 1450, political history, social history, ecclesiastical history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Camden Fifth Series, 22 228 x 152 mm 320pp 0 521 81867 2 HB c.£45.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 80 British and European History

Rethinking the Age of Reform The Evolution of the English The Enclosure Maps of Britain 1780–1850 Churches, 1500–2000 England and Wales 1595–1918 Edited by Arthur Burns Doreen Rosman King’s College London A Cartographic Analysis and Electronic Catalogue and Joanna Innes University of Oxford Roger J. P. Kain University of Exeter This book revisits Britain’s much-studied John Chapman ‘age of reform’, before and after the Great University of Portsmouth Reform Act of 1832, showing that and Richard R. Oliver ‘reformers’ hoped to reform not only University of Exeter parliament, government, the law and the church but also, for example, medicine and This book offers the first comprehensive the theatre. A substantial introduction study of the enclosure mapping of provides an overview of the period. England and Wales. The authors assess the processes of land enclosure, the role Subject areas: modern British political, of maps, the mapping of each county social, legal and cultural history, church and the cartographic characteristics of all history, theatre, opera and art history, the maps across both space and time. gender studies The book is accompanied by an Market: academic researchers, graduate electronic catalogue of all the extant This book tells the story of the English students parliamentary and non-parliamentary churches over a 500-year period from the Past and Present Publications enclosure maps of England and Wales Reformation to the present day. Unlike 228 x 152 mm 400pp 3 half-tones and serves as an essential research tool some general histories which concentrate 0 521 82394 3 HB c.£45.00 A for economic, social and local historians on church leaders, it focuses upon the lives November as well as for geographers, lawyers and of ordinary church-goers and of the local planners. clergy who ministered to them. The author The Decline of Life Subject areas: historical geography, traces changes in church life, charting the Old Age in Eighteenth-Century England British history, economic history, local emergence and distinctive characteristics of Susannah Ottaway history, cartography different denominations. She gives full The Decline of Life is an important new Market: academic researchers weight to recent developments, bringing study of the history of ageing. Susannah Resources: the story up to date by examining the growth of new independent churches in the Ottaway combines a comprehensive survey www.cambridge.org/enclosuremaps late twentieth century. of existing literature on the subject with 276 x 219 mm 250pp 20 half-tones 162 tables original interpretation and analysis of 15 figures Subject areas: modern British history, available data, using a wide variety of 0 521 82771 X HB c. £120.00 A church history, religious studies, theology, sources – literature, correspondence, poor Introductory price £100.00 A sociology, and social anthropology house and workhouse documents and introductory price of £100 until 3 months after publication, rising to £120 thereafter. Market: undergraduate students, graduate diaries. She illuminates the condition of the November students, academic researchers, general old, their experience, attitudes to them in readers eighteenth-century England and sheds light 228 x 152 mm 265pp 31 half-tones on contemporary ageing by historical 0 521 64205 1 HB c.£40.00 A comparison. Her lively and sophisticated 0 521 64556 5 PB c.£14.95 T analysis will be of great interest to scholars September in British and social history. Subject areas: early modern British history, social and population history, demographic history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in Population, Economy and Society in Past Time 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 81580 0 HB c.£45.00 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org British and European History 81

Subject areas: British history, European ■ New series ■ New series history, architectural history, ecclesiastical history, social history The Character of Credit Cambridge Social and Market: academic researchers, graduate Cultural Histories Personal Debt in English Culture, 1740–1914 students, undergraduate students Royal Historical Society Transactions Edited by Margot Finn Margot C. Finn University of Warwick University of Warwick 216 x 138 mm 480pp Keith Wrightson 0 521 83076 1 HB c.£35.00 A Yale University December New cultural histories have recently expanded the parameters (and enriched From Passions to Emotions the methodologies) of social history. The Creation of a Secular Psychological Cambridge Social and Cultural Histories Category recognizes the plurality of current Thomas Dixon approaches to social and cultural history as University of Cambridge distinctive points of entry into a common explanatory project. Open to innovative and interdisciplinary work, regardless of its chronological or geographical location, the series encompasses a broad range of histories of social relationships and of the cultures that inform them and lend them meaning. Historical anthropology, historical sociology, comparative history, Examination of the history of personal gender history and historicist literary debt and credit from 1740 to 1914 from studies – among other subjects – all fall three interlocking perspectives: within the remit of Cambridge Social and representations of debt in novels, diaries Cultural Histories. and autobiographical memoirs; the transformation of imprisonment for debt; and the use of small claims courts to mediate disputes between debtors and creditors. Includes extensive archival Thomas Dixon shows how, during the research. nineteenth century, the emotions came into being as a distinct psychological category, Subject areas: history of Britain after displacing such concepts as appetites, 1450, social, population history, English passions, sentiments and affections. From literature, economic history Passions to Emotions is a significant Market: academic researchers, graduate contribution to that ongoing debate about students emotion and rationality which has Cambridge Social and Cultural Histories, 1 preoccupied thinkers across many disciplines. 228 x 152 mm 396pp 10 half-tones 3 tables Subject areas: the history of ideas, 0 521 82342 0 HB c. £45.00 A psychology, philosophy, theology September Market: academic researchers, graduate students Transactions of the Royal 228 x 152 mm 248pp Historical Society 0 521 82729 9 HB c.£45.00 A Sixth Series Available now Volume 13 Edited by Aled Jones University of Wales, Aberystwyth Articles include England and the Continent in the ninth century: II. Vikings and Others; According to ancient custom: the restoration of altars in the Restoration Church of England; Migrants, immigrants and welfare from the Old Poor Law to the Welfare State; Resistance, reprisal and community in Occupied France, 1941–1944.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 82 British and European History

Housing the Stranger in the The Legend of Basil the Bulgar- States and Citizens Mediterranean World Slayer Edited by Quentin Skinner Lodging, Trade and Travel in Late Antiquity University of Cambridge Paul Stephenson and the Middle Ages University of Wisconsin, Madison and Bo Strath Olivia Remie Constable European University Institute, Florence University of Notre Dame, Indiana States and Citizens offers a coherent The Greek pandocheion, the Arabic funduq, survey of perceptions of the state and its and Latin fondaco were ubiquitous prospects in the contemporary world. institutions in the Mediterranean sphere A very distinguished and genuinely pan- that were hostelries for travellers and European team of contributors have evolved into centres of trade between produced a unique and valuable Muslim and Christian regions. In this resource, of interest to students of the highly original study, Professor Constable history of ideas, political theory and traces the evolution of this family of European studies. institutions from the pandocheion in Late Subject areas: political theory and the Antiquity to the arrival of European history of ideas, European studies, merchants in Islamic markets and the political philosophy appearance of the fondaco. Exploring how Market: academic researchers, graduate this diffusion demonstrates common students economic interests, the author provides a 228 x 152 mm 272pp striking contribution to our understanding The long reign of the Byzantine emperor 0 521 83156 3 HB c. £47.50 A of the Mediterranean middle ages. Basil II (976–1025) has long been 0 521 53926 9 PB c. £16.95 A Subject areas: medieval history, social considered as a ‘golden age’, in which his October history, cultural and economic history, greatest achievement was the annexation of Mediterranean studies, Islamic studies Bulgaria after a long and bloody war. Paul Stephenson establishes that the legend of Envoys and Political Market: academic researchers, graduate the ‘Bulgar-slayer’ was in fact created long Communication in the Late students after his death, and that his reputation was Antique West, 411–533 228 x 152 mm 450pp 11 half-tones 2 figures seized upon by scholars and politicians in 4 maps Andrew Gillett the modern period, and used to help 0 521 81918 0 HB c.£40.00 A galvanize support for Greek wars against Macquarie University, Sydney December Bulgarians in Macedonia during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Kingship and Politics in the Late Ninth Century • A broadly-based, accessible book which spans history, art history and literature in Charles the Fat and the End of the Carolingian Empire both the medieval and modern periods Simon MacLean • Addresses major issues in national history University of St Andrews, Scotland and nationalism in Byzantium and This is the first book in any language to deal Greece through the ages with the collapse of the pan-European • Illustrated in colour and black-and-white Carolingian empire in 888, as seen through with rare and unusual images the reign of its last ruler Charles the Fat. It Subject areas: Byzantine and modern Greek argues against traditionally pessimistic history, Greek language and literature, views of this important period, offering new classical studies interpretations of early medieval kingship. Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: early medieval European students, general readers This book examines the role of envoys in history and politics the period from the establishment of the 228 x 152 mm 179pp 15 half-tones 7 colour plates Market: academic researchers, graduate 3 maps first ‘barbarian kingdoms’ in the West, to students 0 521 81530 4 HB c.£27.95 A the eve of Justinian’s wars of reconquest. It Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: July makes a significant contribution to the Fourth Series, 57 developing field of ancient and medieval 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 maps 1 genealogical table communication. 0 521 81945 8 HB c.£45.00 A Subject areas: European history before 600, October ancient history, classical languages, literature Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 55 228 x 152 mm 390pp 3 tables 2 maps 0 521 81349 2 HB c.£45.00 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org British and European History 83

The Dynasty of Chernigov, Nuns’ Chronicles and Convent The Jesuits and the Thirty Years 1146–1246 Culture in Renaissance and War Martin Dimnik Counter-Reformation Italy Robert Bireley Pontifical Institute of Medieval Studies, Toronto K. J. P. Lowe Loyola University, Chicago Goldsmiths College, University of London This book investigates the role of the Jesuits Kate Lowe is Reader in the Department of during the Thirty Years War. Jesuits Historical and Cultural Studies, Goldsmiths operated as royal confessors at the Catholic College, University of London. courts of Vienna, Munich, Paris, and This well-illustrated and innovative book Madrid. The Jesuit superior general in analyses convent culture in sixteenth- Rome was challenged to lead a truly century Italy through the medium of three international organization through a period unpublished nuns’ chronicles. It uses a of rising national conflict. comparative methodology of ‘connected Subject areas: history of the Jesuits, early differences’ to examine the intellectual and modern European history, Reformation imaginative achievement of these nuns, and and Counter-Reformation studies to investigate how they fashioned and Market: graduate students, academic preserved individual and convent identities researchers, undergraduate students by writing chronicles. The chronicles 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 line diagram 9 half-tones themselves reveal many examples of nuns’ 1 map agency, especially with regard to cultural This book examines the later twelfth- and 0 521 82017 0 HB £47.50 A creativity, and show that convent traditions early thirteenth-century history of the Available now determined cultural priorities and dynasty of Chernigov, demonstrating This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, specialisms, and dictated the contours of Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 (contrary to the views of most historians) convent ceremonial life. that the princes of Chernigov were among the most powerful in Kievan Rus’ and Subject areas: European cultural, religious Individuals, Families and challenging successfully the established and literary history, women’s studies, art Communities in Europe, view of the period. history 1200–1800 Subject areas: medieval European history, Market: academic researchers, graduate The Urban Foundations of Western Society medieval Russian and central Asian history, students Katherine A. Lynch Byzantine history, medieval art and 247 x 174 mm 300pp 42 half-tones Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania architecture 0 521 62191 7 HB c.£45.00 A Katherine Lynch discusses the place of the October Market: academic researchers, graduate family in society from the late middle ages students to the industrial period. She explores the Provincial Power and Absolute 228 x 152 mm 472pp 18 half-tones 6 maps family’s function as an organization on the 6 genealogical tables Monarchy boundary between public and private life, 0 521 82442 7 HB c.£55.00 A The Estates General of Burgundy, and how this has been shaped by political, July 1661–1790 religious and demographic factors. Julian Swann Subject areas: European history, social and Birkbeck College, University of London population history This is the first book in English to study the Market: graduate students, academic history of the Estates General of Burgundy researchers, undergraduate students during the classic period of absolute Cambridge Studies in Population, Economy and monarchy. It sheds new light on the Society in Past Time government of Louis XIV, the history of 228 x 152 mm 272pp 10 half-tones 4 tables Burgundy and the wider political history of 3 maps eighteenth-century France. 0 521 64235 3 HB c.£47.50 A Subject areas: French history, French 0 521 64541 7 PB c.£17.95 A September political history, early modern European history Market: academic researchers, graduate students New Studies in European History 228 x 152 mm 518pp 4 line diagrams 14 figures 1 map 0 521 82767 1 HB c.£55.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 84 British and European History

Rewriting the French Fighting Different Wars A Contested Nation Revolutionary Tradition Experiences of the First World War in History, Memory and Nationalism in Liberal Opposition and the Fall of the Britain Switzerland, 1761–1891 Bourbon Monarchy Janet Watson Oliver Zimmer R. S. Alexander University of Connecticut University of Durham University of Victoria, British Columbia Fighting Different Wars is an illuminating This book examines the ways in which the This book examines the politics of the study of war and memory, which draws on a Swiss came to define their national identity. French Revolutionary tradition in the early wealth of sources to demonstrate that the It explores why the nation became a theme nineteenth century. The author argues that Great War was a far from unitary of public concern, how different social political struggle was not confined to the experience. Original, richly textured and actors created and re-created Swiss elite, and that the Restoration Liberal multi-layered, it will be compelling reading nationhood, and why they embraced some Opposition developed a reform tradition for all those interested in the First World definitions rather than others. which was far more effective than the War. Subject areas: modern European history revolutionary tradition of conspiracy and Subject areas: British history and politics insurrection. Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: French history, political students students history Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Past and Present Publications Modern Warfare Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 302pp 10 half-tones 2 tables students 228 x 152 mm 300pp 12 half-tones 0 521 81919 9 HB c.£45.00 A New Studies in European History 0 521 83153 9 HB c.£45.00 A July November 228 x 152 mm 384pp 5 maps 0 521 80122 2 HB c.£47.50 A The Franco-Prussian War November Culture Wars The German Conquest of France in Secular-Catholic Conflict in Nineteenth- 1870–1871 Century Europe Geoffrey Wawro From Reich to State Edited by Christopher Clark United States Naval War College, Newport, Rhode University of Cambridge Island The Rhineland in the Revolutionary and Wolfram Kaiser Age, 1780–1830 The Franco-Prussian War of 1870–71 University of Portsmouth Michael Rowe violently changed the course of European The Queen’s University of Belfast history. Digging into many European and American archives for the first time, From Reich to State is based upon an Geoffrey Wawro’s The Franco-Prussian War extensive range of German and French describes the war that followed in detail. archival sources, locating the Napoleonic While the armies mobilized in July 1870, episode in this region within a broader the conflict appeared ‘too close to call’. chronological framework, encompassing Prussia and its German allies had twice as the Old Regime and Restoration. It many troops as the French. From the analyses not only politics, but also political intrigues that began and ended the culture, identity, religion, society, war to the bloody battles at Gravelotte and institutions and economics. Sedan, this is the definitive history of the Subject areas: modern European French Franco-Prussian War. and German history, West European studies, political science • Miltary history at its best, with vivid accounts of battle Market: academic researchers, graduate students • Written by an esteemed historian and US This book is about the struggle that broke television personality New Studies in European History out between secular and religious forces in • Spans the period between 1815 and 1914 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 maps late nineteenth-century Europe. With its in its entirety 0 521 82443 5 HB c. £45.00 A genuinely European focus and its July innovative approach, this volume offers a Subject areas: European history, military fresh and revealing perspective on one of history the main formative conflicts of modern Market: general readers, undergraduate European history. students Subject areas: European history after 1450, 228 x 152 mm 400pp 17 half-tones 13 maps church history, social and population 0 521 58436 1 HB c.£27.95 A history September Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 384pp 5 half-tones 0 521 80997 5 HB c.£50.00 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org British and European History 85

Jews and Gender in Liberation ■ ■ Textbook France Textbook Women in Russia, K. H. Adler The Social Bases of Nazism, 1700–2000 University of Nottingham 1919–1933 Barbara Alpern Engel Detlef Mühlberger University of Colorado, Boulder Oxford Brookes University The social background of the supporters of Nazism has been the subject of intense debate since the early 1930s. Was the Nazi party a predominantly middle-class party or a people’s party? Detlef Mühlberger provides a comprehensive summary of the answer to this question, based on extensive sociological and psephological evidence. His lucid text is supported by numerous tables, illustrating that Nazi support came from all social classes. Contents: 1. Introduction; This book takes a new look at France during 2. Historiographic survey; and after the German occupation. It 3. Methodological problems; 4. The challenges traditional chronology that social characteristics of the Nazi party in Women in Russia, 1700–2000 is the first concentrates on the Vichy government and book to provide a lively and compelling its formative years, 1919–1923; 5. The punctures standard interpretations that social characteristics of the membership chronological narrative of women’s divide occupied France into resisters and experiences from the seventeenth and leadership of the Nazi party, collaborators. Throughout, race – 1925–1933; 6. The social characteristics century to the present. Barbara Alpern specifically Jewishness – and gender are Engel skilfully evokes the voices of of the membership and leadership of drawn together in original and illuminating Nazi specialist organisations; 7. The individuals to enliven the account, ways. detailing how women of various social social geometry of the Nazi electorate, strata were affected by and shaped Subject areas: twentieth-century European 1928–1933; 8. Conclusion. historical change. Adopting the history, French studies, Jewish studies, Subject areas: German history, social perspective of women provides fresh gender and women’s studies history interpretations of Russia’s past and Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: undergraduate students students important insights into the impact of New Studies in Economic and Social History, 48 gender on the ways that Russians defined Studies in the Social and Cultural History of themselves and others, and imagined Modern Warfare, 14 216 x 138 mm 112pp 4 tables 15 figures 0 521 80285 7 HB c. £25.00 A political change. 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 half-tone 2 figures 2 maps 0 521 00372 5 PB c. £9.95 X Contents: List of illustrations; 0 521 79048 4 HB c.£40.00 A October Acknowledgments; Timeline; Glossary; July Introduction; 1. The Petrine revolution: new men, new women, new ideas: women in public and the new domesticity; 2. The Petrine revolution: noblewomen at home; 3. Outside the circle of privilege; 4. Reformers as rebels; 5. Peasants and proletarians; 6. A widening sphere; 7. War and revolution; 8. Creating the ‘new Soviet woman’; 9. The second revolution; 10. Engendering empire; 11. World War II and its aftermath; 12. Grappling with the Stalinist legacy; 13. New Russians, new women? Subject areas: Russian and Soviet history, women’s history Market: graduate students, academic researchers, undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 275pp 22 half-tones 2 maps 0 521 80270 9 HB c. £30.95 A 0 521 00318 0 PB c. £12.95 X November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 86 British and European History/American History

Conquerors’ Road American History America and the Armenian An Eyewitness Report of Germany 1945 Genocide of 1915 Osmar White The African-American Family in Edited by Jay Winter This highly acclaimed and beautifully Slavery and Emancipation Yale University, Connecticut written book by one of Australia’s finest Wilma A. Dunaway Before Rwanda and Bosnia, and before the chroniclers of the Second World War tells Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Holocaust, the first genocide of the the devastating story of war from the inside. Wilma Dunaway contends that studies of twentieth century happened in Turkish Based largely on the author’s own war diary the slave family have been flawed by neglect Armenia in 1915. Jay Winter has brought and the articles he wrote as a war of small plantations and exaggeration of together a team of experts to examine how correspondent, this deeply personal account slave agency. Using population trends and Americans learned of this catastrophe and is unparalleled amongst the vast literature slave narratives, she identifies several profit- how they tried to help its victims. on World War Two. Chosen as one of the maximizing strategies that owners Subject areas: twentieth-century European top 100 pieces of journalism in the implemented to disrupt and endanger history twentieth century, Conquerors’ Road African-American families during the Civil remains as fresh and more timely than ever. Market: academic researchers, graduate War and Reconstruction. students ‘Osmar White was not only one of the Subject areas: nineteenth-century Studies in the Social and Cultural History of finest correspondents of the Second American history, regional geography Modern Warfare, 15 World War but a visionary writer and Market: graduate students, academic 228 x 152 mm 272pp 2 maps philosopher of courage and conviction. researchers, undergraduate students 0 521 82958 5 HB c.£45.00 A November If you care about the future of Studies in Modern Capitalism civilisation then you must read this 228 x 152 mm 376pp 3 line diagrams 29 half-tones extraordinary book.’ 7 maps Phillip Knightley 0 521 81276 3 HB £55.00 A 0 521 01216 3 PB £20.95 A ‘Conquerors’ Road is compelling reading: Available now candid and immediate, full of vivid witness This title was previously announced in Humanities and detail, but inquiring and sceptical.’ Social Sciences Seasonal List July-December 2002 Philippa Hawker, The Age ‘This book ought surely be considered a key Slavery in the American document in the literature of the war and Mountain South the Holocaust.’ Wilma A. Dunaway Tina Kane, Quadrant Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Subject areas: twentieth-century European Wilma Dunaway breaks new ground by history, World War II focusing on slave experiences on small Market: general readers, undergraduate plantations in the Upper South. She draws students on a vast array of primary sources to argue 195 x 128 mm 240pp 7 half-tones 1 map that a region was not buffered from the 0 521 83051 6 HB £40.00 A social impacts of enslavement simply Available now because it was characterized by low black This book was originally published in English in population density. paperback only by HarperCollins as The Conqueror’s Road and distributed only in Australia. Subject areas: nineteenth-century American history, regional geography Market: graduate students, academic researchers, undergraduate students Studies in Modern Capitalism 228 x 152 mm 360pp 32 half-tones 9 maps 0 521 81275 5 HB c.£60.00 A 0 521 01215 5 PB c.£21.95 A Available now This title was previously announced in Humanities and Social Sciences Seasonal List July-December 2002

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org World History 87

World History The Soviets, the Munich Crisis, Firearms and the Coming of World War II A Global History to 1700 Hugh Ragsdale Kenneth Chase Forbidding Wrong in Islam The Munich crisis is everywhere This is a history of firearms across the world An Introduction acknowledged as the prelude leading to from the time of their invention in China, Michael Cook World War II. The subject has been to the time when European firearms had Princeton University, New Jersey thoroughly studied in the British, French, become clearly superior. Steppe and desert nomads imposed a different style of warfare This book represents an abridgement of and German documents. What has never on the Middle East, India, and China – a Michael Cook’s masterly study reflecting been seriously studied in the Western style with which firearms were on the Islamic injunction to forbid literature is the spectrum of East European incompatible. By the time that better wrongdoing. Using stories from Islamic documentation, presented here for the first firearms allowed these regions to turn the sources for his argument, Cook unravels time. tables on the nomads, Japan’s self-imposed the complexities of the subject. The Subject areas: European history, Russian isolation left Europe with no rival in book educates and entertains, but at its and Soviet studies firearms design, production, or use, with heart is an important message about Market: academic researchers, graduate consequences that are still with us today. Islam and its values. students • First global history of firearms in English The original book won the Albert 228 x 152 mm 250pp 3 maps written by a specialist in non-European Hourani book award and the British- 0 521 83030 3 HB c.£45.00 A Kuwait Friendship Society prize in November history Middle Eastern Studies • Extensive discussion of China, Japan, and Subject areas: Islamic history, politics, the Islamic world as well as Europe religious studies, Middle East studies The Escape from Hunger and • Transcends the military revolution debate Market: undergraduate students, general Premature Death, 1700–2100 Subject areas: world history (including readers Robert W. Fogel Asian history, European history, and Themes in Islamic History, 3 African history), archaeology This book consolidates Robert Fogel’s 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 map Market: general readers, undergraduate 0 521 82913 5 HB c. £40.00 A Ellen McArthur lectures, which examine 0 521 53602 2 PB c. £14.95 A the importance of nutrition in economic students, graduate students August history. In these lectures, Professor Fogel 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 line diagram 9 half-tones discusses the use of evidence of life 5 maps expectancy and physical stature to 0 521 82274 2 HB c.£20.00 A Jews and Blacks in the Early examine broad themes in modern August Modern World history, and to highlight the need for Jonathan Schorsch public policy debate. He considers errors Emory University, Atlanta in previous explanations of secular The first in-depth treatment of Jewish trends in health and longevity, and images of and behavior toward Blacks analyses from an economic perspective during the Jewish involvement in Atlantic the future prospects for longevity. This slave-holding. Using many sources, it goes collection will appeal to public policy beyond mere inter-ethnic polemics to lay experts, demographers, and scholars of out the scope of Jewish anti-Blackness in economic and medical history. places such as Portugal, the Ottoman Subject areas: economic history, Empire, Italy, Amsterdam and the demography, development studies, Caribbean. history of medicine, public policy Subject areas: Jewish studies, Black history, Market: academic researchers, graduate early modern history, American history students Market: undergraduate students, graduate Cambridge Studies in Population, Economy and students, academic researchers Society in Past Time 228 x 152 mm 432pp 1 line diagram 5 half-tones 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 map 0 521 80878 2 HB c. £47.50 A 0 521 82021 9 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 00488 8 PB c. £17.95 A October November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 88 Economic History

Economic History Self-Interest Before Adam Smith A Genealogy of Economic Science Pierre Force Columbia University, New York ■ New Edition A study of the history of the concept of self- ■ Textbook interest before Adam Smith, in order to understand what it meant when Adam The Unbound Prometheus Smith used it as an axiom in The Wealth of Technological Change and Industrial Nations. The author shows that Smith’s Development in Western Europe from theory refutes the ‘selfish hypothesis’ yet 1750 to the Present integrates it at the same time. Second edition Subject areas: history of economic thought, David S. Landes political theory, eighteenth-century Harvard University, Massachusetts literature and philosophy, enlightenment For over thirty years David Landes’s studies Unbound Prometheus has offered an Market: academic researchers, graduate unrivalled history of industrial revolution students and economic development in Europe. Now, in this new edition, he reframes and Ideas in Context, 68 reasserts his original arguments in the 228 x 152 mm 320pp light of current debates about 0 521 83060 5 HB c.£45.00 A globalisation and comparative economic September growth. Questions of why Europe was the first to industrialise and of the viability of • Long-awaited new edition Exceptionalism and the post-war economic boom are as • Classic account of the making of Industrialisation controversial as ever, and Professor Landes modern, industrial Europe Britain and its European Rivals, concludes that only by continuous 1688–1815 •Features a new preface and epilogue industrial revolution can Europe and the Edited by Leandro Prados de la Escosura world sustain itself in the years ahead. and now addresses current debates Universidad Carlos III de Madrid about globalisation and comparative Contents: Preface to the new edition; This book discusses British exceptionalism world economic growth Preface to the original edition; in the period from 1688 to 1815. Leading 1. Introduction; 2. The industrial • Ideal for undergraduate courses such as historians examine why Britain was able to revolution in Britain; 3. Continental ‘History of the Industrial Revolution’, establish hegemony over other European emulation; 4. Closing the gap; 5. Short ‘Industrialisation in Europe’, powers and her unique path to breath and second wind; 6. The interwar ‘Introduction to Economic History’, and industrialisation. Their findings shed new years; 7. Reconstruction and growth since ‘Rise of the Global Economy’. light on Britain’s emergence as a great power 1945; 8. Conclusion; 9. Epilogue; Index. and as the first industrial nation. Subject area: undergraduate students, Subject areas: British history, European graduate students, academic researchers, history, colonial history, economic history, general readers military and naval history Market: European history, economic Market: academic researchers, graduate history, history of science and technology, students world history 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2003 216 x 138 mm 610pp 0 521 79304 1 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 82666 7 HB c. £50.00 A October 0 521 53402 X PB c. £19.95 X July This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Economic History 89

Consumerism in Twentieth- History Century Britain ▼ see also The Search for a Historical Movement Matthew Hilton 67 Ball: The Cambridge History of Twentieth-Century Political Thought University of Birmingham 66 Buzan: Regions and Powers This is the first comprehensive history of 141 Cooper: The Anglo-Maratha Campaigns and the consumerism as an organised social and Contest for India political movement. It explores the history 66 Cronin: Institutions for the Common Good of consumer organisations in twentieth- 140 Gould: Hindu Nationalism and the Language of century Britain and makes a major Politics in Late Colonial India contribution to an expanding inter- 66 Keal: European Conquest and the Rights of Indigenous Peoples disciplinary discussion of the role of 140 Ramusack: The Indian Princes and their States consumption in modern society. 68 Runciman: Maitland: State, Trust and Corporation Subject areas: modern British history, social history, economic history, consumer studies Market: graduate students, academic researchers, general readers 228 x 152 mm 415pp 6 half-tones 0 521 83129 6 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 53853 X PB c.£16.95 A December

Business and Politics in Europe, 1900–1970 Essays in Honour of Alice Teichova Edited by Terry Gourvish London School of Economics and Political Science This book provides fresh insights into the interaction between politics and business in twentieth-century Europe, and indicates the complexity of the relationship – particularly in the environment of the 1920s and 1930s – when fascism was at its height. Subject areas: modern economic, business and political history Market: graduate students, academic researchers 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 half-tone 10 tables 5figures 0 521 82344 7 HB c.£45.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 90 Language and Linguistics

Language and Linguistics

The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language Second edition David Crystal The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language is one of the publishing phenomena of recent times. Rarely has a book so packed with accurate and well researched factual information been so widely read and popularly acclaimed. This Second Edition now presents an overhaul of the subject for a new generation of language-lovers. The length of the book has been extended and there are 44 new illustrations, extensive new material on world English and Internet English, and a complete updating of statistics, further reading suggestions and other references.

•The most successful general book on the English language (its past, present and future) •Packed with colour illustrations, maps, tables and graphics • Difficult concepts explained in a simple and accessible way

Contents: Prefaces; 1. Modelling English; Part I. The History of English: 2. The origins of English; 3. Old English; 4. Middle English; 5. Early Modern English; 6. Modern English; 7. World English; Part II. English Vocabulary: 8. The nature of the lexicon; 9. The sources of the lexicon; 10. Etymology; 11. The structure of the lexicon; 12. Lexical dimensions; Part III. English Grammar: 13. Grammatical mythology; 14. The structure of words; 15. Word ‘A delight and a treasure … David Crystal classes; 16. The structure of sentences; Part IV. Spoken and Written English: 17. The sound does a brilliant job of satisfying our system; 18. The writing system; Part V. Using English: 19. Varieties of discourse; curiosity about our mother tongue while 20. Regional variation; 21. Social variation; 22. Personal variation; 23. Electronic variation; illuminating the deepest questions of who Part VI. Learning about English: 24. Learning English as a mother tongue; 25. New ways of we are and where we come from.A studying English; Appendices; Indexes. magnificent achievement.’ Subject area: general readers, enthusiasts, professionals, undergraduate students, advanced Steven Pinker adult learners Market: language, linguistics, ELT 2003 276 x 219 mm 512pp 85 line diagrams 104 half-tones 27 tables 7 graphs 430 colour figures 53 maps Publicity material available: 0 521 82348 X HB c. £50.00 A 0 521 53033 4 PB c. £19.95 T Leaflet: 0 521 94789 8 September Poster: 0 521 98010 0 Counter packs: for quantities please email By the same author [email protected] Post-it notes: for quantities please email [email protected] T-shirts: for quantities please email [email protected]

Website: www.cambridge.org/crystal

0 521 55967 7

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Language and Linguistics 91

English as a Global Language Second edition David Crystal David Crystal, world authority on the English language, presents a lively and factual account of the rise of English as a global language and explores the whys and wherefores of the history, current status and future potential of English as the international language of communication. This new edition of his classic book contains extra sections (on subjects including the future of English as a world language, English on the Internet, and the possibility of an English ‘family’ of languages), footnotes, new tables, and a full bibliography. There are updates throughout.

•The best available account of English as an international phenomenon • Updated edition, with extra sections on the future of English as a world language, English on the Internet, the possibility of an English ‘family’ of languages, footnotes and a full bibliography • Suitable for anyone of any nationality concerned with English: teachers, students, language professionals, politicians, general readers and anyone with a love of the ‘A masterly synopsis of the spread of English language across the world … English as a Global Language arrives as an elegant successor to Contents: Preface; 1. Why a global language?; 2. Why English? The historical context; Robert McCrum’s The Story of English, 3. Why English? The cultural foundation; 4. Why English? The cultural legacy; 5. The published in 1986. It is at the same time cool future of global English; References; Index; List of tables. and immensely authoritative. Less than half Subject area: general readers, amateurs, enthusiasts, professionals the size, but with scarcely less text than its Market: language, linguistics, ELT richly illustrated Rolls-Royce predecessor,it sets a new standard in the popularisation of 2003 216 x 138 mm 240pp 5 tables 1 figure 11 maps linguistics.’ 0 521 82347 1 HB c. £32.50 A 0 521 53032 6 PB c. £9.95 T Sir John Hanson September (Director-General of The British Council), Times Higher Education Supplement

Publicity material available: Leaflet: 0 521 94789 8

By the same author

0 521 01271 6 0 521 80212 1

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 92 Language and Linguistics

■ Textbook Language and Sexuality Deborah Cameron University of London and Don Kulick New York University This lively and accessible textbook looks at how we talk about sex and why we talk about it the way we do. Drawing on a wide range of examples, from personal ads to phone sex, from sado-masochistic scenes to sexual assault trials, the book provides a clear introduction to the relationship between language and sexuality. Using a broad definition of ‘sexuality’, the book encompasses not only issues surrounding sexual orientation and identity but also questions about the discursive construction of sexuality and the verbal expression of erotic desire. Contents: Preface; 1. Making connection; 2. Talking sex and thinking sex: the linguistic and discursive construction of sexuality; 3. What has gender got to do with sex? Language, heterosexuality and heteronormativity; 4. Sexuality as identity: gay and lesbian language; 5. Looking beyond identity: language and desire; 6. Language and sexuality: theory, research and politics. Level: graduate students, undergraduate students, general readers •The first full-length survey of the topic Subject area: linguistics, sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, gender studies, social • An accessible introduction to an sciences exciting new field of enquiry 2003 228 x 152 mm 192pp • An interdisciplinary study 0 521 80433 7 HB £42.50 A 0 521 00969 3 PB £15.95 T Already available This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Publicity material available: Leaflet: 0 521 94784 7

A Reference Grammar of Russian Alan Timberlake University of California, Berkeley A Reference Grammar of Russian describes and systematizes all aspects of the grammar of Russian: patterns of orthography, sounds, inflection, syntax, tense-aspect-mood, word order, and intonation. It is especially concerned with the meaning of combinations of words (constructions). The core concept is that of the predicate history: a record of the states of entities through time and across possibilities. Using predicate histories, the book presents an integrated account of the semantics of verbs, nouns, case, and aspect. It will appeal to students, scholars and language professionals interested in Russian. Contents: 1. Russian; 2. Sounds; 3. Inflectional morphology; 4. Arguments; 5. Predicates and arguments; 6. Mood, tense, and aspect; 7. The presentation of information; Bibliography; Index.

• Breadth of coverage is large: all components of grammar are discussed • Recent trends in the development of Russian are explored • Alan Timberlake is one of the leading scholars of Russian in the US

Level: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students, professionals Publicity material available: Subject area: Russian language, Slavonic and comparative linguistics Showcards by request – contact your 2003 247 x 174 mm 550pp 6 line diagrams 8 half-tones 100 tables 2 graphs Cambridge sales representative 0 521 77292 3 HB c. £60.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Language and Linguistics 93

Gender and Politeness Logics of Conversation The Semantics of English Sara Mills Nicholas Asher Prepositions Sheffield Hallam University University of Texas, Austin Spatial Scenes, Embodied Meaning, and Gender and Politeness challenges the notion and Alex Lascarides Cognition that women are necessarily always more University of Edinburgh Andrea Tyler polite than men. It aims to show that Logics of Conversation presents a dynamic Georgetown University, Washington DC politeness and impoliteness are in essence semantic framework called Segmented and Vyvyan Evans judgements about another’s interventions Discourse Representation Theory, or University of Sussex in an interaction and about that person as a SDRT, where the interaction between whole, and are not simple classifications of discourse coherence and discourse particular types of speech. interpretation is explored in a logically Subject areas: sociolinguistics, women’s and precise manner. gender studies Subject areas: computational linguistics, Market: academic researchers, graduate philosophy students, undergraduate students Market: academic researchers, graduate Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 17 students 216 x 138 mm 308pp Studies in Natural Language Processing 0 521 81084 1 HB c.£47.50 A 228 x 152 mm 548pp 23 figures 0 521 00919 7 PB c.£17.95 A 0 521 65058 5 HB c.£50.00 A July Available now

Laughter in Interaction Semantic Relations and the Phillip Glenn Lexicon Emerson College, Boston An Extralexical Approach Using a cognitive linguistics perspective, this book provides the most comprehensive, Laughter in Interaction is an illuminating M. Lynne Murphy theoretical analysis of the semantics of and lively account of how and why people University of Sussex laugh during conversation. Bringing English prepositions available. The analysis This book explores how some word offers an innovative representation of each together 25 years of research on the meanings are paradigmatically related to sequential organization of laughter in preposition as well as a constrained set of each other, as opposites or synonyms, for cognitive principles which systematically everyday talk, Glenn analyzes recordings example, and what these say about the and transcripts to show the finely-detailed account for the many non-spatial senses mental organization of our vocabularies. associated with each preposition. coordination of human laughter. The author argues for a new pragmatic Subject areas: theoretical linguistics, Subject areas: sociolinguistics, approach to lexical relations, as opposed to pyscholinguistics communication studies, social sciences the traditional ‘lexical’ approach. Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: theoretical linguistics, students students semantics, pragmatics, lexicography, 228 x 152 mm 264pp 54 line diagrams Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 18 psychology, cognitive linguistics 0 521 81430 8 HB c.£47.50 A 216 x 138 mm 180pp 1 half-tone 3 tables Market: academic researchers, graduate Available now 0 521 77206 0 HB c.£40.00 A students, undergraduate students This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, September 228 x 152 mm 350pp 7 tables 11 figures Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 0 521 78067 5 HB c.£45.00 A Politeness October Richard J. Watts Universität Bern, Switzerland Using a wide range of data from real-life speech situations, this new introduction to politeness breaks away from the limitations of current models and argues that the proper object of study in politeness theory must be commonsense notions of what politeness and impoliteness are. Subject areas: sociolinguistics, linguistics, communication studies Market: graduate students, undergraduate students Key Topics in Sociolinguistics 216 x 138 mm 300pp 2 line diagrams 0 521 79085 9 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 79406 4 PB c.£14.95 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 94 Language and Linguistics

■ Textbook The Phonology of Tone and Machine Translation Intonation Its Scope and Limits Grammaticalization Yorick Wilks Second edition Carlos Gussenhoven Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen, The Netherlands University of Sheffield Paul J. Hopper Machine translation (MT) systems are used Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania This new survey explores two aspects of pitch modulation – intonation and lexical to the benefit of many people and and Elizabeth Closs Traugott organizations worldwide. In this collection Stanford University, California tone. Using examples from a variety of languages, such as Japanese, Dutch and of essays, Yorick Wilks takes us through the The second edition of this general English, this book explains why speakers past, present and future of MT, to argue introduction to grammaticalization has vary their pitch, what these variations against claims that it is impossible to been thoroughly revised with substantial mean, and how they are integrated into our produce an indisputably accurate, high- updates on theoretical and methodological grammars. quality and fully-automatic MT system. issues, and includes a significantly expanded Subject areas: computational linguistics, bibliography. Particular attention is paid to Subject areas: theoretical linguistics theoretical linguistics, cognitive science, recent debates over directionality in change Market: graduate students, academic artificial intelligence and the role of grammaticalization in researchers creolization. Research Surveys in Linguistics Market: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students Subject areas: theoretical linguistics, 228 x 152 mm 280pp linguistic anthropology 0 521 81265 8 HB c.£42.50 A Studies in Natural Language Processing 0 521 01200 7 PB c.£15.95 A Market: graduate students, undergraduate 228 x 152 mm 300pp December 0 521 64367 8 HB c.£45.00 A students 0 521 64384 8 PB c.£16.95 A Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics Voices of Modernity December 228 x 152 mm 304pp 4 line diagrams 16 tables Language Ideologies and the Politics of 0 521 80421 3 PB c.£45.00 A Inequality ■ 0 521 00948 0 HB c.£16.95 X Textbook August Richard Bauman Indiana University Cognitive Linguistics Constraints in Phonological and Charles S. Briggs William Croft University of California, San Diego University of Manchester Acquisition Argues that conscious development of new and Alan Cruse René Kager ways of thinking about language had a University of Manchester Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands crucial role in modern history, particularly This introductory textbook surveys the field Joe Pater the discovery of how apparently objective of cognitive linguistics. Clearly organized University of Massachusetts, Amherst differences between languages legitimated and accessibly written, it provides a useful and Wim Zonneveld social inequalities. introduction to the relationship between Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands Subject areas: anthropological theory, language and cognitive processing in the This outstanding volume presents a state- English language, linguistics (general) human brain. This much-needed of-the-art overview of linguistic research introduction will be welcomed by into the acquisition of phonology, focusing Market: graduate students, academic undergraduates and graduates in linguistics on constraints in phonological acquisition. researchers, undergraduate students, and cognitive science. professionals An introduction by the editors, providing a Subject areas: theoretical linguistics, brief general tutorial on Optimality Theory, Studies in the Social and Cultural Foundations of English language and lnguistics, psychology is followed by 10 chapters by well-known Language Market: graduate students, undergraduate researchers in the field. 228 x 152 mm 380pp 0 521 81069 8 HB c.£50.00 A students, academic researchers Subject areas: theoretical linguistics, 0 521 00897 2 PB c.£18.95 A Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics psycholinguistics Available now 228 x 152 mm 300pp This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 66114 5 HB c.£45.00 A Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 students 0 521 66770 4 PB c.£16.95 X 228 x 152 mm 420pp 105 tables 8 graphs January 0 521 82963 1 HB c.£50.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Language and Linguistics 95

A Grammar of Tariana A Sociolinguistic History of Cambridge Klett Comprehensive Alexandra Y. Aikhenvald Parisian French German Dictionary La Trobe University, Victoria R. Anthony Lodge The newest and best German/English Tariana is an endangered Arawak language University of St Andrews, Scotland bilingual dictionary for anyone who needs from the northwest Amazonian jungle. It This book explores the interlinked history to use German at an advanced level. exists in a strongly multilingual of Parisian speech and its speakers during • 350,000 words and phrases, 560,000 environment and often combines its own various phases of in-migration, dialect- translations features with those borrowed from mixing and social stratification from the neighboring indigenous languages. Tariana middle ages to the present. It tracks the • Thousands of new words has many unusual properties, including emergence of specifically urban modes of • Wide coverage evidentiality. This grammar provides a speech, including the working-class • Thousands of examples unique resource for a wide range of vernacular of recent times. linguists. Subject areas: history of French, historical • International coverage Subject areas: linguistics, linguistic linguistics, urban sociolinguistics, language • Many helpful extras. typology, language contact, grammatical contact, dialectology and dialect-formation, Subject areas: advanced learners of German theory, Amazonian languages French cultural history 1200–present, Market: under graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate linguistic anthropology students 270x195 2016pp 8 maps Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82210 6 HB £24.99 M Cambridge Grammatical Descriptions students Available now 247 x 174 mm 720pp 58 tables 1 map 228 x 152 mm 300pp 22 tables 19 maps 0 521 82664 0 HB c.£75.00 A 0 521 82179 7 HB c.£45.00 A August November

Using Portuguese Scientific and Medical Writing in Language and Linguistics ▼ see also A Guide to Contemporary Usage English, 1375–1500 Timothy McGovern Edited by Irma Taavitsainen 130 Masataka: The Onset of Language University of California, Santa Barbara University of Helsinki and Ana Sofia Ganho and Paivi Pahta Emory University, Atlanta University of Helsinki This is a guide to Portuguese usage The late middle ages in England saw a (Brazilian and European) for students who flowering of scientific writing in the have acquired the basics and wish to extend vernacular, taking English discourse in new their fluency and confidence. It gives special directions and establishing new textual attention to those areas of vocabulary and genres. This book examines the grammar which cause most difficulty to sociolinguistic causes and effects of that English-speakers, and to questions of style process, and offers new insights into and register. vernacularisation phenomena for historical Subject areas: Portuguese language linguists and medievalists alike. Market: undergraduate students, graduate Subject areas: English historical linguistics, students, advanced adult learners corpus linguistics, historical 238 x 169 mm 280pp sociolinguistics, medieval studies, medieval 0 521 79663 6 PB c.£18.95 X English literature, palaeography and October codicology, history of science Market: academic researchers, graduate students Studies in English Language 228 x 152 mm 280pp 12 half-tones 0 521 83133 4 HB c.£45.00 A December

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 96 Literature

Literature

The Cambridge Introduction to French Poetry Mary Lewis Shaw Rutgers University, New Jersey The Cambridge Introduction to French Poetry is the most up to date and comprehensive survey of French poetry available. The poets discussed – all quoted in the original, followed by an English translation – belong to every period from the eleventh century to the present, and include Francophone authors from areas other than France. Accessible, wide-ranging and designed specifically for use on courses, this Introduction contains a useful glossary of poetic terms, and will prove invaluable to students and teachers alike. Contents: Illustrations; Prologue: French poetry?; 1. Verse and prose; 2. Forms and genres; 3. Words and figures; 4. Poetry and politics; 5. Poetry and philosophy; Epilogue: Poetry and the arts; Glossary.

• Extensive treatment of French poetry from the middle ages to the present •Written by a specialist in the field for use on courses • Offers clear and accessible analysis on a difficult topic to an undergraduate market and introduces the critical vocabulary and concepts necessary for poetic analysis Publicity material available: Showcards by request – contact your Subject area: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge sales representative Market: French literature, poetry 2003 228 x 152 mm 250pp 4 half-tones 0 521 80876 6 HB c. £40.00 A 0 521 00485 3 PB c. £14.95 T August

For The Cambridge Introduction to Twentieth-Century American Poetry see page 104.

Also available

0 521 66966 90 521 79464 1 0 521 65969 8 0 521 52041 X

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Literature 97

The Cambridge Companion to Science Fiction Edited by Edward James University of Reading and Farah Mendlesohn Middlesex University, London Science fiction is at the intersection of numerous fields. It is a literature which draws on popular culture, and which engages in speculation about science, history, and all types of social relations. This volume brings together essays by scholars and practitioners of science fiction, which look at the genre from these different angles. It examines science fiction from Thomas More to the present day, and introduces important critical approaches including Marxism, postmodernism, feminism and queer theory. A number of well-known science fiction writers contribute to this volume. Contents: Acknowledgments; List of contributors; Chronology; Foreword; Introduction: reading science fiction; Part I. The History: 1. Science fiction before the genre; 2. The magazine era: 1926–1960; 3. New wave and backwash: 1960–1980; 4. Science fiction from 1980 to the present; 5. Film and television; 6. Science fiction and its editors; Part II. Critical Approaches: 7. Marxist theory and science fiction; 8. Feminist theory and science fiction; 9. Postmodernism and science fiction; 10. Science fiction and queer theory; Part III. Sub- •The only comprehensive and fully up-to- genres and Themes: 11. The icons of science fiction; 12. Science fiction and the life sciences; date introduction to science fiction 13. Hard science fiction; 14. Space opera; 15. Alternate history; 16. Utopias and anti- utopias; 17. Politics and science fiction; 18. Gender in science fiction; 19. Race and available ethnicity in science fiction; 20. Religion and science fiction; Further reading. • Offers a broad range of approaches, Cambridge Companions to Literature including historical, thematic and Subject area: undergraduate students, enthusiasts, graduate students, academic researchers, theoretical chapters general readers • Essays written by science fiction writers Market: English literature, American literature, science fiction as well as scholars 2003 228 x 152 mm 320pp 0 521 81626 2 HB c. £45.00 A 0 521 01657 6 PB c. £15.95 T Contributors: James Gunn, Farah September Mendlesohn, Brian Stableford, Brian Attebery, Damien Broderick, John Clute, Mark Bould, Gary K. Wolfe, Istvan Csicsery- Publicity material available: Ronay, Jr, Veronica Hollinger, Andrew M. Series leaflet 0 521 94674 3 Butler, Wendy Pearson, Gwyneth Jones, Joan Slonczewski, Michael Levy, Kathryn Cramer, Gary Westfahl, Andy Duncan, Edward James, Ken MacLeod, Helen Merrick, Elisabeth Anne Leonard

For more new Companions to Literature see pages 98–99

0 521 01245 7 0 521 66962 6 0 521 79638 5 0 521 77815 8

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 98 Literature

The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to Chaucer Mary Shelley Medieval Women’s Writing Second edition Edited by Esther Schor Edited by Carolyn Dinshaw Edited by Piero Boitani Princeton University, New Jersey New York University Università degli Studi di Roma ‘La Sapienza’ In The Cambridge Companion to Mary and David Wallace and Jill Mann Shelley, leading scholars discuss her work in University of Pennsylvania University of Cambridge several fascinating contexts: literary history, This Companion seeks to recover the lives This revised edition of The Cambridge aesthetic and literary culture, the legacies of and particular experiences of medieval Companion to Chaucer is based on the first her parents William Godwin and Mary women by concentrating on the texts they edition which has become a classic in Wollstonecraft, and of course the life and wrote as well as texts that attempted to Chaucer studies. Material has been afterlife of her most famous work, shape their lives. Contributors consider the updated, and new contributions have been Frankenstein. lives and writings of remarkable women, commissioned to take into account recent Subject areas: English literature, romantic including Marie de France, Heloise, and trends in literary theory as well as in studies, film studies Joan of Arc among others. Chaucer studies. Market: undergraduate students, graduate Subject areas: medieval literature, culture, Subject areas: English literature, medieval students, academic researchers history, women’s and gender studies, history studies Cambridge Companions to Literature of early writing Market: undergraduate students, graduate 228 x 152 mm 320pp 14 half-tones Market: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers 0 521 80984 3 HB c.£45.00 T students, academic researchers Cambridge Companions to Literature 0 521 00770 4 PB c.£15.95 A Cambridge Companions to Literature November 228 x 152 mm 300pp 228 x 152 mm 312pp 0 521 81556 8 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 79188 X HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 89467 0 PB c.£15.95 T The Cambridge Companion to 0 521 79638 5 PB c.£15.95 T Modern Latin American Culture Available now The Cambridge Companion to Edited by John King Contemporary Irish Poetry University of Warwick The Cambridge Companion to Edited by Matthew Campbell Specially-commissioned essays analyse the Crime Fiction University of Sheffield history, politics, art and literature of Latin Edited by Martin Priestman America from the nineteenth century to the University of Surrey present day. A chronology and guides to Covers British and American crime fiction further reading are included, making this from the eighteenth century to the end of volume an invaluable introduction to the the twentieth. As well as discussing the rich and varied culture of modern Latin detective fiction of writers like Agatha America. Christie and Raymond Chandler, it Subject areas: Latin American studies considers other kinds of fiction where crime plays a substantial part, such as the thriller Market: undergraduate students, graduate and spy fiction. students Cambridge Companions to Culture Subject areas: English literature, American literature, crime fiction 228 x 152 mm 320pp 10 half-tones 0 521 63151 3 HB c.£45.00 A Market: undergraduate students, graduate 0 521 63651 5 PB c.£15.95 T students, academic researchers November Cambridge Companions to Literature 228 x 152 mm 320pp In the last fifty years Irish poets have 0 521 80399 3 HB c.£45.00 A produced some of the most exciting poetry 0 521 00871 9 PB c.£15.95 T in contemporary literature. This November Companion includes a chronology and guide to further reading and will prove invaluable to students and teachers alike. Subject areas: English literature, Irish poetry Market: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Companions to Literature 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 81301 8 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 01245 7 PB c.£15.95 T July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Literature 99

The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to the Spanish Novel the Modern German Novel the African American Novel From 1600 to the Present Edited by Graham Bartram Edited by Maryemma Graham Edited by Harriet Turner University of Lancaster University of Kansas University of Nebraska, Lincoln and Philip Payne This Companion presents new essays and Adelaida López de Martínez University of Lancaster covering the one hundred and fifty year University of Nebraska, Lincoln The Cambridge Companion to the Modern history of the African American novel. German Novel provides a broad ranging Experts in the field from the US and Europe introduction to the major trends in the address some of the major issues in the development of the German novel during genre: passing, the Protest novel, the Blues the late nineteenth and early twentieth novel, and womanism among others. centuries. Theodor Fontane, Hermann Subject areas: American literature, race Hesse, Thomas Mann, Franz Kafka, studies Gunther Grass, and Patrick Süskind are Market: undergraduate students, graduate among the writers examined. students, academic researchers Subject areas: German literature Cambridge Companions to Literature Market: undergraduate students, graduate 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table students, academic researchers 0 521 81574 6 HB c.£45.00 A Cambridge Companions to Literature 0 521 01637 1 PB c.£15.95 T October 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 48253 4 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 48392 1 PB c.£15.95 T The Cambridge Companion to Contributors to this volume examine the November Canadian Literature role played by historical events and cultural Edited by Eva-Marie Kröller contexts in the elaboration of the Spanish The Cambridge Companion to University of British Columbia, Vancouver novel. This companionable survey, which the Italian Novel includes a chronology and guide to further This engaging introduction to major Edited by Peter Bondanella writers, genres and topics in Canadian reading, offers a survey of the innovative Indiana University techniques of the Spanish novel and of the literature pays attention to the social, and Andrea Ciccarelli debates surrounding it. political and economic developments that Indiana University have informed literary events. Broad Subject areas: Spanish literature, Spanish surveys of fiction, drama, and poetry are language complemented by chapters on themes and Market: undergraduate students, graduate genres such as nature-writing, exploration- students, academic researchers and travel-writing, and short fiction. Cambridge Companions to Literature Subject areas: Canadian literature, North 228 x 152 mm 300pp American literature, postcolonial literature 0 521 77127 7 HB c.£45.00 A Market: undergraduate students, graduate 0 521 77815 8 PB c.£15.95 T July students, academic researchers Cambridge Companions to Literature 228 x 152 mm 320pp 0 521 81441 3 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 89131 0 PB c.£15.95 T December

This volume provides a broad ranging introduction to the major trends in the development of the Italian novel from its early modern origin to the contemporary era. Novelists examined include some of the most influential of the twentieth century inside and outside Italy: Primo Levi, Umberto Eco and Italo Calvino. Subject areas: Italian literature, European literature Market: undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Companions to Literature 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 66018 1 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 66962 6 PB c.£15.95 T August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 100 Literature

■ Textbook Anglo-Saxon England The Palaeography of Gothic Volume 31 Manuscript Books An Introduction to Anglo-Saxon Edited by Michael Lapidge From the Twelfth to the Early Sixteenth England Simon Keynes Century Third edition and Malcolm Godden Albert Derolez Peter Hunter Blair Vrije Universiteit Brussel and Université Libre de Anglo-Saxon England consistently embraces Bruxelles This third edition of Peter Hunter Blair’s all the main aspects of study of Anglo-Saxon classic account of Anglo-Saxon history history and culture. Articles in volume 31 This book provides a detailed discussion of includes a new introduction by Simon include: The landscape of Beowulf; Sceaf, the handwriting in manuscript books Keynes. Hunter Blair uses illustrations and Japheth and the origins of the Anglo- produced in western and central Europe a wide range of sources – documents, Saxons; The Old English Bede and the from c.1100 to c.1530. The author has archaeological evidence and place names – construction of Anglo-Saxon authority; developed a new and more straightforward to illuminate the period as a whole. There is Public penance in Anglo-Saxon England; terminology for describing the different also an up-to-date bibliography. Bibliography for 2001. scripts of this period, which makes this survey unique and an ideal tool for all those Subject areas: Anglo-Saxon studies, history Subject areas: Anglo-Saxon England, of Britain before 1066 interested in late-medieval book and literature, history, archaeology, linguistics, handwriting culture. The text is illustrated Market: undergraduate students, graduate religion with 600 drawings of letter-forms and 160 students, general readers Market: academic researchers, graduate photographs of parts of manuscripts 216 x 138 mm 390pp students, undergraduate students reproduced to actual-size.This wealth of 0 521 53777 0 PB c.£19.95 T 0 521 83085 0 HB c.£55.00 A Anglo-Saxon England, 31 illustration will be of interest to November 228 x 152 mm 380pp 8 half-tones calligraphers too. 0 521 80772 7 HB £75.00 A Subject areas: palaeography Anglo-Saxon Perceptions of the Available now Market: academic researchers, graduate Islamic World students, undergraduate students Women as Scribes Katharine Scarfe Beckett Cambridge Studies in Palaeography and Book Production and Monastic Reform in Codicology, 9 Scarfe Beckett is concerned with western Twelfth-Century Bavaria 247 x 174 mm 300pp 1 line diagram 160 half-tones representations of the Islamic world in the Alison I. Beach 520 figures Anglo-Saxon period. Using a wide variety of This is a study of the role of female scribes 0 521 80315 2 HB c.£75.00 A literary, historical and archaeological at three different religious communities in August evidence, she argues that the perception of Bavaria in the twelfth century. It shows how Arabs, Ismaelites and Saracens derived from the women’s work – in extending the Documentary Culture and the Christian exegesis preconditioned a increased intellectual activity of the Making of Medieval English hostility towards Islamic peoples which scriptoria – supported the revival of the prevailed over actual experience. Literature monastic reform movements of that period. Subject areas: Anglo-Saxon studies Emily Steiner Subject areas: palaeography and codicology University of Pennsylvania Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate Emily Steiner describes the rich students students intersections between legal documents and Cambridge Studies in Anglo-Saxon England, 33 Cambridge Studies in Palaeography and English literature in the fourteenth and 228 x 152 mm 220pp Codicology fifteenth centuries. She argues that 0 521 82940 2 HB c.£45.00 A 247 x 174 mm 220pp 27 half-tones 20 tables documentary culture (including charters, October 3figures testaments, patents and seals) enabled 0 521 79243 6 HB c.£45.00 C writers to think in new ways about the November conditions of textual production in late Medieval England. Subject areas: Medieval literature and history, history of the book Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 50 228 x 152 mm 290pp 11 half-tones 0 521 82484 2 HB c.£45.00 A Available now

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Literature 101

Print, Manuscript and the Search ‘The selection of texts covers ground Reading, Society and Politics in for Order, 1450–1830 that no previous Reader has approached. Early Modern England David McKitterick There are items that will be of interest to Edited by Kevin Sharpe Trinity College, Cambridge specialists in Women’s Studies and University of Warwick Cultural Studies … The reference and Steven Zwicker grammar has the best presentation I have Washington University, St Louis seen in a resource of this sort – the content is both comprehensive and concise; and the arrangement is logical and user-friendly. The headnotes are also outstanding …’ Paul Remley, University of Washington, Seattle ‘Marsden has done a masterful job of glossing and annotating the texts in the Reader … he gets the level of annotation just right for a university-level student of the subject. I admire his headnotes very much for the amount of material he manages to convey in a relatively short space … I think that this book will be This book re-examines fundamental aspects very easy to teach from. The number of of what has been widely termed the printing texts that he offers in the book is Reading, Society and Politics in Early Modern revolution of the early modern period. remarkable and admirable … in England ranges over private and public David McKitterick argues that many of the addition, the careful level of glossing and reading, and over a variety of religious, changes associated with printing were only annotation of some difficult texts means social, and scientific communities to locate gradually absorbed over almost 400 years, a that a teacher can assign a much wider acts of reading in specific historical much longer period than usually suggested. range of texts than usual in an moments from the sixteenth through the Subject areas: publishing and printing introductory course …’ eighteenth centuries. history, European literatures and languages Katherine O’Brien O’Keeffe, Subject areas: English literature, political Market: academic researchers, graduate University of Notre Dame thought, early modern history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Subject areas: Anglo-Saxon studies, history students 247 x 174 mm 360pp 44 half-tones of English 0 521 82690 X HB c.£45.00 A 228 x 152 mm 383pp 3 half-tones July Market: undergraduate students 0 521 82434 6 HB c.£50.00 A (introductory) July The Cambridge Old English 228 x 152 mm 450pp 0 521 45426 3 HB c.£50.00 A Rhetoric and Courtliness in Early Reader 0 521 45612 6 PB c.£18.95 X Richard Marsden December Modern Literature University of Nottingham Jennifer Richards This is a major new reader of Old English, University of Newcastle upon Tyne the language spoken by the Anglo-Saxons This book explores the early modern before the Norman Conquest. Designed interest in conversation. Conversation was both for beginning and for more advanced widely accepted to have been inspired by students, it breaks new ground, first in its the philosopher Cicero. Recognising his range of texts, and second in the degree of influence on courtesy literature – the main annotation it offers. The fifty-six prose and source for ‘civil conversation’ – Jennifer verse texts include established favourites Richards uncovers new ways of thinking and some less familiar works. Headnotes, about humanism as a project of linguistic modern English word glosses and and social reform. explanatory notes occur on the same page. Subject areas: English literature, history of Other features include a reference grammar ideas and a comprehensive glossary. Market: academic researchers, graduate • Fifty-six texts, including a wider range of students prose and verse passages than the 228 x 152 mm 226pp competition 0 521 82470 2 HB c.£45.00 A • Same-page annotation and glossing of Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, words and phrases, also different from Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 competitors • Glossary and reference grammar at the back

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 102 Literature

Edmund Burke and Ireland Jane Austen: A Family Record Dickens on Screen Aesthetics, Politics and the Colonial Second edition Edited by John Glavin Sublime Deirdre Le Faye Georgetown University, Washington DC Luke Gibbons This account of Jane Austen’s life, Dickens on Screen is a broad ranging University of Notre Dame, Indiana background and literary career collects investigation of over a century of film This study argues that Burke’s influential together all the documented facts adaptations of Dickens’s works. It is an early writings on aesthetics are intimately concerning the novelist, illuminates her invaluable resource for students and connected to his politics. Burke’s place within an affectionate and talented scholars alike. It provides an exhaustive preoccupation with violence, sympathy family group, and shows how she filmography and is well illustrated. and pain allowed him to explore the dark transformed the stuff of her life into six of Subject areas: film studies, English side of the Enlightenment. This the most popular novels in the English literature, Dickens studies reassessment of a key cultural figure will language. appeal to Irish studies specialists, political Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: Jane Austen studies, late students, undergraduate students theorists and Romanticists. eighteenth and early nineteenth-century Subject areas: literary theory, political 228 x 152 mm 250pp 20 half-tones literature and culture, history of the novel 0 521 80652 6 HB c.£47.50 A theory, Irish studies Market: enthusiasts, general readers, 0 521 00124 2 PB c.£17.95 T Market: academic researchers, graduate academic researchers, graduate students, September students, undergraduate students, general undergraduate students readers 228 x 152 mm 300pp 30 half-tones London and the Culture of 228 x 152 mm 280pp 14 half-tones 0 521 82691 8 HB c.£40.00 A Homosexuality, 1885–1914 0 521 81060 4 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 53417 8 PB c.£13.95 T Matt Cook July November Keele University An earlier edition of this book was published in Samuel Johnson and the Making English by the British Library in the UK and by Matt Cook explores the relationship Konecky and Konecky in the USA in 1989. between London and homosexuality in the of Modern England period 1885 to 1914. Cook combines Nicholas Hudson Jane Austen on Screen discussion of London’s homosexual University of British Columbia, Vancouver Edited by Gina MacDonald subculture and various major and minor Johnson, one of the most renowned authors Nicholls State University, Louisiana scandals with a detailed examination of of the eighteenth century, became a symbol and Andrew F. MacDonald representations in the press, in science and of English national identity in the century Loyola University, New Orleans in literature. following his death in 1784. Hudson Subject areas: gender studies, gay studies, examines his contribution to the creation of cultural studies, literary studies the modern English identity, focussing on Market: academic researchers, graduate his attitudes towards class, party politics, students the public sphere, and imperialism. Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Subject areas: English literature Literature and Culture, 39 Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 250pp 9 half-tones 2 tables students 2 genealogical tables 0 521 82207 6 HB c.£40.00 A 228 x 152 mm 310pp October 0 521 83125 3 HB c.£45.00 A October Fiction, Famine and the Rise of Economics in Victorian Britain and Ireland Gordon Bigelow This collection of essays explores the literary Rhodes College, Memphis and cinematic implications of translating At the time of the Irish Famine, novels by Austen’s prose into film. The essays Dickens and Gaskell, and commentaries on represent widely divergent perspectives, the Irish disaster, introduced a new theory from literary ‘purists’ suspicious of filmic of individual expression, which gradually renderings of Austen to film-makers who replaced the older ideas of political see the text as a stimulus for producing economy, and became the foundation for exceptional cinema. modern concepts of capitalism based on the Subject areas: film studies, literature, Jane desires of the individual consumer. Austen studies Subject areas: Victorian studies, literature Market: undergraduate students, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate students, academic researchers students 228 x 152 mm 250pp 19 half-tones 228 x 152 mm 250pp 0 521 79325 4 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 82848 1 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 79728 4 PB c.£17.95 T November August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Literature 103

The Victorian Supernatural Romanticism and Animal Rights Virginia Woolf, the Intellectual, Edited by Nicola Bown David Perkins and the Public Sphere Birkbeck College, University of London Harvard University, Massachusetts Melba Cuddy-Keane Carolyn Burdett In England in the second half of the University of Toronto Centre for Metropolitan History, University of London eighteenth century an unprecedented Virginia Woolf, the Intellectual, and the and Pamela Thurschwell amount of writing urged kindness to Public Sphere relates Woolf’s literary reviews University College London animals: from sermons and encyclopedias and essays to early twentieth-century The Victorians were haunted by the to the work of the great Romantic poets. debates about the value of ‘highbrow’ supernatural. This collection brings Romanticism and Animal Rights shows how culture, the methods of instruction in together essays by scholars from literature, English Romantic writing took up issues of universities and adult education, and the history of art and history of science which what we now call animal rights. importance of an educated public for the explore the diversity of the Victorians’ Subject areas: English literature, romantic realization of democratic goals. fascination with the supernatural. literature and culture, history of ideas, Subject areas: English literature Subject areas: English literature, Victorian behavioural science Market: academic researchers, graduate studies Market: academic researchers, graduate students Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 258pp students Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 58 0 521 82867 8 HB c.£40.00 A Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century 228 x 152 mm 210pp September Literature and Culture 0 521 82941 0 HB c.£40.00 A 228 x 152 mm 250pp 9 half-tones October James Joyce, Sexuality and Social 0 521 81015 9 HB c.£45.00 A Purity November Missionary Writing and Empire, Katherine Mullin 1800–1860 Gender and the Victorian Fitzwilliam College, Cambridge Anna Johnston Periodical University of Tasmania Hilary Fraser Birkbeck College, University of London Stephanie Green University of Western Australia, Sydney and Judith Johnston University of Western Australia, Sydney This study examines the periodical press in nineteenth-century culture, and considers issues of gender in the development of the press as a powerful political and social medium. The study explores broad questions as they are raised in a range of different kinds of periodicals, from journals to comic magazines. Subject areas: English literature, Victorian Mullin offers a richly detailed account of studies, cultural studies Joyce’s lifelong battle against censorship. Anna Johnston argues that missionaries She shows Joyce responding to Edwardian Market: academic researchers, graduate occupied ambiguous positions in colonial ideologies of social purity by accentuating students cultures, caught between imperial and the ‘contentious’ or ‘offensive’ elements in Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century religious interests. She examines texts from his work. This important and highly Literature and Culture Indian and Australian missions to highlight original book offers crucial insights into the 228 x 152 mm 260pp 8 half-tones their representation of nineteenth-century sexual politics of Modernism. 0 521 83072 9 HB c.£45.00 A evangelical activity in relation to gender, Subject areas: English literature November colonialism, and race. Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: nineteenth-century students literature, English literature, culture and 228 x 152 mm 255pp 5 half-tones history, colonial studies, gender studies 0 521 82751 5 HB c.£40.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate July students Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 38 228 x 152 mm 282pp 2 half-tones 0 521 82699 3 HB c.£45.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 104 Literature

Modernism, Male Friendship, and ■ New in Paperback A History of Korean Literature the First World War The Anthology and the Rise of Edited by Peter H. Lee University of California, Los Angeles Sarah Cole the Novel Columbia University, New York This is a comprehensive narrative history of From Richardson to George Eliot Cole examines the rich history of masculine Korean literature. Combining both history Leah Price and criticism, the study reflects the latest intimacy in the twentieth century. She Harvard University, Massachusetts foregrounds such crucial themes as broken scholarship and offers a systematic account friendships, blood brotherhood, and the Leah Price’s book challenges established of the development of all genres. This is a bereavement of the war poet. Cole argues theories of ‘the rise of the novel’. Covering major contribution which will stand for that these dramas of compelling and often novelists from Richardson to George Eliot, many years as the primary resource for tortured male friendship have generated a this study asks why the epistolary novel studying Korean literature. disappeared, how the book review emerged, particular voice within the literary canon. Subject areas: Korean literature, east Asian and how editors’ reproduction of old texts studies Subject areas: English literature has shaped authors’ production of new Market: academic researchers, graduate ones. Market: academic researchers, graduate students students Subject areas: English literature, 228 x 152 mm 300pp eighteenth- and nineteenth-century 228 x 152 mm 550pp 7 line diagrams 2 maps 0 521 82858 9 HB c.£70.00 A 0 521 81923 7 HB c.£40.00 A literature, literary history August September Market: academic researchers, graduate The Poetics of National Identity students The Cambridge Introduction to in Nineteenth-Century American 228 x 152 mm 232pp Twentieth-Century American 0 521 53939 0 PB c.£17.95 T Literature July Poetry John D. Kerkering Christopher Beach Trinity University, Texas Women Writers and National Claremont Graduate School, California Examining the literary history of racial and Identity national identity in nineteenth-century Bachmann, Duden, Özdamar America, Kerkering tells the story of how Stephanie Bird poetry helped define America as a nation University College London before helping to define America into Stephanie Bird offers a detailed analysis of distinct racial categories. Through formal the twin themes of female identity and literary effects, national and racial identities national identity in the works of three become related elements of a single literary major twentieth-century German-language history. women writers: Ingeborg Bachmann, Anne Subject areas: American literature Duden and Emine Özdamar. This book Market: academic researchers, graduate will be of interest to literary and women’s students studies scholars as well as Germanists. Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Subject areas: German literature, Culture, 139 twentieth-century German studies, gender 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 half-tones studies The Cambridge Introduction to Twentieth- 0 521 83114 8 HB c.£45.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate December Century American Poetry is designed to give students readers a brief but thorough introduction to Child Murder and British Culture, Cambridge Studies in German the various movements, schools, and groups 1720–1900 228 x 152 mm 280pp of American poets in the twentieth century. 0 521 82406 0 HB c.£45.00 A It will help readers to understand and Josephine McDonagh August analyze modern and contemporary poems. Birkbeck College, University of London Subject areas: American literature, poetry McDonagh examines the idea of child murder in British culture in the eighteenth Market: undergraduate students, graduate and nineteenth centuries. She traces a students, academic researchers trajectory from Swift’s A Modest Proposal 228 x 152 mm 250pp through to the debates on the New Woman 0 521 81469 3 HB c.£40.00 A at the turn of the twentieth century by way 0 521 89149 3 PB c.£14.95 X of Burke, Wordsworth, Wollstonecraft, and November Hardy, among others. Subject areas: English literature, history of Britain after 1450, cultural studies Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 280pp 6 half-tones 0 521 78193 0 HB c.£45.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Literature 105

The Cambridge History of African Race, Work and Desire in Landscape and Ideology in and Caribbean Literature American Literature, 1860–1930 American Renaissance Literature F. Abiola Irele Michele Birnbaum Topographies of Skepticism Ohio State University University of Puget Sound, Washington Robert Abrams and Simon Gikandi Birnbaum examines representations of University of Washington University of Michigan, Ann Arbor interracial work bonds in fiction and Abrams argues that new concepts of This history offers new perspectives on literary correspondence by black and white landscape emerged in mid-nineteenth- African and Caribbean literature. Chapters authors and artists – including Elizabeth century American writing that marked a address the literature itself, in a variety of Keckley, W. D. Howells, Langston Hughes, linguistic and interpretative limit to languages, regions and genres, the practices Amy Spingarn and Carl Van Vechten. This American expansion. Whereas previous and conditions of its composition, and its study will be of interest to scholars in both critics find in antebellum writing a will- complex relationship with African social literary and cultural studies. towards-closure, a desire to convert chaos and geopolitical history. The book provides Subject areas: American literature, race into an affirmative agenda, Abrams an account of the entire body of studies contends that this writing deconstructed productions that can be considered to more than they constructed. Market: academic researchers, graduate comprise the field of African literature, students Subject areas: American literature, some defined both by imaginative expression in cultural geographers African itself and the black diaspora. This Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 138 Market: academic researchers, graduate magisterial history of African literature is an students essential resource for specialists and 228 x 152 mm 230pp 3 half-tones 0 521 82425 7 HB c.£40.00 A students. Cambridge Studies in American Literature and October Culture Contributors: F. Abiola Irele, Simon 228 x 152 mm 200pp 5 half-tones Gikandi, Liz Gunner, Kwesi Yankah, The Cultural Geography of 0 521 83064 8 HB c.£40.00 A Tejumola Olaniyan, Sabra Webber, Colonial American Literatures October Lupenga Mphande, Isidore Okpewho, Maureeen Warner-Lewis, Keith Q. Warner, Empire, Travel, Modernity Ralph Bauer The Aesthetics and Politics of the Alain Ricard, Farida Abu-Haidar, Alamin Crowd in American Literature Mazrui, Daniel P. Kunene, Ann Biersteker, University of Maryland Ousseina Alidou, Karin Barber, Sylvie Ralph Bauer presents a comparative Mary Esteve Kande, Moira Ferguson, Robert Eric investigation of colonial prose narratives in Concordia University, Montréal Livingston, Milton Krieger, Ampie Spanish and British America from 1542 to Esteve examines crowd representations in Coetzee, Flora Veit-Vild, Anthony 1800. He discusses narratives of shipwreck, American literature from the antebellum Chennells, Dan Izevbaye, David Attwell, captivity, and travel, as well as imperial and era to the early twentieth century. As a Mildred Mortimer, Patricia Geesey, natural histories of the New World in the central icon of political and cultural Benedicte Mauguiere, Mbare Ngom, context of transformative early modern democracy, the crowd occupies a prominent Russell Hamilton, Ode S. Ogede, Nick scientific ideologies. place in the American literary and cultural Nesbitt, Lizabeth Paravisini-Gebert, Subject areas: American literature landscape. Esteve analyses the aesthetic and political meanings of such urban crowd Michael Dash, Derek Wright, Adele King, Market: academic researchers, graduate scenes. Ato Quayson students Subject areas: American literature Subject areas: African, Caribbean, and Cambridge Studies in American Literature and African-American literature, Black studies, Culture, 136 Market: academic researchers, graduate post-colonial literature 228 x 152 mm 316pp 15 half-tones students Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82202 5 HB c.£45.00 A Cambridge Studies in American Literature and students, undergraduate students July Culture, 135 228 x 152 mm 1300pp 9 maps 228 x 152 mm 272pp 4 half-tones 0 521 59434 0 HB c.£140.00 A 0 521 81488 X HB £45.00 A December Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 106 Theatre Studies and Performing Arts

Theatre Studies and Performing Arts

Images of Beckett • Gathers valuable photos of Text by James Knowlson University of Reading Beckett, many never before Photographs by John Haynes published, in rehearsal and famous productions. Photos Images of Beckett sets the most striking by John Haynes, one of the photographs of Samuel Beckett, taken by most well-known theatre John Haynes, one of the leading theatre photographers in the field, alongside three photographers in the field newly written essays by Beckett’s biographer • Lively essays by James and friend, James Knowlson. Haynes’s Knowlson: well-known photographs include hitherto unknown Beckett biographer and images of Beckett himself and production personal friend of the or rehearsal photos of actors in his plays, playwright including Billie Whitelaw, Albert Finney, •Will be of interest to theatre John Hurt, and Ben Kingsley, among others. Knowlson’s first essay combines a Contents: Preface and Acknowledgements; List of lovers and theatre scholars verbal portrait of Beckett with a personal Illustrations; 1. A Portrait of Beckett; 2. Images of alike; accessible but full of memoir of the writer; the second considers Beckett; 3. Beckett as Director; Notes; Index new and important the influence of paintings that Beckett loved Subject area: General readers, academic researchers, information or admired on his theatrical imagery; and graduate students the third offers a detailed, often first-hand, Market: theatre history, photography, literature account of Beckett’s work as a director of his 246 x 189 mm 250pp 80 halftones own plays. The essays are the result of 0 521 82258 0 HB c. £20.00 T personal conversations with Beckett and October attendance at rehearsals and provide a unique glimpse into the world of one of the theatre’s most influential and enduring playwrights.

Also available

0 521 59510 X 0 521 42413 5

Publicity material available: By request – contact your Cambridge sales representative

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Theatre Studies and Performing Arts 107

Beckett and Aesthetics Theatricality Macbeth Daniel Albright Edited by Tracy Davis Edited by John Wilders University of Rochester, New York Northwestern University, Illinois This is a detailed account of the theatre Albright shows Beckett experimenting with and Thomas Postlewait history of Shakespeare’s Macbeth from 1607 the notion that an artistic medium might Ohio State University to the present day. The shortest of the itself be made to speak. Engaging with This collection of specially-commissioned, tragedies, Macbeth is compressed, complex radio, film, and television, prose and drama, accessible, essays explores that element of and ambiguous and has been variously Albright’s eloquent, erudite and highly performance theory known as theatricality. interpreted. The Introduction describes original book shows Beckett becoming a Six case studies use historically specific major productions and performers sophisticated theorist of the very notion of circumstances to illustrate how and why the including David Garrick, Sarah Siddons, the aesthetic. concept of theatricality is used. Provides a Henry Irving, Ellen Terry and Laurence Subject areas: English literature, European first-step guide for those discovering the Olivier. A detailed commentary alongside literature, Beckett studies complex yet rewarding world of the New Cambridge Shakespeare text of the performance theory. Market: academic researchers, graduate play describes how specific episodes and students Subject areas: theature history, English passages have been interpreted in the theatre. 228 x 152 mm 230pp 7 half-tones 8 music examples literature, cultural history 0 521 82908 9 HB c.£40.00 A Market: graduate students, undergraduate Subject areas: Shakespeare and theatre November students, academic researchers history Theatre and Performance Theory Market: graduate students, academic researchers, undergraduate students ■ New series 216 x 138 mm 240pp 10 half-tones 0 521 81269 0 HB c.£40.00 A Shakespeare in Production 0 521 01207 4 PB c.£14.95 T 228 x 152 mm 260pp 12 half-tones Theatre and Performance November 0 521 49562 8 HB c.£47.50 A Theory 0 521 53482 8 PB c.£16.95 T Each volume in the Theatre and The Cambridge Companion to October Performance Theory series introduces a key Twentieth-Century Irish Drama issue about theatre’s role in culture. Edited by Shaun Richards ■ The New Cambridge Specially written for students and a wide Staffordshire University Shakespeare: Updated Editions readership, each book uses case studies to guide readers into today’s pressing debates General Editor: Brian Gibbons in theatre and performance studies. Topics Associate General Editor: A R Braunmuller include contemporary theatrical practices; Since the first NCS titles were published in historiography; interdisciplinary 1984, the number of scholarly Shakespeare approaches to making theatre; and the publications and important productions choices and consequences of how theatre is has vastly increased. Now some of the studied; among other areas of investigation. earliest titles are being revised to take account of them. In each case the New Readings in Theatre History Introduction has been substantially Jacky Bratton augmented and in some volumes, entirely Royal Holloway, University of London re-written. The new material includes an Theatre history has been interpreted in account of the new major stage, film and ways which highlight and often omit key critical interpretations which have accrued elements. Using case studies from since the original edition was published. nineteenth-century British theatre, Bratton There are also new illustrations and a The essays in this collection cover the whole examines the difference between the revised Reading List range of Irish drama from the late existence of ‘the drama’ and ‘the stage’ and nineteenth-century melodramas to the offers a new perspective on theatre history contemporary Dublin of theatre festivals. and the discipline. With a full chronology and bibliography, Subject areas: theatre history, English this collection is an indispensable literature, nineteenth-century British introduction to one of the world’s most history vibrant theatre cultures. Market: graduate students, undergraduate Subject areas: Irish drama, Irish literature, students, academic researchers English literature, theatre studies Theatre and Performance Theory Market: undergraduate students, graduate 216 x 138 mm 240pp 6 half-tones students, academic researchers 0 521 79121 9 HB c.£40.00 A Cambridge Companions to Literature 0 521 79463 3 PB c.£14.95 T November 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 80400 0 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 00873 5 PB c.£15.95 T August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 108 Theatre Studies and Performing Arts

All’s Well that Ends Well The Comedy of Errors Julius Caesar Updated edition Updated edition Updated edition Edited by Russell Fraser Edited by T. S. Dorsch Edited by Marvin Spevack University of Michigan University of Durham University of Munster Introduction by Alexander Leggatt Introduction by Ros King For this updated edition of Julius Caesar, For this updated edition of All’s Well, Queen Mary, University of London Marga Munkelt has added a new section Alexander Leggatt has written a wholly new Ros King has provided a completely new and new pictures to the Introduction, Introduction to one of Shakespeare’s most Introduction, arguing that Shakespeare’s surveying stage and critical interpretations puzzling, ambiguous and demanding plays. Comedy of Errors cannot be regarded merely since the 1980s of Shakespeare’s most Leggatt’s interest in performance informs as a farcical romp based on a classical famous Roman play. The reading list has his thoughtful account of the play’s critical model, but belongs to the critically also been brought up to date. and theatrical fortunes to the end of the misunderstood genre of tragi-comedy. Her Subject areas: Shakespeare studies Introduction also engages fully with the twentieth century. Market: undergraduate students, graduate play’s continuing popularity in the theatre. Subject areas: Shakespeare studies students Subject areas: Shakespeare studies Market: undergraduate students, graduate The New Cambridge Shakespeare students Market: undergraduate students, graduate 228 x 152 mm 200pp 20 half-tones The New Cambridge Shakespeare students 0 521 82791 4 HB c.£35.00 A 0 521 53513 1 PB c.£6.95 T 228 x 152 mm 168pp 12 half-tones The New Cambridge Shakespeare October 0 521 82793 0 HB c.£35.00 A 228 x 152 mm 128pp 16 half-tones 0 521 53515 8 PB c.£6.95 T 0 521 82794 9 HB c.£35.00 A October 0 521 53516 6 PB c.£6.95 T Early American Theatre from the October Revolution to Thomas Jefferson Othello Into the Hands of the People Updated edition Twelfth Night or What You Will Heather S. Nathans Edited by Norman Sanders Updated edition University of Maryland, College Park University of Tennessee Edited by Elizabeth Story Donno For this updated edition, Scott McMillin Introduction by Penny Gay has added a new section on the key events in For this updated edition of Twelfth Night, both scholarship and theatre since the Penny Gay has written a wholly new 1980s, including political, feminist and Introduction to this well-loved postcolonial treatments in various parts of Shakespearean comedy. She stresses the the world, together with a description of play’s theatricality, its elaborate linguistic performances of the play on stage, film and games and its complex use of Ovidian television. myths. A thorough performance history is Subject areas: Shakespeare studies accompanied by a new selection of Market: undergraduate students, graduate photographs of productions. students Subject areas: Shakespeare studies The New Cambridge Shakespeare Market: undergraduate students, graduate 228 x 152 mm 220pp 23 half-tones students 0 521 82795 7 HB c.£35.00 A The New Cambridge Shakespeare 0 521 53517 4 PB c.£6.95 T 228 x 152 mm 168pp 15 half-tones Heather Nathans examines the growth and October 0 521 82792 2 HB c.£35.00 A influence of the theatre in the development 0 521 53514 X PB c.£6.95 T of the young American Republic, from the October Revolution through to the election of Thomas Jefferson in 1800. The book explores the lives and motives of the people working behind the scenes to establish a new national drama. Subject areas: theatre, American literature Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in American Theatre and Drama, 19 228 x 152 mm 246pp 8 half-tones 5 tables 0 521 82508 3 HB c.£45.00 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Theatre Studies and Performing Arts 109

A Short History of Western Feminist Views on the English Contemporary Black and Asian Performance Space Stage Women Playwrights in Britain David Wiles Women Playwrights, 1990–2000 Gabriele Griffin Royal Holloway, University of London Elaine Aston University of Hull This innovative book provides a historical University of Lancaster The first monograph to examine plays by account of performance space within the An exciting study of contemporary drama Black and Asian women in Britain, theatrical traditions of western Europe. from a feminist perspective. Working including writers such as Tanika Gupta, David Wiles takes a broad-based view of through a generational mix of writers, Winsome Pinnock, and Amrit Wilson. The theatrical activity as something that occurs Aston charts the significant political and volume analyses concerns such as reverse in churches, streets, pubs and galleries as aesthetic changes in women’s playwriting at migration, arranged marriages, and asylum much as in buildings explicitly designed to the century’s end, including Timberlake seeking, as they emerge in the plays. be ‘theatres’. Wertenbaker, Caryl Churchill and Sarah Subject areas: theatre history, gender studies, Subject areas: theatre, classical studies Kane, among others. African literature, Caribbean literature Market: graduate students, academic Subject areas: theatre history, English Market: academic researchers, graduate researchers, undergraduate students literature, twentieth-century British social students history 228 x 152 mm 260pp 35 line diagrams Cambridge Studies in Modern Theatre 20 half-tones Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 275pp 11 half-tones 0 521 81324 7 HB c.£45.00 A students 0 521 81725 0 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 01274 0 PB c.£16.95 A Cambridge Studies in Modern Theatre October October 228 x 152 mm 240pp 0 521 80003 X HB c.£40.00 A English Dramatic Interludes, The Federal Theatre Project November A Case Study 1300–1580 A Reference Guide Barry B. Witham A History of Theatre in Africa University of Washington Darryll Grantley Edited by Martin Banham University of Kent, Canterbury This is the first full History of theatre in This is a guide to that genre of entertainment, Africa and offers a comprehensive, yet starting in the fourteenth century, known as accessible, account of this long and varied the Interlude. Arranged by entry, each chronicle. Chapters include an examination includes an account of early editions or of the concepts of ‘history’ and ‘theatre’; manuscripts; authors or sources; modern North Africa; Francophone theatre; editions; plot summary; dramatis personae; Anglophone West Africa; East Africa; social issues in the plays; and staging Southern Africa; Lusophone African directions, among other valuable details. theatre; and Mauritius. Subject areas: medieval theatre, medieval Subject areas: theatre history, African and early modern literature, early modern history and literature, Caribbean history history and culture, medieval music and literature Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate students students 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 82078 2 HB c.£55.00 A Drawing upon archival resources, official 228 x 152 mm 400pp 15 half-tones 0 521 80813 8 HB c.£60.00 A October correspondence and personal interviews, November this book provides a detailed examination of the operations of the US Federal Theatre Project in the decade of the 1930s. The book recreates the often chaotic but frequently exhilarating story of Uncle Sam as producer. Subject areas: theatre history, American literature, twentieth-century American history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in American Theatre and Drama, 20 228 x 152 mm 300pp 11 half-tones 0 521 82259 9 HB c.£45.00 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 110 Theatre Studies and Performing Arts

New Theatre Quarterly 73 Shakespeare in Print Before Orientalism Edited by Simon Trussler A History and Chronology of Shakespeare London’s Theatre of the East, 1576–1626 Rose Bruford College, London Publishing Richmond Barbour and Clive Barker Andrew Murphy Oregon State University Rose Bruford College, London University of St Andrews, Scotland Before Orientalism examines early Anglo- New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively The first ever comprehensive account of the Indian cultural relations through trade international forum where theatrical way in which Shakespeare’s texts have been (with the establishment of the East India scholarship and practice can meet, and edited and published from the Renaissance Company), tourism and diplomacy, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can through to our own time. Murphy discusses illuminates important differences between be subjected to vigorous critical all of the major scholarly editions and also the reports of travellers and the questioning. It shows that theatre history attends to mass market popular texts, representations of the London press and has a contemporary relevance, that theatre ranging widely across the rich field of stage. studies need a methodology, and that Shakespeare publishing. Subject areas: English literature theatre criticism needs a language. Subject areas: Shakespeare studies, textual (Renaissance drama, travel writing), Subject areas: theatre studies history, publishing and printing history, theatre, history, South Asian studies Market: academic researchers, graduate bibliography Market: academic researchers students, undergraduate students, Market: academic researchers, graduate Cambridge Studies in Renaissance Literature and professionals students Culture, 45 New Theatre Quarterly, 73 228 x 152 mm 450pp 1 line diagram 2 tables 228 x 152 mm 235pp 21 half-tones 0 521 77104 8 HB c.£55.00 A 0 521 65047 X HB c.£45.00 A 96pp 10 half-tones November October 0 521 53588 3 PB £9.95 A Available now Shakespeare Survey New Theatre Quarterly 74 Volume 56: Shakespeare and Comedy Edited by Peter Holland New Theatre Quarterly, 74 University of Notre Dame, Indiana 247 x 174 mm 96pp 10 half-tones Shakespeare Survey, 56 0 521 53589 1 PB c.£9.95 A July 246 x 189 mm 350pp 25 half-tones 0 521 82727 2 HB c.£60.00 A Shakespeare, Law and Marriage September B. J. Sokol Shakespeare’s Visual Theatre Goldsmiths College, University of London Staging the Personified Characters and Mary Sokol University College London Frederick Kiefer University of Arizona This interdisciplinary study combines legal, In this study of Shakespeare’s visual culture historical and literary approaches to the Frederick Kiefer looks at the personified practice and theory of marriage in characters created by Shakespeare in his Shakespeare’s time, and discovers a wide plays, his walking, talking abstractions. range of examples in a selection of These include Rumour in 2 Henry IV, Time Shakespeare’ s plays. in The Winter’s Tale, Spring and Winter in Subject areas: Shakespeare studies, Love’s Labour’s Lost and Revenge in Titus Renaissance drama, Renaissance social Andronicus. history, history of legal institutions Subject areas: Shakespeare studies, Market: academic researchers, graduate Renaissance drama and iconography, art students Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 300pp students 0 521 82263 7 HB c.£45.00 A October 247 x 174 mm 340pp 40 half-tones 0 521 82725 6 HB c.£45.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Film and Media Studies 111

Film and Media On the Waterfront Rethinking the Novel/Film Edited by Joanna Rapf Debate Studies University of Oklahoma Kamilla Elliott University of California, Berkeley The Invention of the Western The relationship between books and film Film has been one of the key topics of cinema studies. Rethinking the Novel/Film Debate A Cultural History of the Genre’s First Half Century historicizes and critiques the central paradigms of this debate. Testing theory Scott Simmon University of California, Davis against practice Kamilla Elliot creates new critical models transforming the field for The Invention of the Western Film provides, future inquiry. for the first time, an in-depth exploration of the early Western, from short kinetoscopes Subject areas: film, literature of the 1890s through the ‘classic’ features of Market: academic researchers, graduate the 1940s. In this pioneering study, Scott students Simmon silhouettes the evolution of the 228 x 152 mm 320pp 28 line diagrams Western. 10 half-tones 0 521 81844 3 HB £45.00 A Subject areas: film On the Waterfront includes essays specially July Market: graduate students, undergraduate commissioned for the volume, analyzing students, enthusiasts the screenplay, Kazan as director, Schulberg The Films of Ingmar Bergman 228 x 152 mm 400pp 112 half-tones as screenplay writer, the score by Leonard Jesse Kalin 0 521 55473 X HB c.£55.00 A Bernstein, and the reception of the film. A Vassar College, New York 0 521 55581 7 PB c.£20.95 A July preface by Budd Schulberg, contemporary This volume provides a concise overview of reviews, and stills round out the volume. the career of one of the modern masters of Understanding Cinema Subject areas: film world cinema. Through close analysis of A Psychological Theory of Moving Imagery Market: undergraduate students, graduate eight films, Jesse Kalin explores Bergman’s conception of the human condition as a Per Persson students, academic researchers, general readers struggle to find meaning in life as it is Understanding Cinema analyzes the moving played out. imagery of film and television from a Cambridge Film Handbooks Subject areas: film psychological perspective. Per Persson 228 x 152 mm 240pp 16 half-tones argues that spectators interpret, feel, make 0 521 79079 4 HB c.£40.00 A Market: academic researchers, graduate use of knowledge, assumptions, 0 521 79400 5 PB c.£14.95 T students, enthusiasts August expectations and prejudices when viewing Cambridge Film Classics and making sense of film. Drawing on 228 x 152 mm 200pp 23 half-tones psychology and anthropology, he explains Film Structure and the Emotion 0 521 38065 0 HB c.£40.00 A how cinematic techniques work, and why System 0 521 38977 1 PB c.£14.95 T they affect the spectator. Greg M. Smith November Subject areas: film studies, psychology Georgia State University Market: academic researchers, graduate Films evoke broad moods and cue students particular emotions that can be broadly shared as well as individually experienced. 228 x 152 mm 304pp 44 half-tones 6 tables 0 521 81328 X HB c.£47.50 A Film Structure and the Emotion System Available now synthesizes recent research on emotion in cognitive psychology and neurology in an effort to provide a more nuanced understanding of how film evokes emotion. Subject areas: film theory, psychology Market: academic researchers, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 240pp 0 521 81758 7 HB £40.00 A Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 112 Music

Music

The Cambridge Companion to Conducting Edited by José Antonio Bowen Georgetown University, Washington DC Written by many working conductors, this book considers all facets of musical conducting. It includes practical advice on how to conduct different groups (choral, opera, symphony, early music) and a history of conducting presented as a study of national traditions. It is designed both for the lay reader who wants an inside look at the world of conducting and for potential students. It is an unusually honest book about a secretive industry and managers, artistic directors, soloists, players and conductors openly discuss their different perspectives for the first time. Contents: Part I. Practice: 1. The technique of conducting; 2. Conductors in rehearsal; 3. Studio conduction; 4. The conductor and the soloist; 5. Choral conducting; 6. Opera conducting; 7. The orchestra speaks; Part II. History: 8. The rise of conductors; 9. The central European tradition; 10. The French tradition; 11. The Italian tradition; 12. The American tradition; 13. The English tradition; 14. The Russian tradition; Part III. Issues: 15. The conductor as Artistic Director; 16. Women on the podium; 17. Conducting early music; 18. Training conductors; 19. The composer/conductor and modern music; 20. Managers and the business of conduction; 21. The future of conducting. Contributors: Raymond Holden, Charles Barber, Michael Haas, Joseph Silverstein, Vance George, Sir Charles Mackerras, Robert L. Ripley, José Antonio Bowen, David Cairns, Michael Rose, David Mermelstein, Stephen Johnson, David Nice, Bramwell Tovey, • An inside look at the world of Michelle Edwards, Bernard Sherman, Harold Faberman, Martyn Brabbins, Stephen conducting from those in the business – Wright, Leon Botstein conductors, managers, studio Cambridge Companions to Music producers, soloists, and players Market: undergraduate students,general readers,graduate students •The practice and history of conducting Subject area: music performance are covered in one book 247 x 174 mm 350pp 25 half-tones 5 tables 19 music examples • Includes a comprehensive bibliography 0 521 82108 8 HB c. £47.50 A 0 521 52791 0 PB c. £16.95 T of books about conducting in all major October European languages as well as unique photographs of conductors at work Recently published • Contributors include David Cairns, Sir Charles Mackerras and Martyn Brabbins

Publicity material available: The Cambridge Companions to Music leaflet 0 521 97829 7

Our web page for the Cambridge Companions to Music is: publishing.cambridge.org/hss/music/ccmc/ 0 521 64683 9 0 521 63535 7

0 521 00107 2 0 521 00132 3

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Music 113

The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to the String Quartet the Lied Edited by Robin Stowell Edited by James Parsons University of Wales College of Cardiff Southwest Missouri State University An accessible and authoritative survey of This is the first introductory chronicle of the string quartet by ten chamber music the Lied and places it in its full context – at specialists, this Companion’s carefully once musical, literary, and cultural – with structured chapters focus on four main chapters devoted to focal composers, areas: social and musical background to influence on other musical genres, use as a the genre’s development; celebrated musical commodity, and issues of ensembles and their significance; string performance. quartet playing, including aspects of contemporary and historical performing Subject areas: undergraduate studies, music practice; and the most important history, opera history, music performance, repertory, taking into account significant European social history ‘mixed ensemble’ works involving the Market: undergraduate students, graduate string quartet. Informative appendixes, students, general readers, academic including a full chronology of the researchers mainstream repertory, complete this Cambridge Companions to Music compact, yet indispensable guide designed 247 x 174 mm 330pp for string quartet enthusiasts, both 0 521 80027 7 HB c.£47.50 A amateur and professional. 0 521 80471 X PB c.£17.95 T October •The first book to provide such a comprehensive view of the string quartet • Considers the repertory for string quartet as well as practical aspects of performance The Cambridge Companion to • Edited by the best-selling Cambridge editor of companions to the violin and cello Liszt Edited by Kenneth Hamilton Contents: Part I. Social Changes and Organological Developments: 1. The string University of Birmingham quartet and society; 2. Developments in instruments, bows and accessories; Part II. The music of Franz Liszt is becoming ever Celebrated Ensembles: 3. From chamber to concert hall; 4. The concert explosion and more popular in the concert-hall and has the age of recording; Part III. Playing String Quartets: 5. Playing quartets: a view from been the subject of much ground-breaking the inside; 6. Historical awareness in quartet performance; 7. Extending the technical recent research, but there are few books and expressive frontiers; Part IV. The String Quartet Repertory: 8. The origins of the available for a general readership that quartet; 9. The Classical style: Haydn, Mozart and their contemporaries; 10. Beethoven present up-to-date scholarship in an and the Viennese legacy; 11. The Austro-Germanic quartet tradition in the nineteenth accessible fashion. Written by some of the century; 12. Traditional and progressive nineteenth-century trends: France, Italy, Great leading specialists in the field, The Britain and America; 13. Nineteenth-century national traditions and the string quartet; Cambridge Companion to Liszt provides an 14. The string quartet in the twentieth century; 15. The string quartet as a foundation authorative overview of Liszt’s music, its for larger ensembles. context and performance practice in a way Contributors: Christina Bashford, Robin Stowell, Tully Potter, David Waterman, that will be invaluable to music Simon Standage, David Wyn Jones, W. Dean Sutcliffe, Stephen E. Hefling, Jan professionals and amateurs alike. Smaczny, Kenneth Gloag, Colin Lawson Contributors: Kenneth Hamilton, Cambridge Companions to Music Alexander Rehding, Katharine Ellis, Anna Market: undergraduate students,professionals,enthusiasts H. Harwell Celenza, Reeves Shulstad, Subject area: music performance, music history James Baker, Monika Hennemann, James Deaville 247 x 174 mm 350pp 25 half-tones 14 music examples 0 521 80194 X HB c. £40.00 A Market: undergraduate students, graduate 0 521 00042 4 PB c. £14.95 T students, professionals, enthusiasts October Cambridge Companions to Music 247 x 174 mm 300pp 50 music examples 0 521 62204 2 HB c.£47.50 A Publicity material available: 0 521 64462 3 PB c.£17.95 T The Cambridge Companions to Music leaflet 0 521 97829 7 November

Our web page for the Cambridge Companions to Music is: publishing.cambridge.org/hss/music/ccmc/

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 114 Music

The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge History of Russians on Russian Music, Rossini Twentieth-Century Music 1880–1917 Edited by Emanuele Senici Edited by Nicholas Cook An Anthology University of Oxford University of Southampton Edited and translated by Stuart Campbell The Cambridge Companion to Rossini is a and Anthony Pople University of Glasgow collection of specially commissioned essays University of Nottingham on one of the most influential opera Nicholas Cook is Research Professor of Music at composers in the repertoire. The volume is the University of Southampton divided into four parts, each exploring an At the beginning of the twentieth century important element of Rossini, his working ‘music’ meant the ‘art’ tradition of Western practices, and his world: biography and Europe and North America; by the end of reception; words and music; representative the century that was just one tradition operas; and performance. Accessible among many. Written by a group of experts chapters, by a team of specialists, chart the in the field, this book surveys what course of Rossini’s life and career; reception; happened to the Western ‘art’ tradition operatic texts; non-operatic works; and alongside the development of jazz, popular editing. Chapters also centre on individual music, and world music, linking the history works: Tancredi, Il barbiere di Siviglia, of music with that of its social contexts. Semiramide, and Guillaume Tell. Contributors: Nicholas Cook, Anthony Subject areas: opera history, music history, Pople, Jonathan Stock, Leon Botstein, theatre history, nineteenth-century Italian Christopher Butler, Stephen Banfield, This second anthology of Russian music history James Collier, Susan Cook, Peter Franklin, criticism brings for the first time to an Market: graduate students, general readers, David Nicholls, Joseph Auner, Hermann English-speaking readership the reactions academic researchers Danuser, Michael Walter, Derek Scott, of leading critics to new Russian music in Cambridge Companions to Music David Osmond-Smith, Arnold Whittall, the period 1880–1917. These years found Mervyn Cooke, Robynn Stilwell, Richard 247 x 174 mm 330pp 10 half-tones Tchaikovsky, Rimsky-Korsakov and 25 music examples Toop, Andrew Blake, Alastair Williams, Borodin in their prime, and saw several new 0 521 80736 0 HB c.£47.50 A Robert Fink, Dai Griffiths, Martin generations emerge. 0 521 00195 1 PB c.£17.95 T Scherzinger, Peter Elsdon, Björn Heile, Subject areas: music, Russian music December Peter Elsdon, Peter Jones (nineteenth- and twentieth-century) Subject areas: twentieth-century music Market: graduate students, undergraduate The Cambridge Companion to Market: undergraduate students, graduate Sibelius students, academic researchers, general students, professionals, enthusiasts readers Edited by Daniel M. Grimley 228 x 152 mm 750pp 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 music examples University of Nottingham 0 521 66256 7 HB c.£100.00 A 0 521 59097 3 HB c.£45.00 A Addressed to students and informed December July readers, this Companion provides the most up-to-date coverage of critical work on the An Annotated Catalogue of Polish Music from Szymanowski composer and offers the most Chopin’s First Editions to Lutoslawski comprehensive survey of Sibelius’s music Edited by Christophe Grabowski currently available. The composer is Adrian Thomas and John Rink University of Wales College of Cardiff considered within four broad categories: Royal Holloway, University of London biography, musical commentary, reception Since 1937, Poland’s music has been and performance. Prefaced by an extended historical influenced by violent political upheavals – discussion, this book constitutes the first Cambridge Companions to Music World War Two, Stalinism, the ‘thaw’, the systematic investigation of Chopin’s first election of the Polish Pope and the rise and 247 x 174 mm 300pp 30 music examples editions. Much is revealed here about the fall of Solidarity. Issues of how artistic 0 521 81552 5 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 89460 3 PB c.£17.95 T content of Chopin’s music, his idiosyncratic freedom was exercised and how composers November editorial methods, and early nineteenth- reacted to these upheavals form the core of century publication practices generally. The this study. volume is enhanced by the reproduction of Market: academic researchers, graduate more than 200 title pages. students, professionals, enthusiasts Market: academic researchers, graduate Music in the Twentieth Century students, enthusiasts 247 x 174 mm 300pp 50 music examples 246 x 189 mm 750pp 200 half-tones 0 521 58284 9 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 81917 2 HB c.£120.00 A November November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Music/Art and Architecture 115

Early Music History Art and Architecture Roman Imperialism and Studies in Medieval and Early Modern Provincial Art Music Sarah Scott Volume 22 Picturing Death in Classical University of Leicester Edited by Iain Fenlon Athens Edited by Jane Webster University of Cambridge The Evidence of the White Lekythoi University of Leicester Devoted to the study of music from the John Oakley early Middle Ages to the end of the College of William and Mary, Virginia seventeenth century. Articles in volume 22 This is the first in-depth study of the include: Dialogue singing in late pictures found on Attic white lekythoit. Renaissance France; Laboring in the midst These funerary vases have long been of wolves: reading a group of Fauvel motets; appreciated for their beautiful polychrome Watermarks and musicology: the genesis of images. This richly illustrated volume Johannes Wiser’s collection. closely examines the four major types of Subject areas: early music, history scenes: domestic pictures, the mythological Market: academic researchers, graduate conductors of the soul, the prothesis (wake), students, undergraduate students, and visits to the grave. enthusiasts Subject areas: classical antiquity, Early Music History, 22 archaeology, art history 228 x 152 mm 250pp Cambridge Studies in Classical Art and 0 521 83109 1 HB c.£70.00 A Iconography October 247 x 174 mm 300pp 10 line diagrams 165 half-tones 16 colour plates 0 521 82016 2 HB c.£55.00 A Roman Imperialism and Provincial Art November focuses on art works created in the Music provinces of the Roman Empire. ▼ see also The Domus Aurea and the Roman Contributors determine what these art Architectural Revolution works can tell us about the nature of life 79 Corp: A Court in Exile Larry Ball under an imperial regime, offering unique University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point insights into the social and political significance of visual expression across the Nero’s palace, the Domus Aurea (Golden Roman Empire. House), is the most influential known building in the history of Roman Subject areas: Roman archaeology, art architecture. In this book, Larry Ball history and post-colonial study provides systematic investigation of the Market: academic researchers, graduate Domus Aurea, including a comprehensive students, professionals analysis of the masonry, the design, and the 247 x 174 mm 272pp 67 half-tones abundant ancient literary evidence. 0 521 80592 9 HB £55.00 A Subject areas: architecture, classical July archaeology Market: academic researchers, graduate students 247 x 174 mm 352pp 41 line diagrams 45 half- tones 0 521 82251 3 HB c.£60.00 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 116 Art and Architecture

Ancient Art and its The Revival of the Olympian The Cambridge Companion to Historiography Gods in Renaissance Art Titian Edited by Alice A. Donohue Luba Freedman Edited by Patricia Meilman Bryn Mawr College, Pennsylvania Hebrew University of Jerusalem Titian was the preeminent artist of Venice and Mark Fullerton during the sixteenth century. The Ohio State University Cambridge Companion to Titian serves as an introduction to this prolific artist. Covering all aspects of his life and career, this anthology examines Titian’s secular and religious paintings, prints, pictures related to poetry, and use of architecture. Subject areas: art history Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Companions to the History of Art 228 x 152 mm 416pp 35 line diagrams 68 half-tones 0 521 79180 4 HB c.£70.00 A August

Examines the revival of the twelve French Impressionists This book explores the historiography of Olympian deities in the visual arts of Jane Munro ancient Near Eastern and Classical art, sixteenth-century Italy. Renaissance Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge examining the social, intellectual and representation of the Olympians were not institutional contexts that have shaped the This book presents a selection of paintings easily integrated into a Christian society. and drawings by French Impressionist way that the history of ancient art is This study offers new insights into the written. It demonstrates how, from the painters in the Fitzwilliam Museum, uneven absorption of the classical heritage including works by Monet, Pissarro, Sisley, Renaissance to the present, the study and during the early modern era. interpretation of ancient art reflect Renoir, Gauguin, Seurat, Signac, Boudin contemporary ideas and practices. Subject areas: art history, Renaissance and a splendid group of works by Degas. Of studies these, some are acknowledged masterpieces; Subject areas: art and architecture Market: academic researchers, graduate others are published here for the first time. Market: graduate students, academic students Subject areas: art history researchers 247 X 174 mm 336pp 31 line diagrams Market: general readers, enthusiasts 228 x 152 mm 275pp 28 half-tones 47 half-tones Fitzwilliam Museum Handbooks 0 521 81567 3 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 81576 2 HB c.£55.00 A July August 239 x 170 mm 152pp 64 colour plates 0 521 81326 3 HB c.£37.50 A The Parallel Worlds of Classical 0 521 01281 3 PB c.£13.95 T The Cambridge Companion to October Art and Text Giovanni Bellini Jocelyn Penny Small Edited by Peter Humfrey Pre-Columbian Art The Parallel Worlds of Classical Art and Text University of St Andrews, Scotland Esther Pasztory considers the relationship between artists This volume brings together commissioned Columbia University, New York and texts throughout classical antiquity. essays that focus on important topics and The world of the remote and complex Aztec Systematically applying new and objective themes in Bellini’s career. These include and Incan societies comes down to us criteria judging the fidelity between picture reassessments of his artistic relationships largely through objects rather than through and text, she argues artists illustrated with his brother-in-law Mantegna, with contemporary descriptions. Pasztory stories, not texts, and that artistic Flemish painting, and with the ‘modern recreates this world for us by drawing on a transmissions follow the model of oral, not style’ that emerged in Italy around 1500. vast range of material finds, including textual, transmission. They also explore Bellini’s approaches to monumental sculpture, woven textiles, Subject areas: art history, classics sculpture and architecture, and to landscape pottery portrait heads, gold masks, and Market: academic researchers, graduate and color. illustrated codices. students Subject areas: art history Subject areas: fine arts, archaeology, Latin 247 x 174 mm 256pp 10 line diagrams Market: undergraduate students, academic American studies 64 half-tones researchers Market: undergraduate students, general 0 521 81522 3 HB c.£55.00 A 253 x 177 mm 432pp 114 half-tones readers August 0 521 66296 6 HB c.£70.00 A 228 x 152 mm 176pp 100 colour plates 1 table August 2 maps 0 521 64551 4 PB c.£13.95 T Available now

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Art and Architecture 117

The Papacy and the Art of The Language of Images in Art versus Nonart Reform in Sixteenth–Century Roman Art Tsion Avital Art as a Semantic System in the Roman Rome Holon Institute of Technology, Israel Gregory XIII’s Tower of the Winds in the World Vatican Tonio Hölscher Nicola Courtright Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany Pope Gregory XIII built the three-story Translated by Anthony Snodgrass University of Cambridge apartment rising up from the Vatican Palace called the Tower of the Winds to celebrate and Anne-Marie Künzl-Snodgrass University of Cambridge the most famous achievement of his papacy, the calendar reform. Its innovations in This book develops a new theoretical architecture and decoration and its wider concept for understanding the Roman art religious and political purpose are all of images. It establishes a connection subjects of the book. between artistic forms and content and expressions of ideology, arguing that Subject areas: European art and history, Roman art appears to operate as a semantic religion, history of science system comparable to Roman literature and Market: academic researchers, graduate the language of images of other cultures. students Subject areas: classical art, architecture, art Monuments of Papal Rome (general) 247 x 174 mm 400pp 57 line diagrams Tsion Avital poses the question: ‘Is 187 half-tones 10 colour plates Market: graduate students, undergraduate modern art art at all?’ He argues that the students, academic researchers 0 521 62437 1 HB c.£65.00 A nonrepresentational art produced in the August 228 x 152 mm 150pp 50 half-tones twentieth century was not art, but rather 0 521 66200 1 HB c.£40.00 A the debris of the visual tradition it The Architect and the Builder in 0 521 66569 8 PB c.£14.95 A replaced. November British Architectural Theory Subject areas: modern art, philosophy Previously published in German by Carl Winter and From Chambers to Ruskin originally known as Römische Bildsprache als Market: academic researchers, graduate Brian Hanson Semantischessytem. Portuguese Catholic University, Visieu, Portugal students, undergraduate students Contemporary Artists and their Critics This study examines how the authority of Orientalism and Visual Culture architects was created within the changing 247 x 174 mm 448pp 1 line diagram Imagining Mesopotamia in Nineteenth 9 half-tones 11 colour plates 5 tables working practices of eighteenth- and Century Europe 0 521 82465 6 HB c. £65.00 A Frederick N. Bohrer nineteenth-century British architecture. August Incorporating new methods, especially Hood College, Maryland those developed for the social content of Orientalism and Visual Culture is the first poetry and landscape painting, Brian sustained analysis of historical exoticism in Hanson draws comparisons between Roman Art the nineteenth century. Bohrer surveys the diverse figures, such as Chambers, Soane, Eve D’Ambra full range of visual culture of the time, Barry, Pugin, Scott, and Street, and Vassar College, New York within the complex forces at play in provides a new context for Ruskin’s D’Ambra discusses patronage on nineteenth-century Europe. arguments about ‘The Nature of Gothic’. different social levels, from that of the Subject areas: art history Subject areas: architecture emperor and his court to those of Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate shopkeepers and of artisans, in diverse students regions of the empire and in distinct students 247 x 174 mm 384pp 48 half-tones ethnic groups. She compares the imagery 228 x 152 mm 384pp 26 half-tones 0 521 80657 7 HB £65.00 A of the state and of military victory with 0 521 81186 4 HB c.£55.00 A Available now September the humblest funerary reliefs. D’Ambra This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, draws on a range of sculptures, wall Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 paintings, decorative arts, coins and architecture, from Italy to the edges of the empire. Subject areas: classical art, architecture Market: general readers, undergraduate students 253 x 177 mm 176pp 100 colour plates 0 521 64463 1 PB £14.95 T Available now

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 118 Art and Architecture

Conceptual Art The Victorian Artist Manet, Flaubert, and the Theory, Myth, and Practice Artists’ Lifewritings in Britain, 1870–1910 Emergence of Modernism Edited by Michael Corris Julie Codell Blurring Genre Boundaries Kingston University, Kingston-upon-Thames Arizona State University Arden Reed This collection of essays offers readers a Pomona College, California wealth of new research on the earliest Manet, Flaubert and the Emergence of international exhibitions of conceptual art, Modernism weaves together art history and new interpretation of some of its most literary criticism in a joint study of the important practitioners, and a canonical ‘fathers’ of modernism. Focusing reconsideration of the relationship between on the work of Manet and Flaubert, Arden conceptual art and the intellectual and Reed argues that modernism is a matter of social context of the 1960s and 1970s. genre bending, hybridization, as well as Subject areas: art history movements between text and image. Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: art history, literary criticism, students, professionals, enthusiasts cultural studies 247 x 174 mm 350pp 25 line diagrams Market: academic researchers, graduate 44 half-tones students 0 521 82388 9 HB c.£50.00 A Cambridge Studies in New Art History and 0 521 53087 3 PB c.£18.95 A Criticism December The Victorian Artist examines the origins, 247 x 174 mm 368pp 85 half-tones 9 colour plates development and explosion of biographical 0 521 81505 3 HB c.£65.00 A The Plaza Mayor and the Shaping literature on artists in Britain between 1870 Available now of Baroque Madrid and 1910. Analyzing a variety of narrative This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Jesus Escobar modes, Julie Codell discerns and articulates Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Fairfield University, Connecticut the multiple, often conflicting identities The Plaza Mayor and the Shaping of Baroque that were ascribed to artists. Her book Architecture as Performance in Madrid examines the transformation of serves as a timely sociological and cultural Seventeenth-Century Europe Madrid from a secondary market town to overview of the art world in Britain in the Courtly Rituals in Seventeenth-Century the capital of the worldwide, Spanish decades before World War I. Modena, Rome, and Paris Habsburg empire. Subject areas: art history, literature, Alice Jarrard Subject areas: architecture biography Harvard University, Massachusetts Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate This book probes the role of culture in state students students craft by examining how seventeenth- century rulers pressed art and architecture 253 x 177 mm 384pp 22 line diagrams 228 x 152 mm 416pp 37 half-tones 102 half-tones 0 521 81757 9 HB c.£60.00 A into their service. 0 521 81507 X HB c.£60.00 A July Subject areas: art history, Renaissance July This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, studies Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Market: academic researchers, graduate students Modern Art and the Grotesque 253 x 177 mm 336pp 52 line diagrams Edited by Frances Connelly 73 half-tones 8 colour plates University of Missouri, Kansas City 0 521 81509 6 HB c.£55.00 A Examines how the grotesque has shaped the September history, practice, and theory of art in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Examining images by a range of artists, such as Gauguin, Höch, and de Kooning, the essays also encompass a variety of media, including medical illustration, paintings, prints, photography, and multimedia installations. Subject areas: art history Market: academic researchers, graduate students 247 x 174 mm 352pp 16 line diagrams 76 half-tones 0 521 81884 2 HB c.£55.00 A August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Art and Architecture 119

Paul Klee and the Decorative in Art, Culture and National Identity Architectural Research Quarterly Modern Art in Fin-de-Siecle Europe Volume 6, Part 3 Jenny Anger Edited by Michelle Facos Edited by Peter Carolin Grinnell College, Iowa Indiana University University of Cambridge Jenny Anger shows that the decorative and Sharon Hirsh This ground-breaking quarterly publication significantly informed Paul Klee’s art. She Dickinson College, Pennsylvania acts as an international forum for also compares his work to that of another practitioners and academics by publishing major modernist, Henri Matisse, to cutting-edge research covering all aspects of confirm the critical role of the decorative in architectural endeavour. Fully illustrated Modernism. Anger also explores the throughout, arq: Architectural Research relevance of the decorative for Quarterly includes sections on design, contemporary, and especially women, history, theory, environmental design, artists. construction, information technology, and practice. Subject areas: art history Subject areas: architecture, planning, urban Market: graduate students, undergraduate design, urban geography, building students technology 247 x 174 mm 300pp 11 line diagrams 64 half-tones 8 colour plates Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82250 5 HB c.£65.00 A students, professionals, general readers September Architectural Research Quarterly 297 x 210 mm 96pp 50 line diagrams 50 half-tones Recycled Culture in 0 521 53763 0 PB £17.95 P Contemporary Art and Film Examines the phenomenon of politicized Available now The Uses of Nostalgia art and its connections to modernism. In Vera Dika eleven essays that focus on as many nations, Architectural Research Quarterly In this study, Vera Dika explores works of an international team of authors explore the Volume 6, Part 4 art and film that resist the pull of the past. complex issues facing artists who helped to A4 96pp 50 line diagrams 50 half-tones Her study positions avant-garde art work form a distinct national identity to 0 521 53764 9 PB c.£17.95 P within the context of contemporary audiences at home and abroad. July mainstream film practice, as well as in Subject areas: art history relationship to their historical moment. Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: film or media studies, art students Art and Architecture history, American studies 247 x 174 mm 304pp 51 half-tones ▼ see also Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 81565 7 HB £55.00 A students Available now 79 Corp: A Court in Exile This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, 122 Eldridge: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Art Cambridge Studies in Film Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 126 Kelly: Iconoclasm in Aesthetics 228 x 152 mm 256pp 35 half-tones 0 521 81568 1 HB £47.50 A 0 521 01631 2 PB £17.95 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 120 Philosophy

Philosophy

The Cambridge Companion to Greek and Roman Philosophy Edited by David Sedley University of Cambridge The Cambridge Companion to Greek and Roman Philosophy is a wide-ranging introduction to the study of philosophy in the ancient world. It surveys the developments of the period and evaluates a comprehensive series of major thinkers, ranging from Pythagoras to Epicurus. Practical elements such as tables, illustrations, and extensive advice on further reading make it an ideal book to accompany survey courses on the history of ancient philosophy. It will be an invaluable guide for all who are interested in the philosophical thought of this rich and formative period. Contents: Introduction David Sedley; 1. Argument in ancient philosophy Jonathan Barnes; 2. The Presocratics Malcolm Schofield; 3. The Sophists and Socrates Sarah Broadie; 4. Plato Christopher Rowe; 5. Aristotle John M. Cooper; 6. Hellenistic philosophy Jacques Brunschwig and David Sedley; 7. Roman philosophy A. A. Long; 8. Philosophy and literature Martha C. Nussbaum; 9. Late ancient philosophy Frans de Haas; 10. Philosophy and science R. J. Hankinson; 11. Philosophy and religion Glenn Most; 12. The legacy of ancient philosophy Jill Kraye. Contributors: David Sedley, Jonathan Barnes, Malcolm Schofield, Sarah Broadie, • An accessible introduction to ancient Christopher Rowe, John M. Cooper, Jacque Brunschwig, A. A. Long, Martha C. philosophy, both Greek and Roman Nussbaum, Frans de Haas, R. J. Hankinson, Glenn Most, Jill Kraye • Can also be used as a handbook to Cambridge Companions to Philosophy assist in further study of the subject Subject area: ancient philosophy, history of philosophy, classics •Written by a team of leading specialists Market: undergraduate students, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 320pp 4 half-tones 1 map 0 521 77285 0 HB c. £45.00 A 0 521 77503 5 PB c. £15.95 T Publicity material available: July The Cambridge Companions to Philosophy Leaflet 0 521 94748 0

Our web page for The Cambridge Companions to Philosophy can be found at: publishing.cambridge.org/hss/philosophy/ccp/

Recently published

0 521 00323 7 0 521 77730 5 0 521 00611 2 0 521 79429 3

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Philosophy 121

The Cambridge History of Philosophy 1870–1945 Edited by Thomas Baldwin University of York The Cambridge History of Philosophy 1870–1945 comprises over sixty specially commissioned essays by experts on the philosophy of this period, and is designed to be accessible to non-specialists. The first part of the book traces the history of philosophy from its remarkable flowering in the 1870s through to the early years of the twentieth century. After a brief discussion of the impact of the First World War, the second part of the book describes further developments in philosophy in the first half of the twentieth century. The essays concentrate on developments across the range of philosophical topics, from logic and metaphysics to political philosophy and philosophy of religion. This volume will be of critical importance not only to teachers and students of philosophy but also to scholars in neighbouring disciplines such as the history of science, the history of ideas, theology and the social sciences. Contents: Introduction; Part I. 1870–1914; I. The Dialectical situation in 1870; Positivism vs. Idealism; II. The Argument Moves On; Pragmatism and The New Realisms; III. The New • Over 60 specially commissioned essays Logic and the Foundations of Mathematics; IV. From Judgement to Language; V. Physics and the Philosophy of Science; VI. Philosophy of History and the Idea of Social Sciences; provide an authoritative survey of VII. Ethical Theory; VIII. Legal and Political Theory; IX. Philosophy and Religion; philosophy from 1870–1945 X. Philosophy and the Arts. •The volume describes and assesses the Part II. 1914–1945; XI. Logic and Philosophy; the analytic programme; XII. From Idealism changing relationship between and Naturalism to Phenomenology and Existentialism; XIII. Perception, Knowledge, philosophy of the natural and social Language, and the End of Metaphysics; XIV Philosophy and the Exact Sciences; XV. Mind sciences during the period and its Place in Nature; XVI. Philosophy and The Social Sciences; XVII. Ethics and • It will be of critical importance not only Religion; Emotivism, Intuitionism, and Authenticity; XVIII. Literature and Aesthetic to teachers and students of philosophy Theory; XIX. The Decline of Europe; Bibliographical appendix; Bibliography. but also to scholars in neighbouring Subject area: graduate students, academic researchers, general readers disciplines Market: history of philosophy, history of ideas 228 x 152 mm 900pp 2 line diagrams Contributors:Thomas Baldwin, Rom Harré, 1 half-tone Christopher Adair-Toteff, Jim Allard, David 0 521 59104 X Hardback c. £90.00 A Bakhurst, F.C.T. Moore, Christopher September Hookway, Gary Hatfield, Sebastian Gardner, Peter Simons, Michael Hallett, Artur Rojszczak, Barry Smith, David Bell, E.G. Zahar, Luciano Boi, R. Lanier Anderson, Margaret Schabas, Geoffrey Hawthorn, T.R. Harrison, Edgar Sleinis, Christian Piller, Peter Nicholson, Alex Callinicos, Stanley L. Paulson, James Livingston, Paul Guyer, Alan Richardson, Jan Other Philosophy Histories Wolenski, Leslie Armour, James Bradley, C.F. Delaney, D. Leduc Fayette, Manuel The Cambridge History of Seventeenth-Century Philosophy Garrido, Herman Philipse, Raymond Geuss, 1998 Eduardo Rabossi, Thomas Kasulis, Michael 0 521 58864 2 2 volume set HB £120.00 A 2003 Martin, Luciano Floridi, David Holdcroft, 0 521 53180 2 2 volume set PB £49.95 A Simon Glendinning, Michael Scanlan, John Dawson, Thomas Ryckman, George Gale, The Cambridge History of Renaissance Philosophy Jan von Plato, Brian McLaughlin, Thomas 1990 Leahey, Marie McGinn, James Bohman, 0 521 39748 0 PB £38.95 A Merrilee Salmon, Jonathan Dancy, Richard Roberts, Rhiannon Goldthorpe, Richard The Cambridge History of Later Medieval Philosophy Bellamy, Walter Adamson 1988 0 521 36933 9 PB £47.95 A The Cambridge History of Hellenistic Philosophy Publicity material available: 1999 The Cambridge History of Philosophy 0 521 25028 5 HB £100.00 A leaflet 0 521 91469 8

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 122 Philosophy

■ Textbook ■ Textbook ■ New series An Introduction to Formal Logic An Introduction to the Peter Smith Philosophy of Art Cambridge Introductions University of Cambridge Richard Eldridge to Key Philosophical Texts Swarthmore College, Pennsylvania This book will make an ideal text for a first This is a series of introductions to what logic course, and will provide a firm basis are considered to be the key texts of for further work in formal and Western philosophy. They are aimed at philosophical logic. Formal logic provides an audience of undergraduate readers, us with a powerful set of techniques for and they offer accessible treatments of criticizing some arguments and showing the main themes, arguments, and others to be valid. These techniques are techniques of the texts in question, as relevant to everyone with an interest in well as dealing with issues of being skilful and accurate reasoners. In this interpretation and reception. The highly accessible book, Peter Smith presents chosen texts are drawn from the whole a guide to the fundamental aims and basic history of Western philosophy from elements of formal logic. He introduces the antiquity to the twentieth century, and reader to the languages of propositional and encompass a wide span of philosophical predicate logic, and then develops formal topics and styles. In each case the systems for evaluating arguments translated approach to the text strikes a balance into these languages, concentrating on the between historical contextual easily comprehensible ‘tree’ method. His Richard Eldridge presents a clear and information and philosophical analysis. discussion is richly illustrated with worked compact survey of philosophical theories of examples and exercises. A distinctive feature the nature and significance of art. Drawing Descartes’ Meditations is that, alongside the formal work, there is on materials from classical and An Introduction illuminating philosophical commentary. contemporary philosophy as well as from Catherine Wilson Subject areas: logic literary theory and art criticism, he explores the representational, expressive, and formal University of British Columbia, Vancouver Market: undergraduate students, graduate dimensions of art, and he argues that works This is a new introduction to a students of art present their subject matter in ways philosophical classic. Drawing on the 247 x 174 mm 350pp that are of enduring cognitive, moral, and reinterpretations of Descartes’ thought of 0 521 81033 7 HB c.£40.00 A social interest. His discussion, illustrated the past twenty-five years, Catherine 0 521 00804 2 PB c.£13.95 T Wilson examines the arguments of October with a wealth of examples, ranges over topics such as beauty, originality, Descartes’ famous Meditations, showing imagination, imitation, the ways in which how Descartes constructs a theory of the we respond emotionally to art, and why we mind, the body, nature, and God from a argue about which works are good. His premise of radical uncertainty. She discusses accessible study will be invaluable to in detail the historical context of Descartes’ students and to all readers who are writings and their relationship to early interested in the relation between thought modern science, and at the same time she and art. introduces concepts and problems that Subject areas: philosophy of art, art define the philosophical enterprise as it is understood today. Market: undergraduate students, graduate students Subject areas: philosophy (general) 216 x 138 mm 280pp Market: undergraduate students 0 521 80135 4 HB c.£37.50 A Cambridge Introductions to Key Philosophical Texts 0 521 80521 X PB c.£13.95 T 216 x 138 mm 200pp 27 figures September 0 521 80981 9 HB c.£35.00 A 0 521 00766 6 PB c.£12.95 X October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Philosophy 123

The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to The Cambridge Companion to the Stoics Medieval Philosophy Medieval Jewish Philosophy Edited by Brad Inwood Edited by A. S. McGrade Edited by Daniel H. Frank University of Toronto University of Kentucky This volume offers an odyssey through the and Oliver Leaman ideas of the Stoics in three ways: through University of Kentucky the historical trajectory of the school itself From the ninth to the fifteenth centuries and its influence; through the recovery of Jewish thinkers living in Islamic and the history of Stoic thought; through the Christian lands philosophized about ongoing confrontation with Stoicism, Judaism. Influenced first by Islamic showing how it refines philosophical theological speculation, classical traditions, challenges the imagination, and philosophers and Christian Scholasticism of ultimately defines the kind of life one the Middle Ages, Jewish philosophers and chooses to lead. New readers will find this scientists reflected on the nature of language the most accessible guide to the Stoics about God, the createdness of the world, currently available. Advanced students and the possibility of human freedom and the specialists will find a conspectus of relationship between divine and human developments in the interpretation of the law. This Companion presents all the major Stoics. Jewish thinkers of the period. It is a A. S. McGrade is Emeritus Professor of comprehensive introduction to a vital • Unique survey of the full range of Stoic Philosophy at the University of Connecticut. period of Jewish intellectual history. philosophy This volume takes its readers into one of the Contributors: Oliver Leaman, David Shatz, • Distinguished roster of contributors most exciting periods in the history of Joel L. Kraemer, Sarah Stroumsa, Sarah philosophy. It spans a millennium of Contributors: Brad Inwood, David Sedley, Pessin, Barry S. Kogan, Daniel H. Frank, thought extending from Augustine to Christopher Gill, R. J. Hankinson, Susanne Tzvi Langermann, Menachem Thomas Aquinas and beyond. It includes Bobzien, Michael J. White, Keimpe Algra, Lorberbaum, Paul B. Fenton, Hava Tirosh- not only the thinkers of the Latin West but Dorothea Frede, Jacques Brunschwig, Samuelson, Steven Harvey, Gregg Stern, also the profound contributions of Islamic Malcolm Schofield, Tad Brennan, David Charles H. Manekin, T. M. Rudavsky, Ari and Jewish thinkers such as Avicenna and Blank, Catherine Atherton, Alexander Ackerman, James T. Robinson, Seymour Maimonides. Leading specialists examine Jones, T. H. Irwin, A. A. Long Feldman what it was like to do philosophy in the Subject areas: philosophy, classics cultures and institutions of the Middle Subject areas: philosophy, Jewish studies, Market: graduate students, professionals Ages. Supplementary material includes theology, religious studies, intellectual Cambridge Companions to Philosophy chronological charts and biographies of the history 228 x 152 mm 440pp 2 line diagrams major thinkers. Market: graduate students, academic 0 521 77005 X HB £50.00 A • Spans a millenium of thought extending researchers 0 521 77985 5 PB £19.95 A Cambridge Companions to Philosophy July from Augustine to Thomas Aquinas and into the fourteenth century 228 x 152 mm 464pp 0 521 65207 3 HB c.£45.00 A • Places the subject in context of medieval 0 521 65574 9 PB c.£15.95 T cultures and institutions September • Contributors are leading specialists in the field Contributors: A. S. McGrade, Steven P. Marrone, John Marenbon, D. E. Luscombe, E. J. Ashworth, Therese-Anne Druart, Idit Dobbs-Weinstein, Stephen P. Menn, Edith Dudley Sylla, Gyula Klima, Robert Pasnau, Bonnie D. Kent, James McEvoy, Annabel S. Brett, P. J. FitzPatrick, John Haldane, Thomas Williams Subject areas: history of philosophy, history of ideas, history before 1500, religion Market: undergraduate students, graduate students Cambridge Companions to Philosophy 228 x 152 mm 442pp 1 half-tone 0 521 80603 8 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 00063 7 PB c.£15.95 T August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 124 Philosophy

The Cambridge Companion to Bertrand Russell The Difficulty of Tolerance Essays in Political Philosophy Edited by Nicholas Griffin McMaster University, Ontario T. M. Scanlon Harvard University, Massachusetts Bertrand Russell ranks as one of the giants of twentieth-century philosophy. Through These essays in political philosophy by his books, journalism, correspondence and T. M. Scanlon, written between 1969 and political activity he exerted a profound 1999, examine the standards by which influence on modern thought. This social and political institutions should be companion centers on Russell’s justified and appraised. The collection contributions to modern philosophy and, includes the classic essays ‘Preference and therefore, concentrates on the early part of Urgency’, ‘A Theory of Freedom of his career. New readers will find this the Expression’, and ‘Contractualism and most convenient and accessible guide to Utilitarianism’, as well as a number of Russell available. Advanced students and other essays that have hitherto not been specialists will find a conspectus of recent easily accessible. It will be essential reading developments in the interpretation of for all those studying these topics from the Russell. perspective of political philosophy, politics, and law. Subject areas: philosophy, logic, Contents: 1. A theory of freedom of mathematics, linguistics, history of ideas • Scanlon is one of the most distinguished expression; 2. Rights, goals, and fairness; Market: graduate students, academic 3. Due process; 4. Preference and urgency; political philosophers writing today researchers 5. Freedom of expression and categories of •This volume offers both essays that are Cambridge Companions to Philosophy expression; 6. Human rights as a neutral regarded as classics and others that 228 x 152 mm 600pp 1 line diagram 2 tables concern; 7. Contractualism and have been published in less accessible 0 521 63178 5 HB c.£47.50 A utilitarianism; 8. Content regulation places 0 521 63634 5 PB c.£17.95 T considered; 9. Value, desire and the •The essays treat topics of great current August quality of life; 10. The difficulty of interest including freedom of tolerance; 11. The diversity of objections expression, tolerance, punishment and to equality; 12. Punishment and the rule of law; 13. Promises and contracts. human rights Market: graduate students, academic researchers Subject area: political philosophy, Publicity material available: philosophy of law, political theory The Difficulty of Tolerance solus leaflet 228 x 152 mm 220pp 0 521 94772 3 0 521 82661 6 HB c. £40.00 A 0 521 53398 8 PB c. £14.95 T July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Philosophy 125

Donald Davidson Meaning in Spinoza’s Method Richard Rorty Edited by Kirk Ludwig Aaron V. Garrett Edited by Charles Guignon University of Florida Boston University University of South Florida Donald Davidson has been one of the most This original and controversial book and David R. Hiley University of New Hampshire influential figures in modern analytic examines the geometrical method philosophy and has made seminal employed by Spinoza in his masterpiece the Arguably the most influential of all contributions in a wide range of subjects: Ethics, and suggests that its purpose, in contemporary English-speaking philosophy of language, philosophy of Spinoza’s view, was not just to present philosophers, Richard Rorty has action, philosophy of mind, epistemology, claims and propositions but also to allow transformed the way many inside and metaphysics and the theory of rationality. the readers to look at themselves and the outside philosophy think about the world in a different way. discipline and the traditional ways of Subject areas: philosophy, psychology, practising it. linguistics, literary theory Subject areas: history of philosophy, history of ideas, religious studies Subject areas: philosophy, political Market: graduate students, professionals theory, literary studies, cultural studies, Contemporary Philosophy in Focus Market: academic researchers, graduate communication studies 228 x 152 mm 256pp 2 line diagrams students Market: graduate students, academic 0 521 79043 3 HB c.£45.00 A 228 x 152 mm 262pp 0 521 79382 3 PB c.£15.95 A 0 521 82611 X HB c.£40.00 A researchers September July Contemporary Philosophy in Focus 228 x 152 mm 216pp 1 line diagram Alasdair MacIntyre Freedom and Anthropology in 0 521 80058 7 HB c. £40.00 A 0 521 80489 2 PB c. £14.95 A Edited by Mark C. Murphy Kant’s Moral Philosophy October Georgetown University, Washington DC Patrick Frierson Whitman College, Washington John Searle This book is the first comprehensive account of Kant’s theory of freedom and his Edited by Barry Smith moral anthropology. As the first work on State University of New York, Buffalo Kant to integrate his anthropology with his philosophy as a whole, it will be an unusually important source of study for all Kant scholars and advanced students of Kant. Subject areas: Kantian studies, intellectual history, religious studies Market: undergraduate students, professionals 228 x 152 mm 224pp 0 521 82400 1 HB c.£40.00 A The contribution to contemporary philosophy of Alasdair MacIntyre is Symbolic Representation in enormous. His writings on ethics, political Kant’s Practical Philosophy philosophy, philosophy of religion, philosophy of the social sciences and the Heiner Bielefeldt Universität Bielefeld, Germany From his groundbreaking book Speech Acts history of philosophy have established him to his most recent studies of consciousness, as one of the philosophical giants of the last This book explores in detail the role that freedom and rationality John Searle has fifty years. symbolic representation plays in the architecture of Kant’s philosophy. By been a dominant and highly influential Subject areas: philosophy, law, theology, showing how the nature of symbolic figure amongst contemporary philosophers. political and social theory representation plays out across all areas of This is the only systematic introduction to Market: graduate students, academic the full range of Searle’s work. Kant’s practical philosophy Heiner researchers Bielefeldt offers a unique perspective on Subject areas: philosophy, psychology, 228 x 152 mm 232pp how these various facets of Kant’s linguistics, cognitive science, computer 0 521 79042 5 HB c.£47.50 A philosophy cohere. science, literary theory 0 521 79381 5 PB c.£16.95 A September Subject areas: moral, political and legal Market: graduate students, professionals philosophy Contemporary Philosophy in Focus Market: graduate students 228 x 152 mm 312pp 228 x 152 mm 216pp 0 521 79288 6 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 79704 7 PB c.£15.95 A 0 521 81813 3 HB £40.00 A October Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 126 Philosophy

The Innovations of Idealism Iconoclasm in Aesthetics The Political Philosophy of Needs Rudiger Bubner Aesthetics and Iconoclasm Lawrence Hamilton Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany Michael Kelly Clare College, Cambridge This collection of essays offers an original Columbia University, New York This ambitious and lively book argues for a interpretation of the tradition of German Philosophers see art as a vehicle of universal rehabilitation of the concept of ‘human Idealist thought. This collection will be of meaning, while art historians emphasize its needs’ as central to politics and political special interest to students of German historical nature. Many people believe that theory. It will interest a wide range of philosophy, literary theory and the history the flawed nature of art itself is responsible readers in political and social philosophy, of ideas. for this conflict, and the result is a general political theory, law, development and Subject areas: German philosophy, history distrust of art. Michael Kelly calls this policy. of ideas, literary theory iconoclasm and discusses four iconoclastic Subject areas: political philosophy, political philosophers. Market: professionals, graduate students theory Subject areas: philosophy of art, art history Modern European Philosophy Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 256pp Market: academic researchers, graduate students 0 521 66262 1 HB c.£40.00 A students 228 x 152 mm 240pp September 228 x 152 mm 250pp 9 half-tones 0 521 82782 5 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 82209 2 HB c.£40.00 A September Kierkegaard’s Relations to Hegel September Reconsidered Veil Politics in Liberal Democratic Ethics and Foreign Intervention States Jon Stewart University of Copenhagen Edited by Deen K. Chatterjee Ajume H. Wingo University of Utah Jon Stewart’s groundbreaking study is a University of Massachusetts, Boston and Don E. Scheid and Jeremy Waldron major re-evaluation of the complex Winona State University, Minnesota relations between the philosophies of Columbia Law School, New York Kierkegaard and Hegel. Scholars working in This is a collection of original essays by In this exciting account of the development the tradition of Continental philosophy some of the leading moral and political and sustainability of the liberal democratic will find this an insightful and provocative thinkers of our time on the ethical and legal state, Ajume H. Wingo argues that it is book. It will also appeal to scholars in implications of humanitarian military non-rational factors that more often than religious studies and the history of ideas. intervention. It presents a variety of not provide the real source of motivation. normative perspectives on topics such as the Wingo demonstrates that these ‘veils’ can Subject areas: philosophy, history of ideas, just-war theory and its limits, secession and religious studies play an essential role in a thriving liberal international law, and new approaches democratic state. Market: academic researchers, graduate toward the moral adequacy of intervention. Subject areas: philosophy, political science, students They form a challenging and timely volume law, sociology Modern European Philosophy that will interest political philosophers, Market: professionals, graduate students 228 x 152 mm 704pp political theorists, readers in law and 0 521 82838 4 HB c.£40.00 A international relations, and anyone Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and Public Policy October interested in the moral dimensions of 228 x 152 mm 176pp international affairs. 0 521 81438 3 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 89128 0 PB c.£14.95 A Novalis: Fichte Studies Contributors: Deen K. Chatterjee, Don E. September Jane Kneller Scheid, Stanely Hoffman, Chris Brown, Colorado State University Michael Blake, George R. Lucas, Jr., Henry This volume presents the first complete Shue, Erin Kelly, Tom Farer, Christine translation of Fichte Studies, a powerful, Chwaszcza, Allen Buchanan, Richard W. creative and sustained critique of Fichtean Miller, Iris Marion Young, C. A. J. Coady philosophy by the young philosopher-poet Subject areas: social, political, legal Friedrich von Hardenberg, who under the philosophy; international relations; law pen-name Novalis went on to become the Market: graduate students, academic most well-known and beloved of the early researchers German Romantic writers. Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and Public Policy Subject areas: history of philosophy, 228 x 152 mm 310pp German literature 0 521 81074 4 HB c.£40.00 A Market: graduate students, academic 0 521 00904 9 PB c.£13.95 A researchers July Cambridge Texts in the History of Philosophy 228 x 152 mm 218pp 0 521 64353 8 HB c.£37.50 A 0 521 64392 9 PB c.£13.95 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Philosophy 127

Consent to Sexual Relations Logic and Theism The Science of the Struggle for Alan Wertheimer Arguments For and Against Beliefs in God Existence University of Vermont Jordan Howard Sobel On the Foundations of Ecology When does a woman give valid consent to University of Toronto Greg Cooper sexual relations? When does her consent Washington and Lee University, Virginia render it morally or legally permissible for a This book is the first examination in almost man to have sexual relations with her? This a decade of issues in the philosophy of important book will appeal to a wide ecology that have been a source of readership in philosophy, law, and the social controversy since the emergence of ecology sciences. as an explicit scientific discipline. Subject areas: philosophy, law, psychology, Subject areas: philosophy of science, sociology, public policy science, environmental studies Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: graduate students, academic students researchers Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and Law Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and Biology 228 x 152 mm 360pp 2 tables 228 x 152 mm 336pp 6 line diagrams 0 521 82926 7 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 80432 9 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 53611 1 PB c.£16.95 A August October This is a wide-ranging book about Towards a Philosophy of Real Religion after Metaphysics arguments for and against beliefs in God. Mathematics Edited by Mark Wrathall This book will be a valuable resource for David Corfield Brigham Young University, Utah philosophers of religion and theologians King’s College London How should we understand religion, and and will interest logicians and In this ambitious study, David Corfield sets what place should it hold, in an age in mathematicians as well. out a variety of approaches to new thinking which metaphysics has come into Subject areas: philosophy, religious studies about the philosophy of mathematics, and disrepute? The metaphysical assumptions Market: graduate students, academic challenges both philosophers and which supported traditional theologies are researchers mathematicians to develop the broadest no longer widely accepted, but it is not clear 228 x 152 mm 480pp 3 line diagrams and richest philosophical resources for work how this ‘end of metaphysics’ should be 0 521 82607 1 HB c.£47.50 A in their disciplines. understood, nor what implications it ought September to have for our understanding of religion. In Subject areas: philosophy of mathematics, mathematics this volume, leading philosophers in the Ambiguity and Logic United States and Europe address the Market: academic researchers, graduate decline of metaphysics and the space which Frederic Schick students Rutgers University, New Jersey this decline has opened for non-theological 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 table 16 figures understandings of religion. In this book Frederic Schick develops his 0 521 81722 6 HB £45.00 A challenge to standard decision theory Contributors: Mark A. Wrathall, Robert Available now initiated in two previous Cambridge Pippin, Gianni Vattimo, Richard Rorty, This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, publications: Understanding Actions (1991) Academic and Professional, Spring 2003 Charles Taylor, Hubert L. Dreyfus, Adriaan and Making Choices (1997). This book Peperzak, John Caputo, Leora Batnitzky, questions the foundations of technical and Jean-Luc Marion philosophical decision theory and will Subject areas: philosophy of religion, appeal to philosophers, economists and theology, continental philosophy psychologists. Market: academic researchers, graduate Subject areas: philosophy, economics, students psychology 228 x 152 mm 208pp Market: graduate students, professionals 0 521 82498 2 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 53196 9 PB c.£14.95 A 216 x 138 mm 176pp 4 line diagrams September 0 521 82458 3 HB c.£37.50 A 0 521 53171 3 PB c.£13.95 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 128 Philosophy

The Value of Knowledge and the Biological Complexity and Philosophy and the Emotions Pursuit of Understanding Integrative Pluralism Edited by Anthony Hatzimoysis Jonathan Kvanvig Sandra D. Mitchell University of Manchester University of Missouri, Columbia University of Pittsburgh This major volume of original essays by Jonathan Kvanvig argues that epistemology This fine collection of essays by a leading leading researchers in the field explores the cannot ignore the question of the value of philosopher of science presents a defense of nature of human feelings, how and why we knowledge and questions the assumption integrative pluralism as the best description understand what other people feel, and how that knowledge is always more valuable for the complexity of scientific inquiry our values become involved in emotions than the value of its subparts. Clearly today. This book will be of interest to such as guilt, fear, shame, amusement, or written and well argued, the book will students and professionals in the love. appeal to students and professionals in philosophy of science. Subject areas: philosophy, philosophy of epistemology. Subject areas: philosophy of science mind Subject areas: philosophy Market: graduate students, professionals Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: graduate students, academic Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and Biology students, undergraduate students Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 52 researchers 228 x 152 mm 256pp 14 line diagrams 5 tables Cambridge Studies in Philosophy 0 521 81753 6 HB c.£50.00 A 228 x 152 mm 300pp 228 x 152 mm 248pp 0 521 52079 7 PB c.£19.95 A 0 521 53734 7 PB c.£14.95 A 0 521 82713 2 HB c.£40.00 A September July September A Physicalist Manifesto Natural Kinds and Conceptual Thoroughly Modern Materialism Philosophy Change Andrew Melnyk ▼ see also University of Missouri, Columbia Joseph LaPorte Hope College, Michigan 67 Ball: The Cambridge History of Twentieth-Century Political Thought Joseph LaPorte argues that scientists have 66 Keal: European Conquest and the Rights of found that sentences about natural kinds Indigenous Peoples were vague in the language of earlier speakers and they have refined the meanings of these terms to make the sentences true. In the process, however, they have also changed the meaning of these terms. Subject areas: philosophy of science, philosophy of biology, philosophy of language Market: graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and Biology A Physicalist Manifesto is the fullest 228 x 152 mm 220pp 6 line diagrams 1 half-tone treatment yet of the comprehensive 0 521 82599 7 HB c.£40.00 A physicalist view that, in some important January sense, everything is physical. Andrew Melnyk argues that the view is best formulated by appeal to a carefully worked- out notion of realization, rather than supervenience; that, so formulated, physicalism must be importantly reductionist; that it need not repudiate causal and explanatory claims framed in non-physical language; and that it has the a posteriori epistemic status of a broad-scope scientific hypothesis. Subject areas: metaphysics, philosophy of mind, philosophy of science Market: graduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Studies in Philosophy 228 x 152 mm 352pp 0 521 82711 6 HB c.£47.50 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Psychology 129

Psychology Personality Traits Second edition Gerald Matthews University of Cincinnati Ian J. Deary Love Online University of Edinburgh Emotions on the Internet and Martha C. Whiteman Aaron Ben Ze’ev University of Edinburgh University of Haifa, Israel This second edition of the bestselling Computers have changed not just the way textbook Personality Traits is an essential we work but the way we love. Falling in text for students doing courses in and out of love, flirting, cheating, even personality and differential psychology. It having sex online have all become part of also provides researchers and practitioners the modern way of living and loving. Yet with a coherent, up-to-date overview of this we know very little about these new types important area. The authors have updated of relationship. How is an online affair the volume throughout, incorporating the where the two people involved may never latest research in the field, and added three see or meet each other different from an new chapters on personality across the affair in the real world? Is online sex still lifespan, health and applications of cheating on your partner? Why do people personality assessment. The new format of tell complete strangers their most intimate the book, including many additional secrets? What are the rules of engagement? features, is designed to make it even more Will online affairs change the accessible and reader friendly. monogamous nature of romantic Contents: Part I. The Nature of Personality relationships? These are just some of the • First full length study of romantic Traits: 1. The trait concept and personality questions Professor Aaron Ben Ze’ev, relationships online theory; 2. Persons, situations and distinguished writer and academic, • Accessible, entertaining, enlightening interactionism; 3. Personality across the life addresses in the first full length study of and controversial span; 4. Stable traits and transient states; Love Online. Accessible, shocking, • Written by leading international 5. Alternatives to trait theory; Part II. entertaining, enlightening, this book will expert on emotions Causes of Personality Traits: 6. Genes, change the way you look at cyberspace environments and personality traits; 7. The and love for ever. psychopathology of traits; 8. The social Contents: Introduction. 1.The seductive space; 2. The paradoxical nature of online psychology of traits; Part III. Consequences relationships; 3. Emotions on the net; 4. Online imagination; 5. Privacy, emotional and Applications: 9. Stress; 10. Traits and closeness and openness; 6. Flirting on and offline; 7. Online love.; 8. Chatting is health; 11. Abnormal personality traits?; sometimes cheating; 9. Looking to the future. 12. Personality, performance and Subject areas: emotion studies, psychology, sociology, communication studies, cultural information-processing; 13. Applications of studies, philosophy personality assessment; 14. Conclusions. Market: general reader, undergraduate students, graduate students, academic researchers Subject areas: psychology, psychiatry 216 x 138 mm 250pp Market: undergraduate students, graduate 0 521 83296 9 Hardback c.£ 18.95 T students, academic researchers November 247 x 174 mm 375pp 84 tables 50 figures 0 521 83107 5 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 53824 6 PB c.£17.95 X November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 130 Psychology

The Onset of Language The Psychologist’s Companion Jung and the Making of A Guide to Scientific Writing for Students Nobuo Masataka Modern Psychology Kyoto University, Japan and Researchers The Dream of a Science Fourth edition This fascinating book outlines an approach Sonu Shamdasani to the development of expressive and Robert J. Sternberg University College London Yale University, Connecticut communicative behaviour from early infancy to the onset of single word This book is the first comprehensive This is a definitive guide to scientific utterances. It offers exciting, new insights study of the origins of Jung’s writing for students and researchers. Topics into the precursors of speech and will be of psychology in the context of the rise of include misconceptions about psychology interest to researchers and students of modern psychology and psychotherapy. papers, steps in writing library and psychology, linguistics and animal It reconstructs the reception of Jung’s experimental research papers, APA behaviour biology. work in the human sciences, and its guidelines for writing psychology papers, impact on the social and intellectual commonly misused words, Internet Subject areas: developmental psychology, history of the twentieth century. resources, submitting papers to journals, psycholinguistics, behavioural science, finding book publishers, writing lectures, child language Subject areas: Jungian studies, history of psychology, history of ideas, and writing articles. Market: academic researchers, graduate psychoanalytic studies, philosophy, Subject areas: psychology students religious studies Cambridge Studies in Cognitive and Perceptual Market: undergraduate students, graduate Development, 9 Market: academic researchers, graduate students, academic researchers, general students, professionals, general readers 228 x 152 mm 250pp 24 line diagrams 14 tables readers 51 graphs 228 x 152 mm 400pp 228 x 152 mm 280pp 11 line diagrams 5 tables 0 521 59396 4 HB c.£37.50 A 0 521 83145 8 HB c. £47.50 A 0 521 82123 1 HB c.£37.50 A November 0 521 53909 9 PB c. £17.95 A 0 521 52806 2 PB c.£13.95 A November November Dialogicality and Social Representations Analysing Race Talk Feelings and Emotions The Dynamics of Mind Multidisciplinary Perspectives on the The Amsterdam Symposium Ivana Markova Research Interview Edited by Antony S. R. Manstead University of Stirling Edited by Harry van den Berg University of Cambridge Nico H. Frijda This book develops a new theory of social Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam Universiteit van Amsterdam knowledge drawing on Social Margaret Wetherell Representations and Dialogicality. It argues Open University, Milton Keynes and Agneta H. Fischer Universiteit van Amsterdam that dialogicality, the capacity of the human and Hanneke Houtkoop-Steenstra mind to conceive, create and communicate Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands This provides an overview of the current about social realities in terms of the other, is Internationally respected scholars comment status of emotion theory by means of up-to- the sine qua non of the human mind. on interviews on race and address a range of date views on the nature of feelings and emotions, basic processes involved in Subject areas: social psychology, discourse perspectives covering key topics such as the feelings and emotions, the role of pleasure, and communication studies, forms of knowledge produced in interviews, feelings and emotions in a sociocultural psycholinguistics, philosophy the interview as social interaction and the study of talk and texts in qualitative context, and the relationships between Market: graduate students, academic research. emotions and morality. researchers Subject areas: social psychology, Subject areas: psychology, neuroscience, 228 x 152 mm 225pp 2 half-tones 14 figures sociology, philosophy, economics 0 521 82485 0 HB c.£37.50 A sociolinguistics, communication studies, November sociology of language Market: graduate students, academic Market: undergraduate students, graduate researchers students, academic researchers Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 figure 228 x 152 mm 480pp 35 line diagrams 5 half-tones 0 521 82118 5 HB c.£42.50 A 4 colour plates 6 tables 0 521 52802 X PB c.£15.95 A 0 521 81652 1 HB c.£65.00 A October 0 521 52101 7 PB c.£21.95 A December

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Psychology 131

The Social Amplification of Risk Risk Analysis and Society Social Judgments Edited by Nick Pidgeon Interdisciplinary Perspectives Implicit and Explicit Processes University of East Anglia Edited by Timothy McDaniels Edited by Joseph P. Forgas Roger E. Kasperson University of British Columbia, Vancouver University of New South Wales, Sydney Stockholm Environment Institute and Mitchell Small Kipling D. Williams and Paul Slovic Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania Macquarie University, Sydney University of Oregon This book provides an interdisciplinary and and William Von Hippel international characterization of the state of University of New South Wales, Sydney the art and science of risk analysis. Effective This book presents ground-breaking risk analysis is needed for better governance research by leading international researchers and management of choices involving on the psychology of social judgments. environmental, health and technology- Contributors discuss the role of based hazards that increasingly affect the evolutionary neuropsychological and lives of people around the world. developmental influences on social Subject areas: cognitive and social judgments, in addition to the role of high- psychology, economics level reasoning processes. Market: graduate students, academic Subject areas: social psychology, cognitive researchers psychology 228 x 152 mm 400pp 27 line diagrams 30 tables Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 82556 3 HB c.£50.00 A students 0 521 53263 9 PB c.£18.95 A 228 x 152 mm 320pp 35 line diagrams 2 tables January 0 521 82248 3 HB c.£47.50 A This volume, edited by three of the world’s August leading analysts of risk and its The Social Cost of communication, brings together Underemployment The Mind and its Stories contributions from a group of international David Dooley Narrative Universals and Human Emotion experts working in the field of risk University of California, Irvine Patrick Hogan perception and risk communication. Key and JoAnn Prause University of Connecticut conceptual issues are discussed as well as a University of California, Irvine Hogan argues that the stories people admire range of recent case studies (spanning BSE This book compares the effects of two in different cultures follow a limited and food safety, AIDS/HIV, nuclear power, different kinds of underemployment – number of patterns determined by cross- child protection, Y2K, electromagnetic unemployment and inadequate culturally constant ideas about emotion. He fields, and waste incineration) that take employment relative to adequate concludes with a discussion of the relations forward the state-of-the-art in risk employment. It studies these effects on self- among narrative, emotion concepts, and amplification theory. The volume also esteem, alcohol abuse, depression, and, in the biological and social components of draws attention to lessons for public policy, cross-generational analysis, birth weight. emotion. risk management and risk communication practice. Subject areas: psychology, economics, Subject areas: psychology, cognitive sociology science, literary theory Contributors: Nick Pidgeon, Roger E. Kasperson, Paul Slovic, Jeanne X. Market: graduate students, academic Market: academic researchers, graduate Kasperson, Eugene A. Rosa, Glynis M. researchers students Breakwell, Julie Barnett, William R. 228 x 152 mm 272pp 39 line diagrams 28 tables Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction Freudenburg, Lynn J. Frewer, John 0 521 81014 0 HB c.£45.00 A 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 table Eldridge, Jacquie Reilly, Graham Murdock, November 0 521 82527 X HB c.£45.00 A Judith Petts, Tom Horlick-Jones, Arvind November Susarla, Marc Poumadère, Claire Mays, Donald G. MacGregor, Jonathan Sime, Peter M. Wiedemann, Martin Clauberg, Holger Schütz, Rajeev Gowda, James Flynn, William Leiss, Ortwin Renn Subject areas: psychology, sociology, politics Market: graduate students, academic researchers 228 x 152 mm 476pp 17 line diagrams 17 tables 16 graphs 1 map 0 521 81728 5 HB c.£50.00 A 0 521 52044 4 PB c.£19.95 A July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 132 Psychology

Vygotsky’s Educational Theory in The Nature of Reasoning Joining Society Cultural Context Edited by Jacqueline P. Leighton Social Interaction and Learning in Adolescence and Youth Edited by Alex Kozulin University of Alberta International Center for the Enhancement of and Robert J. Sternberg Edited by Anne-Nelly Perret-Clermont Learning Potential, Jerusalem Yale University, Connecticut Lauren B. Resnick Vladimir Ageyev We are bombarded with information on a Clotilde Pontecorvo State University of New York, Buffalo daily basis. However, the important Tania Zittoun Suzanne Miller conclusions that may or need to be inferred and Barbara Burge State University of New York, Buffalo from such information are typically not Socialization tends to be viewed within the and Boris Gindis provided. We must draw the conclusions by confines of a particular geographical or Touro College, New York ourselves. How do we draw these cultural situation. The multi-national list of conclusions? This book addresses how we This book presents innovative ideas in the contributors brings an international reason to reach sensible conclusions. field of educational psychology, learning, perspective to the problem of socialization and instruction. These ideas were first Subject areas: cognitive psychology to work and to adult life, while at the same formulated by Russian psychologist and Market: graduate students, academic time emphasizing the common issues that educator Lev Vygotsky. This volume researchers face youth around the world. provides coverage of all main concepts of Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory and 228 x 152 mm 464pp 25 line diagrams 12 tables Subject areas: psychology, education, 0 521 81090 6 HB c.£55.00 A sociology emphasizes its importance for the 0 521 00928 6 PB c.£19.95 A understanding of child development. December Market: academic researchers Subject areas: educational psychology, The Jacobs Foundation Series on Adolescence developmental psychology Happiness and Education 228 x 152 mm 375pp 4 line diagrams 7 tables Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 81719 6 HB c.£45.00 C Nel Noddings 0 521 52042 8 PB c.£17.95 A Stanford University, California students December Learning in Doing: Social, Cognitive & How can we take happiness seriously as an Computational Perspectives aim of education? Noddings discusses the The Psychology of Good and Evil 228 x 152 mm 432pp 10 line diagrams 5 half-tones contributions of making a home, parenting, Why Children, Adults, and Groups Help and 4 tables cherishing a place, the development of 0 521 82131 2 HB c.£50.00 A Harm Others 0 521 52883 6 PB c.£19.95 A character, interpersonal growth, finding Ervin Staub October work that one loves, and participating in a University of Massachusetts, Amherst democratic way of life. She explores ways to This book attempts to understand the roots make schools happy places. Growing Together of goodness and evil. It gathers together the Personal Relationships Across the Life Subject areas: education, psychology, knowledge gained in a lifelong study of Span philosophy harmful or altruistic behavior. Professor Frieder R. Lang Market: general readers, undergraduate Staub’s work is collected together for the Martin Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenburg, Germany students, graduate students, academic first time in The Psychology of Good and Evil. and Karen L. Fingerman researchers Subject areas: psychology, sociology, Purdue University, Indiana 228 x 152 mm 368pp holocaust, genocide studies 0 521 80763 8 HB c.£25.00 A Understanding personal relationships Market: academic researchers, graduate September throughout the life course is a crucial issue students in the behavioral and social sciences. This 216 x 138 mm 560pp 2 line diagrams 2 tables book stimulates discussion of personal 0 521 82128 2 HB £55.00 A relationships as resources for and outcomes 0 521 52880 1 PB £19.95 A of individual development throughout the September life course. Each chapter addresses social development across the entire life span. Subject areas: social and personality Psychology psychology ▼ see also Market: graduate students, academic researchers 81 Dixon: From Passions to Emotions Advances in Personal Relationships 125 Ludwig: Donald Davidson 125 Smith: John Searle 228 x 152 mm 448pp 17 line diagrams 3 tables 61 Vega-Redondo: Economics and the Theory of Games 0 521 81310 7 HB c.£50.00 A October

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Sociology 133

Sociology After Adorno Durkheim’s Epistemology Rethinking Music Sociology Anne Warfield Rawls Tia DeNora Wayne State University Structure, Agency and the University of Exeter In this original and controversial book Internal Conversation Argues that music sociology can be greatly Professor Rawls argues that Durkheim’s The Margaret S. Archer enriched by a return to Adorno’s focus on Elementary Forms of Religion has been University of Warwick music as a dynamic medium of social life. A consistently misunderstood. It is his Through inner dialogue, ‘the internal guide to ‘how to do music sociology’, it crowning achievement and an attempt to conversation’, individuals reflect upon their covers aesthetic ordering, cognition, the establish a unique epistemological basis for social situation in the light of current emotions and music as a management the study of sociology and moral relations. concerns and projects. On the basis of a device through a series of grounded Subject areas: sociology, social theory, series of in-depth interviews, Archer examples. philosophy identifies three distinctive forms of internal Subject areas: sociology of music, social Market: graduate students, academic conversation, the missing link between theory, musicology, cultural studies, researchers society and the individual, structure and aesthetics 228 x 152 mm 275pp agency. Market: undergraduate students, graduate 0 521 65145 X HB c.£40.00 A Subject areas: social theory, sociology, students, academic researchers October political theory, philosophy 228 x 152 mm 225pp 12 figures 4 music examples Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 83025 7 HB c.£42.50 A Matters of Culture students, undergraduate students 0 521 53724 X PB c.£15.95 A Cultural Sociology in Practice October 228 x 152 mm 390pp 1 table 7 figures Edited by Roger Friedland 0 521 82906 2 HB c.£47.50 A University of California, Santa Barbara Social Theory and Religion 0 521 53597 2 PB c.£16.95 A and John W. Mohr September James A. Beckford University of California, Santa Barbara University of Warwick American sociology is in the midst of a How Parents Help Their Children This book looks at ways of improving our cultural turn. Where sociologists once Get Good Jobs understanding of religious change by spurned culture, today they embrace and Fiona Devine strengthening the links between social explore it. Matters of Culture is an University of Manchester theory and the social scientific study of introduction to some of the best theorizing This is an important new comparative religion. It clarifies the social processes in cultural sociology, focusing in particular study of social mobility based on qualitative involved in constructing religion and non- on questions of power, the sacred and interviews with middle-class parents in religion in public and private life. cultural production. With a major America and Britain. It addresses the key Subject areas: social theory, sociology of theoretical introduction that lays out the issue of the stability of class relations and religion internal structure of the field and middle-class reproduction and how parents Market: undergraduate students, graduate contributions from leading academics seek to increase their children’s chances of students, academic researchers Matters of Culture offers students and professors alike a representative range of the educational success and occupational 228 x 152 mm 275pp advancement. 0 521 77336 9 HB c.£42.50 A types of cultural sociological analysis available. Subject areas: sociology, social policy, 0 521 77431 4 PB c.£15.95 A politics, education, economics September Contributors: Roger Friedland, John W. Mohr, Orlando Patterson, John R. Hall, Market: undergraduate students, graduate Mark Schneider, Richard Hecht, Eviatar students, academic researchers Recognition Struggles and Social Movements Zerubavel, Jeffrey Alexander, Nancy Fraser, 228 x 152 mm 225pp 10 tables 10 figures Steven Seidman, Simonetta Falasca- 0 521 80941 X HB c.£40.00 A Contested Identities, Agency and Power 0 521 00653 8 PB c.£13.95 A Edited by Barbara Hobson Zamponi, Denise D. Bielby, William T. December Stockholms Universitet Bielby, Magali Sarfatti Larson, Harvey Molotoch, Jon D. Cruz Recognition Struggles and Social Movements is the first book to look comparatively and Subject areas: cultural studies, social theory, cross-nationally at the dynamic interplay political sociology between those fighting for a fairer division Market: graduate students, academic of economic resources and those struggling researchers, undergraduate students for recognition and respect of group 228 x 152 mm 400pp differences. 0 521 79162 6 HB c.£47.50 A Subject areas: political sociology, social 0 521 79545 1 PB c.£17.95 A theory, political theory, gender studies, November sociology Market: academic researchers, graduate students, undergraduate students 228 x 152 mm 360pp 2 line diagrams 10 graphs 0 521 82922 4 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 53608 1 PB c.£17.95 A September

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 134 Sociology

Capital Punishment The Dignity of Resistance Cannabis Use Strategies for Abolition Women’s Residents’ Activism in Chicago A Public Health Perspective Edited by Peter Hodgkinson Public Housing Wayne Hall University of Westminster Roberta M. Feldman University of Queensland and William A. Schabas University of Illinois, Chicago and Rosalie Liccardo Pacula National University of Ireland, Galway and Susan Stall RAND Corporation, California What are the critical factors that determine Northeastern University, Illinois This book explores the relationship whether a country replaces, retains or This chronicles the four decade history of between health policy, public health and the restores the death penalty? Why do some Chicago’s Wentworth Gardens public law regarding cannabis use. It combines countries maintain the death penalty in housing residents’ activism. Through the recent research in the physiological, social theory but in reality rarely invoke it? By voices of the activists, Feldman and Stall and economic policy fields, examines asking these questions, the editors hope to challenge common portrayals of public current debates about ‘safe use’ and ‘harm isolate the core issues that influence the housing residents in order to show how minimisation’, as well as the experiences of formulation of legislation so that they can women residents sustain daily life, create a different prevention, treatment and be incorporated into strategies for advising vital community, and save their home from education policies. governments considering changes to their demolition. Subject areas: public health, social policy on capital punishment. As well as the Subject areas: sociology, urban planning, work/policy, addiction studies, medical USA there are chapters on South Korea, social psychology sociology, psychology, medicine, nursing Lithuania, Georgia, Japan and the British Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: academic researchers, graduate Caribbean Commonwealth. students students, undergraduate students, Contributors: Peter Hodgkinson, William Environment and Behavior Series professionals, general practitioners, A. Schabas, Robert Ferris, James Welsh, 228 x 152 mm 400pp 2 line diagrams 7 half-tones clinicians Andrew Coyle, James J. Megivern, Marion 1 table 228 x 152 mm 304pp J. Borg, Michael L. Radelet, M. Cheriff 0 521 59320 4 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 80024 2 HB c.£47.50 A Bassouni, Hugo Adam Bedau, Ronald 0 521 59686 6 PB c.£16.95 A November Tabak, Alexandros Dobryninas, Byung-Sun November Cho, Eric Svanidze, Julian Knowles Subject areas: criminology, humanitarian The Lowest Rung law, human rights, politics, religion, Voices of Australian Poverty Sociology ▼ see also sociology Mark Peel Monash University, Victoria Market: graduate students, academic 65 Anderson: Religious Liberty in Transitional Societies researchers, professionals This is a fascinating and moving portrait of 60 Corak: Generational Income Mobility in North 228 x 152 mm 400pp 10 tables the people who are suffering in a more America and Europe 0 521 81590 8 HB c.£47.50 A divided and less egalitarian Australian 142 Cresciani: The Italians in Australia October society. Based on the author’s conversations 65 Goldstone: States, Parties, and Social Movements with hundreds of people living in three 61 Hart: The Emergence of Entrepreneurship Policy Roots of Hate areas commonly described as 66 Inglehart: Rising Tide 61 Leach: A Course in Public Economics Anti-Semitism in Europe Before the ‘disadvantaged’- Inala in Queensland, Mount Druitt in New South Wales and 141 Mouer: Work and Economic Organisation in Holocaust Contemporary Japan William I. Brustein Broadmeadows in Victoria – this is a book 69 Stewart: Witchcraft, Sorcery, Rumors and Gossip University of Pittsburgh in which impoverished Australians, who are often absent from debates about poverty, William I. Brustein offers the first truly tell their own stories. systematic comparative and empirical examination of anti-Semitism within Subject areas: history, social theory, Europe before the Holocaust. Brustein Australian studies, welfare studies, social proposes that European anti-Semitism work, public policy studies, urban studies flowed from religious, racial, economic, and Market: academic researchers, graduate political roots, which became enflamed by students, professionals, general readers economic distress, rising Jewish 228 x 152 mm 240pp 1 map immigration, and socialist success. 0 521 83062 1 HB c.£50.00 Subject areas: sociology, historical 0 521 53759 2 PB c.£18.95 sociology, sociology of race and ethnicity, October political sociology, history, Judaic studies, Holocaust studies Market: academic researchers, graduate students, general readers 228 x 152 mm 302pp 43 line diagrams 5 tables 0 521 77308 3 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 77478 0 PB c.£16.95 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Religious Studies 135

Religious Studies

■ New Edition An Introduction to Islam Second edition David Waines University of Lancaster This wide-ranging account of the history and theology of one of the world’s most dynamic religions tells the story of Islamic beliefs and practices as they developed from the earliest times down to the present day. For this revised and updated second edition, David Waines has added a long section tackling head-on the issues arising from Islam’s place in the changing world order at the turn of the new millennium. The wars in Bosnia, Afghanistan and Israel, and the terrorist attacks on New York and Washington, have raised global awareness of Islam at a superficial level – but little has been written which considers Islamic political and military extremism in relation to mainstream Muslim history and theology. Coming at the end of a book which has explored the ideas and traditions of Islam in depth, this new section offers thought-provoking reflections on the place of religion in the current conflicts. Reviews of the First Edition Subject area: undergraduate students, graduate students, general readers, (published in 1995) Market: islamic studies, theology, religious studies, comparative religion, oriental and ‘… will deservedly be the standard middle eastern studies introduction to Islam for some time.’ 216 x 138 mm 368pp 8 halftones 1 map Expository Times Publicity material available: 0 521 83141 5 HB c. £47.50 A ‘Essential reading for all those interested in 0 521 53906 4 PB c. £16.95 T Showcards by request – contact your Islamic history and culture.’ September Cambridge sales representative Asian Affairs

The Cambridge Companion to St Paul Edited by James D. G. Dunn The apostle Paul has been justifiably described as the first and greatest Christian theologian. His letters were among the earliest documents to be included in the New Testament and, as such, they shaped Christian thinking from the beginning. The Cambridge Companion to St Paul provides an important assessment of this apostle and a fresh appreciation of his continuing significance today. With eighteen chapters written by a team of leading international Pauline specialists, the Companion will have wide appeal and provide an invaluable starting point and cross check for subsequent studies. Contents: Introduction James D. G. Dunn; Part I. Paul’s Life and Work: 1. Paul’s life Klaus Haacker; 2. Paul as missionary and pastor Stephen C. Barton; Part II. Paul’s Letters: 3. 1 and 2 Thessalonians Margaret M. Mitchell; 4. Galatians Bruce Longenecker; 5. 1 and 2 Corinthians Jerome Murphy-O’Connor; 6. Romans Robert Jewett; 7. Philippians Morna Hooker; 8. Colossians and Philemon Loren Stuckenbruck; 9. Ephesians Andrew T. Lincoln; 10. The pastoral epistles Arland J. Hultgren; Part III. Paul’s Theology: 11. Paul’s Jewish presuppositions Alan F. Segal; 12. Paul’s gospel Graham N. Stanton; 13. Paul’s christology L. W. Hurtado; 14. Paul’s ecclesiology Luke Timothy Johnson; 15. Paul’s ethics Brian Rosner; Part IV. St. Paul: 16. Paul in the second century Calvin J. Roetzel; 17. Paul’s enduring legacy Robert Morgan; 18. Contemporary perspectives on Paul Ben Witherington III; Chronology; Select bibliography. Contributors: James D. G. Dunn, Klaus Haacker, Stephen C. Barton, Margaret M. Mitchell, Bruce Longenecker; Jerome Murphy-O’Connor, Robert Jewett, Morna Hooker, • Edited by one of the world’s most Loren Stuckenbruck, Andrew T. Lincoln, Arland J. Hultgren, Alan F. Segal, Graham N. prominent and widely-known Pauline Stanton, L. W. Hurtado, Luke Timothy Johnson, Brian Rosner, Calvin J. Roetzel, Robert scholars Morgan, Ben Witherington III • Contributors are leading specialists on Cambridge Companions to Religion Paul and early Christianity Subject area: graduate students, academic researchers •International in perspective Market: theology, biblical studies, Christian ethics, ancient history 2003 228 x 152 mm 300pp 0 521 78155 8 HB c. £45.00 A 0 521 78694 0 PB c. £15.95 T August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 136 Religious Studies

■ Textbook Judges and Ruth ■ New series A Guide to Biblical Hebrew Victor H. Matthews Southwest Missouri State University Syntax New Cambridge Bible This commentary brings to life the world Bill T. Arnold Commentary of Judges and Ruth. Written to be Asbury Theological Seminary, Kentucky Edited by Ben Witherington III accessible for a wide readership of clergy, and John H. Choi Asbury Theological Seminary scholars, and interested lay people, it Asbury Theological Seminary, Kentucky Bill T. Arnold provides a Suggested Reading List as a At the heart of biblical interpretation is the Asbury Theological Seminary point of entry for students of Judges and need to read the Bible’s ‘syntax’ (the way James D. G. Dunn Ruth. The NRSV translation is provided words, clauses, and sentences relate to each University of Durham throughout. other). The growing demands on Michael J. Fox Subject areas: biblical studies, theology, theological education have made it difficult University of Wisconsin religious studies for students of the Hebrew Bible (or Old Robert P. Gordon Market: undergraduate students, graduate Testament) to master the intermediate-level University of Cambridge students, general readers skills required to interpret the syntax of the Judith M. Gundry-Volf Bible’s original language. A Guide to Biblical Yale University Divinity School New Cambridge Bible Commentary Hebrew Syntax defines the syntactical Building upon its reputation as a 228 x 152 mm 220pp 25 line diagrams 2 maps 0 521 80606 2 HB c.£37.50 A features of the Hebrew Bible, and illustrates longstanding publisher of Bibles as well each feature with at least one example, 0 521 00066 1 PB c.£13.95 A as academic books on biblical studies December extracted from the Bible and accompanied and theology, Cambridge University with English translation. Press is pleased to announce the Commentary on Revelation ‘Arnold and Choi have given to all who love forthcoming release of the New the Hebrew Scriptures a clear, concise, Cambridge Bible Commentary (NCBC) Ben Witherington, III correct and carefully prepared guide to series. Like the original Cambridge Asbury Theological Seminary, Kentucky Biblical Hebrew syntax, helping its students Bible Commentary – a collection of This is an innovative socio-rhetorical to interpret scriptures more accurately.’ exegetical volumes widely read and commentary on the Book of Revelation. Bruce K. Waltke studied in the 1960s and 1970s – the Without sacrificing scholarly perspective Contents: Part I. Introduction: Part II. NCBC aims to elucidate the Hebrew or academic rigor, it is written to be Nouns: 1. Nominative; 2. Genitive; and Christian scriptures for a wide accessible for a wide audience. A 3. Accusative; 4. Apposition; 5. Adjectives; range of intellectually curious ‘Suggested Reading List’ serves as point of 6. Determination; Part III. Verbs: 7. Stem; individuals. Commentaries in the entry for the new serious scholar of 8. Aspect; 9. Modals; 10. Non-finites; NCBC thus will be academically Revelation. 11. Verbal coordination; Part IV. Particles: rigorous but will not assume the reader Subject areas: biblical studies, theology, 12. Prepositions; 13. Adverbs; has a great deal of specialized religious studies, classics 14. Conjunctions; 15. Particles of theological knowledge or an impressive Market: undergraduate students, graduate existence/non-existence; 16. The Particle of command of the Hebrew, Aramaic, or students, general readers biblical Greek. Unlike the earlier CBC, hinneh; Part V. Clauses: 17. Nominal New Cambridge Bible Commentary clauses; 18. Verbal clauses; 19. Interrogative however, the new series will take 228 x 152 mm 352pp 1 line diagram clauses; 20. Oath formulae; 21. Disjunctive advantage of many of the rewards provided by scholarly research over the 0 521 80609 7 HB c.£40.00 A clauses; 22. Desiderative or optative clauses; 0 521 00068 8 PB c.£14.95 A 23. Existential clauses; 24. Elliptical clauses; last three decades. While not mistaking September 25. Negative clauses; 26. Subordinate trendiness for truth, volumes in the clauses; Part VI. Appendixes: 27. Stem NCBC will make accessible and build chart; 28. Expanded Stem chart. upon many of the advances in theory Subject areas: Hebrew bible, biblical and theology produced in universities studies, theology and seminaries during the last thirty years. Utilizing recent gains in Market: graduate students, academic rhetorical criticism, social scientific researchers, professionals study of the scriptures, narrative 216 x 138 mm 208pp 2 line diagrams criticism and other developing 0 521 82609 8 HB c.£32.50 A disciplines, this series intends to 0 521 53348 1 PB c.£11.95 A provide a fresh look at biblical texts, September taking advantage of the growing edges in Biblical Studies.

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Religious Studies 137

Jesus’ Defeat of Death From Hope to Despair in ■ Persuading Mark’s Early Readers Thessalonica New series Peter G. Bolt Situating 1 and 2 Thessalonians Current Issues in Theology Moore Theological College, Sydney Colin R. Nicholl Gordon College, Massachusetts Edited by Professor Iain Torrance University of Aberdeen This ground-breaking analysis cuts to the heart of the debate surrounding the David Ford University of Cambridge Thessalonians Epistles. Colin Nicholl examines the situations giving rise to each Bryan Spinks Yale University Letter with a view to determining how the two relate historically. His book presents a Kathryn Tanner compelling new hypothesis and is the most University of Chicago up-to-date account of Thessalonians John Webster available. University of Aberdeen Subject areas: biblical studies, ancient There is a need among upper- history undergraduate and graduate students of theology, as well as among Christian Market: academic researchers, graduate teachers and church professionals, for a students series of short, focussed studies of Peter Bolt explores the impact of Mark’s Society for New Testament Studies Monograph particular key topics in theology Gospel on its early readers in the first- Series written by prominent theologians. century Graeco-Roman world. He focuses 216 x 138 mm 300pp Current Issues in Theology meets this upon the thirteen characters in Mark who 0 521 83142 3 HB c.£45.00 A need. The books in the series are come to Jesus for healing and, using October designed to provide a ‘state-of-the-art’ analytical tools of narrative and reader- statement on the topic in question, response criticism, explores their crucial ■ Textbook engaging with contemporary thinking role in the communication of the Gospel. as well as providing original insights. Subject areas: biblical studies (New The Theology of Paul’s Letter to The aim is to publish books which Testament), early Christianity, ancient the Romans stand between the static monograph history Klaus Haacker genre and the more immediate Market: academic researchers, graduate Barmen School of Theology, Wuppertal statement of a journal article, by students Klaus Haacker, a respected expert on Paul’s authors who are questioning existing paradigms or rethinking perspectives. Society for New Testament Studies Monograph writings, presents a compelling Series, 125 introduction to the theology of the Letter to 216 x 138 mm 320pp 1 line diagram 4 tables the Romans. This volume completes 0 521 83036 2 HB c.£47.50 A Cambridge’s New Testament Theology Holy Scripture October series. Professor Haacker focuses on themes A Dogmatic Sketch such as righteousness, suffering and hope John Webster Matthew’s Trilogy of Parables and the mystery of Israel in the age of the University of Aberdeen The Nation, the Nations and the Reader in gospel. Engaging with Paul’s rhetoric This book is a loud reaffirmation of the Matthew 21:28-22:14 strategy, he shows how both ancient Rome triune God at the heart of a scripture- Wesley Gordon Olmstead and the spiritual heritage of Israel provide based Christianity, but it is written with Briercrest Bible College, Saskatchewan contexts for the Letter. The book will be of intellectual rigour by a theologian who interest to teachers, pastors, and students of Wesley Olmstead examines the parables of understands the currents of modern theology and the New Testament. the Two Sons, the Tenants and the Wedding secular thought, and is able to work from Feast against the backdrop of the wider Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Theology in a them towards a constructive position on Matthean narrative. He explores Matthew’s nutshell; 3. Theology in process; 4. Major biblical authority. characterisation of Jewish leaders, people concerns; 5. Sorting the sources; 6. To the Subject areas: theology, biblical studies, and nations and assesses the respective roles Romans a Roman?; 7. Romans in its Christian ethics, philosophy of religion of Israel and the nations in the plot of canonical context; 8. The impact of Market: graduate students, professionals Romans and interactions with Romans in Matthew’s Gospel. Current Issues in Theology, 1 church history; 9. The relevance of Romans Subject areas: biblical studies, ancient reconsidered; Further reading. 216 x 138 mm 176pp history 0 521 83118 0 HB c.£32.50 A Subject areas: theology, biblical studies Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 53846 7 PB c.£10.95 A students Market: undergraduate students, graduate October Society for New Testament Studies Monograph students Series New Testament Theology 216 x 138 mm 264pp 216 x 138 mm 160pp 0 521 83154 7 HB c.£47.50 A 0 521 43480 7 HB c.£40.00 A November 0 521 43535 8 PB c.£13.95 X November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 138 Religious Studies

Worship as Meaning ■ Textbook The Just War Revisited A Liturgical Theology for Late Modernity Visions of Jewish Education Oliver O’Donovan Graham Hughes University of Oxford Moore Theological College, Sydney Edited by Seymour Fox Leading political theologian Oliver The Mandel Foundation and Hebrew University of How can we draw sense from the ritual acts Jerusalem O’Donovan takes a fresh look at some of Christians assembled in worship? This Israel Scheffler traditional moral arguments about war. book examines worship from the points of Harvard University, Massachusetts Christians differ widely on this issue. view of modern and late modern theories of The book re-examines questions of meaning. It applies the semiotic theory of and Daniel Marom Mandel Foundation, Jerusalem contemporary urgency, including the use Charles Peirce to Christian worship and of biological and nuclear weapons, surveys the current styles of liturgical This addresses the multiple challenges of military intervention, economic theology. the open society to Jewish continuity by sanctions, war-crimes trials, and the role considering variant visions of Jewish Subject areas: Christian theology, of the UN. education appropriate for our time and philosophy, liturgical studies, ministry circumstances. Six leading scholars – Subject areas: theology, ethics, politics, studies, semiotics philosophy representing Orthodox, Conservative, Market: academic researchers, graduate Market: graduate students, professionals Reform, and secular perspectives – students formulate their visions of an ideal Jewish Current Issues in Theology, 2 Cambridge Studies in Christian Doctrine, 10 education for the contemporary world. The 216 x 138 mm 128pp 228 x 152 mm 360pp book emphasizes the continuity of theory 0 521 83138 5 HB c. £32.50 A 0 521 82851 1 HB c.£47.50 A and practice, demonstrating the application ?=;;;;æ;æ.Ë.„,÷+÷;æ:˛;ƒ=æ*„.„+‹+÷;æ;æ;÷+÷,æ?æ;„*„.æ?æ;÷+÷,æ?æ;æ;æ?= 0 521 53557 3 PB c.£17.95 A of theory as well as articulating theory 0 521 53899 8 PB c. £10.95 A August embodied in practice. More broadly, the October book seeks to demonstrate how all religious The Cambridge Companion to and ethnic communities might deepen the Religion and the Workplace Postmodern Theology impact of their educational programs. Pluralism, Spirituality, Leadership Edited by Kevin J. Vanhoozer Contents: Part I. The Vision Project: Douglas A. Hicks Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, Illinois 1. Envisioning Jewish education; 2. The University of Richmond, Virginia project in operation; 3. Six visions: an How can company leaders and employees overview; Part II: 4. Visions in detail: what negotiate their different religious and must a Jew study and why? Isadore Twersky; spiritual commitments in the workplace? At 5. Jewish studies in Israel from a liberal- a time of international debate over religious secular perspective Menachem Brinker; conflict and tolerance, workforces in 6. We are as those who dream: an agenda for various parts of the world are more diverse an ideal Jewish education Moshe Greenberg; than ever before. This book analyzes the 7. Reflections on the educated Jew from the situation and proposes constructive perspective of reform Judaism Michael A. solutions. Meyer; 8. Educated Jews: common elements Michael Rosenak; 9. The concept of the Subject areas: theology, comparative educated person: with some applications to religion, sociology of religion, management Jewish education Israel Scheffler; Part III. and business studies, political science Visions in Context: 10. The art of Market: graduate students, academic translation Seymour Fox; 11. Before the researchers, professionals gates of the school: an experiment in 228 x 152 mm 264pp Theologians have responded in many developing educational vision from practice 0 521 82240 8 HB c.£45.00 A different ways to the challenges posed by Daniel Marom; Conclusion: the courage to 0 521 52960 3 PB c.£16.95 A theories of postmodernity. This envision. November introductory guide offers examples of Subject areas: Judaism, Jewish studies, different types of contemporary theology in philosophy of education, education relation to postmodernity, and examines the key Christian doctrines in postmodern Market: graduate students, undergraduate perspective. Leading theologians contribute students, professionals to this clear and informative Companion. 228 x 152 mm 352pp 0 521 82147 9 HB c.£50.00 A Subject areas: Christian theology, 0 521 52899 2 PB c.£19.95 A philosophy, biblical studies August Market: graduate students, undergraduate students, academic researchers Cambridge Companions to Religion 228 x 152 mm 318pp 0 521 79062 X HB c.£42.50 A 0 521 79395 5 PB c.£15.95 T July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Religious Studies/Bibles 139

The Sociology of Early Buddhism An Introduction to Mormonism Bibles Greg Bailey Douglas J. Davies La Trobe University, Victoria University of Durham and Ian Mabbett KJV Pocket Concord Reference Monash University, Victoria Bible Early Buddhism flourished because it took Originally published over 40 years ago as up the challenge represented by buoyant the Crystal Reference Bible, this tiny book economic conditions in the newly emergent is one of the most compact reference Bibles Indian states from the fifth century BCE. ever produced. The type is small but bold This book begins with the apparent and the Bible has exactly the same page inconsistency of Buddhism, a renunciant layout and pagination as the renowned movement, surviving within a strong urban Cambridge KJV Concord Reference and environment, and draws out the Wide Margin editions. implications of this. The Cambridge bold-figure cross-reference Subject areas: Buddhist studies, early system leaves the text uncluttered and clear. religion, anthropology of religion, sociology The Bible contains a glossary, and the text of religion, history of religion includes pronunciation marks and red- Market: academic researchers, graduate letter type for the words of Christ. The students book is printed on India paper, gilt-edged Highly visible, yet a mystery in terms of and bound with a ribbon marker in a choice its core beliefs and theological structure, 228 x 152 mm 280pp 0 521 83116 4 HB c.£47.50 A of styles. the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day November Saints is one of the fastest growing • same layout and page numbers as the religious movements in the world. This much larger KJV Concord Bible timely book provides an important Market: churchgoers, general readers introduction to the basic history, Religious Studies 131 x 89 mm 1248pp doctrines and practices of The LDS – the ▼ see also Black French Morocco Leather R103 ‘Mormon’ Church. Particular emphasis 0 521 53692 8 c.£32.95 B is given to sacred texts and prophecies as 65 Anderson: Religious Liberty in Transitional Societies Burgundy French Morocco Leather R103 0 521 53693 6 c.£32.95 B well as to the crucial Temple rituals of 79 Archer: Religion, Politics, and Society in Sixteenth- Available now endowments, marriage and baptism. Century England Written by a non-Mormon, it seeks to 133 Beckford: Social Theory and Religion 83 Bireley: The Jesuits and the Thirty Years War describe Mormonism in ways that non- KJV Pitt Minion Reference Bible 17 Broom: The Evolution of Morality and Religion Mormons can understand. 123 Frank: The Cambridge Companion to Medieval This classic Cambridge edition of the King Subject areas: religious studies, theology, Jewish Philosophy James Version is now available in two styles history of ideas 6Linden: The Alchemy Reader (bonded leather or calfskin) with black- letter text to complement our existing range Market: graduate students, 123 McGrade: The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Philosophy of red-letter Pitt Minion Bibles, available in undergraduate students, general readers 141 Overmyer: Religions in China Today a range of colours and bindings. 228 x 152 mm 288pp 80 Rosman: The Evolution of the English Churches, 0 521 81738 2 HB c. £45.00 A 1500–2000 Market: churchgoers, general readers 0 521 52064 9 PB c. £15.95 T 78 Ryrie: The Gospel and Henry VIII 176 x 118 mm 990pp October 127 Sobel: Logic and Theism Black Bonded Leather KJ182 127 Wrathall: Religion after Metaphysics 0 521 53699 5 c.£22.95 B Black Calfskin Leather KJ187 0 521 53700 2 c.£39.95 B July

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 140 Bibles/Regional Studies

KJV Concord Wide-Margin RSV Harper Study Bible Regional Studies Reference Bible The RSV translation is respected in the Cambridge’s Concord Wide-Margin scholarly community for its fidelity to the Asian Studies Edition is greatly valued for Bible study, as ancient texts. The Harper Study Bible is an it features wide margins all around the text established and respected edition, now for verse-by-verse annotations. This edition, reissued by Cambridge in two new binding The Indian Princes and their bound in fine goatskin leather, enhances the styles. States range of styles available. Printed on smooth, It offers a wealth of study aids and Barbara N. Ramusack opaque and resilient paper with art-gilt background information about the times University of Cincinnati edges, it includes all the other elements of and the events related in the Bible: This is a fascinating portrait of the princes the Concord Wide-Margin – centre- •full introductions to each book of the of India from their pre-colonial origins to column references, a glossary, concordance, Bible their decline after 1947. Frequently 15 colour maps and the Translators’ Preface. caricatured as British stooges, Ramusack Market: Bible students, general readers • annotations on each page with argues that the princes were not a British commentary and background creation. Many were consummate 231 x 184 mm 1408pp 15 maps information Black Goatskin Leather KWM266 politicians who exercised considerable 0 521 53698 7 c.£115.00 B • marginal cross-references autonomy. July •a concordance of 192 pages Subject areas: twentieth-century history, colonial history, South Asian history, • full colour maps KJV Cameo Wide-Margin politics, anthropology Market: Bible students and scholars Reference Bible Market: undergraduate students, graduate The Cameo Edition has been one of 216 x 138 mm 2150pp 1 table 15 maps students 0 521 83007 9 HB c.£26.95 B Cambridge’s most popular Bibles for The New Cambridge History of India, III.6 Black Calfskin Leather RS347 generations. This edition, featuring wide 0 521 53701 0 c.£50.00 B 228 x 152 mm 320pp 21 half-tones 1 map margins that enable readers to make their October 0 521 26727 7 HB c.£40.00 A own notes against the text, is now reissued September after several years. It is valued for its attractive and easy-to-read typeface, and for Hindu Nationalism and the Bibles its useful study aids – pronunciation marks, Language of Politics in Late cross-references, concordance and maps. ▼ see also Printed on Bible paper with gilt or art-gilt Colonial India edges, it is bound with two ribbon markers 135 Dunn: The Cambridge Companion to St Paul William Gould 137 Haacker: The Theology of Paul’s Letter to the University of Cambridge in a choice of styles. Romans Market: Bible students, general readers 136 Matthews: Judges and Ruth William Gould explores the nature of 210 x 156 mm 1606pp 15 maps Hindu nationalism as an ideology and French Morocco Leather KWMC253 political language. Using an array of 0 521 53695 2 c.£70.00 B historical sources, he demonstrates how Black Calfskin Leather KWMC257 Hindu nationalist ideology affected the 0 521 53696 0 c.£80.00 B secularist Congress in Uttar Pradesh on the Burgundy Calfskin Leather KWMC257 eve of Independence, and how these 0 521 53697 9 c.£80.00 B ideologies fostered tensions between August Hindus and Muslims. Subject areas: Indian history, politics, religious studies, South Asian studies Market: academic researchers, graduate students Cambridge Studies in Indian History and Society, 10 228 x 152 mm 280pp 0 521 83061 3 HB c.£45.00 A December

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Asian Studies 141

The Anglo-Maratha Campaigns Crisis and Innovation in Asian Work and Economic Organisation and the Contest for India Technology in Contemporary Japan The Conflict for Control of the South Asian Edited by William W. Keller Ross Mouer Military Economy University of Pittsburgh Monash University, Victoria Randolf G. S. Cooper and Richard J. Samuels and Hirosuke Kawanishi Grambling State University, Louisianna Massachusetts Institute of Technology Waseda University, Japan This book analyses the Anglo-Maratha Work and Economic Organisation in Campaigns of 1803 which represented the Contemporary Japan provides a last serious indigenous obstacle to the comprehensive, introductory overview of formation of the British Raj. It reexamines the ‘world of work’ in Japan. The book the campaigns and assumptions concerning considers post-war economic development ‘The Military Revolution’ and shows that and the disillusionment of the nineties. The British victory in 1803 hinged on authors challenge the celebration of economics and intelligence, not superior Japanese management practices which has discipline, drill and technology. dominated the literature for the last three Subject areas: military history, South Asian decades. history, British history, imperial history Subject areas: Japanese studies, sociology of Market: academic researchers, enthusiasts, work, labour studies, political economy graduate students Market: academic researchers, graduate 228 x 152 mm 440pp 12 maps students, undergraduate students 0 521 82444 3 HB c.£45.00 A Contemporary Japanese Society November This book is about the economic crises in 228 x 152 mm 320pp 20 tables Asia at the turn of the millennium. It 0 521 65120 4 HB c.£40.00 A Religions in China Today explains how these crises changed the 0 521 65845 4 PB c.£13.95 A Edited by Daniel Overmyer innovation and business production November University of British Columbia, Vancouver systems of China, Malaysia, Japan, This volume looks at religions in China Singapore, South Korea, Thailand, and Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict today. Articles include: Belief in Control: Taiwan, investigating several different in Indonesia Regulation of Religion in China, Local industries, including semiconductors, Jacques Bertrand Religion in Hong Kong and Macau, automobiles, and hard disk drives. University of Toronto Religion and the State in Post-war Taiwan, Subject areas: comparative politics, Bertrand explores religious and ethnic Buddhist China at the Century’s Turn, political economy, international relations, conflict in Indonesia, arguing that its Islam in China: Accommodation or international economics, South East Asian increase in recent years is the result of Separatism?, Catholic Revival during the studies, East Asian studies Suharto’s long, authoritarian regime which Reform Era. Market: undergraduate students, graduate left the country unprepared for change. The Subject areas: religion in China, China students, academic researchers book is a major contribution to the studies, contemporary history, sociology 228 x 152 mm 264pp 7 line diagrams 10 tables understanding of conflict in an often Market: academic researchers, graduate 0 521 81871 0 HB £55.00 A misunderstood part of the world. students, undergraduate students 0 521 52409 1 PB £19.95 A Subject areas: politics, anthropology, Available now The China Quarterly Special Issues sociology, East Asian studies, Islamic 238 x 154 mm 240pp studies, religious studies 0 521 53823 8 PB c.£13.95 A Market: academic researchers, graduate August students Cambridge Asia-Pacific Studies 228 x 152 mm 280pp 0 521 81889 3 HB c.£45.00 A 0 521 52441 5 PB c.£16.95 A November

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 142 Australian Studies/Latin American Studies

Australian Studies Latin American Studies

Elders Trials of Nation Making The Italians in Australia Liberalism, Race, and Ethnicity in the Australia’s Indigenous Leaders Gianfranco Cresciani Andes, 1810–1910 Edited and translated Ministry for the Arts, New South Wales Brooke Larson by Peter McConchie The Italians have made an enormous State University of New York, Stony Brook contribution to the development of This book offers the first interpretive Australian society, and Gianfranco synthesis of the history of Andean peasants Cresciani – this country’s foremost and the challenges of nation-making in the expert on Italian life in Australia – four republics of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, provides the definitive account. In this and Bolivia, and raises broader issues about new edition Cresciani brings to life the the interplay of liberalism, racism, and important story of the Italo-Australian ethnicity in the formation of exclusionary community into the twenty-first ‘republics without citizens’. century. Subject areas: Latin American history and Subject areas: sociology of race and anthropology ethnicity, migration studies, Australian Market: graduate students, academic history, Italian history researchers, undergraduate students Peter McConchie is an internationally Market: undergraduate students, 228 x 152 mm 225pp 14 half-tones 2 maps renowned professional photographer who general readers 0 521 56171 X HB c.£35.00 A has spent much of his working life travelling 247 x 174 mm 176pp 75 half-tones 1 map 0 521 56730 0 PB c.£11.95 A the world. Since returning to his native 0 521 83087 7 HB c. £40.00 A December Australia in 1997 he has devoted himself to 0 521 53778 9 PB c. £14.95 T working within Indigenous culture and the September environment. His previous books include Australian Broadcasting Corporation ■ Revised edition Yolngu Mali: Aboriginal Spirit and Australia – Beyond Any Price. The Economic History of Latin This beautifully-illustrated photo-essay America since Independence is the most representative account of Second edition Aboriginal people’s lives, culture and Victor Bulmer-Thomas beliefs in book form. It is the result of The Royal Institute of International Affairs Peter McConchie’s work with Beginning with the integration of Latin indigenous people since 1997. The America into the world trading system chapters are authored by tribal elders centered on Europe and North America from around Australia, speaking simply before 1930, this book takes its narrative and movingly to give an amazing from the end of the colonial epoch to the insight into their traditioinal and present, and provides a comprehensive contemporary ways of living. balanced portrait of the factors affecting McConchie’s visually stunning economic development in Latin America. photography supports and amplifies Subject areas: Latin American history and their words. Elders will appeal to the politics, world trade and international widest range of readers. relations • Beautifully illustrated with colour Market: graduate students, academic photographs by one of Australia’s researchers, undergraduate students leading photographers • Presents a unique union of the words Cambridge Latin American Studies and wisdom of many indigenous 228 x 152 mm 520pp 7 line diagrams 71 tables tribal groups 2 maps 0 521 82567 9 HB c.£47.50 A • Includes contributions by two leading 0 521 53274 4 PB c.£17.95 A Aboriginal figures, Mandawuy September Yunupingu and Lowitja O’Donoghue • The book release is to coincide with a major photographic exhibition in Melbourne and London Subject areas: anthropology, Aboriginal studies, social history Market: general readers 235 x 155 mm 144pp 30 colour plates 1 map 0 521 83152 0 HB c.£40.00 A 0 521 53924 2 PB c.£14.95 T August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Middle East Studies 143

Middle East Studies

A History of Modern Palestine One Land, Two Peoples Ilan Pappe University of Haifa, Israel Ilan Pappe writes the story of Palestine, a land inhabited by two peoples. It begins with the Ottomans in the early 1800s, and traces a path through the arrival of the early Zionists at the end of that century, through the British mandate in the early twentieth century to the establishment of the state of Israel in 1948, and the subsequent wars which culminated in the intifadas of 1996 and 2001. While these events provide the background to the narrative and explain the construction of Zionist and Palestinian nationalism, at centre stage are those who lived through these times, men and women, children,Jews and Arabs. It is a story of coexistence, as well as oppression, occupation, and exile. Ilan Pappe is well known as a revisionist historian of Israel. His account is lucid and typically forthright. It is a unique contribution to the history of this troubled land.

•The author traces the history of the land of Palestine – one land inhabited by two peoples with two separate nationalist aspirations •A lucid and typically forthright account from an Israeli historian well known as an outspoken critic of Israel and its policies towards the Palestinians •A must-read for students, policy-makers, journalists, and anyone concerned with the history and politics of the Middle East

Subject area: undergraduate students, general readers Market: Middle East history, politics 2003 228 x 152 mm 320pp 5 halftones 5 maps 0 521 55406 3 HB c. £40.00 A 0 521 55632 5 PB c. £16.95 T December

Publicity material available: Palestinian/Middle East History Leaflet 0 521 94898 3

Recently published

0 521 52900 X 0 521 64412 7 0 521 79476 5

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 144 Middle East Studies/University of Cambridge Publications/Journals

A History of Jordan University of Journals Philip Robins University of Oxford Cambridge Philip Robins survey of the political history Leiden Journal of International of Jordan begins in the Mandate years, and Publications Law follows events to the present. At the In addition to the Cambridge Pocket Diary Editors-in-Chief: Marcel Brus beginning of King Hussein’s rule, the and the Guide to Courses, Cambridge Leiden University prospects for King and country looked University Press also publishes other large- and Thomas Skouteris grim. However, both survived a variety of scale University of Cambridge reference Leiden University challenges and, in the 1970s and 1980s, works. The details of these publications to Firmly established as one of Europe’s Jordan emerged as an apparently prosperous the end of 2003 are as follows: leading journals in the field, the Leiden state. Since the King’s death, recent tensions Journal of International Law (LJIL) in the region have plunged the country back The Cambridge Pocket Diary provides a forum for two vital areas, namely into uncertainty. This is an incisive account, 2003–2004 international legal theory and international compellingly told, about a small, but dispute settlement. It is unique in providing significant player in Middle East affairs. University of Cambridge the most comprehensive coverage of the Subject areas: twentieth-century history, Cambridge Pocket Diary world’s most important international politics, Middle East studies 0 521 00921 9 Diary c.£5.95 A tribunals in The Hague and elsewhere (such August Market: graduate students, undergraduate as the ICJ, ICTY, ICC and others), as well students, general readers as examining new trends in international Cambridge University Guide To legal thinking. LJIL is essential reading for 228 x 152 mm 280pp 15 half-tones 6 maps Courses 2003–2004 0 521 59117 1 HB c.£40.00 A academics and practitioners who need to 0 521 59895 8 PB c.£14.95 T University of Cambridge stay abreast of recent developments in these November Cambridge University Guide to Courses areas. 0 521 53177 2 PB c.£14.95 A Subscriptions Volume 16 in 2003: March, June, August September and December Institutions print and electronic: £110/$171 Cambridge University Historical Institutions electronic only: £95/$143 Forthcoming in 2004: Individuals print only: £30/$45 A History of Modern Afganistan Register Supplement 1986–90 Students: £25/$38 Michael Barry University of Cambridge Print ISSN 0922-1565 Electronic ISSN 1478-9698 Cambridge University Historical Register Supplements 186 x 123 mm 656pp 0 521 62452 5 HB £80.00 A Available now This title was previously announced in Fast-track Titles, Academic and Professional, Spring 2003

The Historical Register of the University of Cambridge Supplement 1991–2000 University of Cambridge Cambridge University Historical Register Supplements 0 521 80963 0 HB c.£85.00 A August

Statutes and Ordinances of the University of Cambridge 2003 University of Cambridge Cambridge University Statutes and Ordinances 0 521 00923 5 PB c.£50.00 A August

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Author and Title Index 145

A Art, Culture and National Identity Bird, Stephanie, 104 Cambridge Companion to in Fin-de-Siecle Europe, 119 Bireley, Robert, 83 Contemporary Irish Poetry, The, Abelian Varieties, Theta Functions Art of Molecular Dynamics Birmingham, David, 75 98 and the Fourier Transform, 45 Simulation, The, 36 Birnbaum, Michele, 105 Cambridge Companion to Crime Ablowitz, M., 44 Art versus Nonart, 117 Blackwell, Alan, 5 Fiction, The, 98 Ablowitz, Mark J., 43 Aschenbrenner, Gail, 28 Blahut, Richard E., 38 Cambridge Companion to Giovanni Abrams, Robert, 105 Asher, Nicholas, 93 Blair, Peter Hunter, 100 Bellini, The, 116 Achenbach, Jan, 50 Aston, Elaine, 109 Blandford, Roger, 30 Cambridge Companion to Greek Adams, Simon, 79 Astronomy: A Physical Perspective, Boesch, Christophe, 15 and Roman Philosophy, The, 120 Adaptive Speciation, 17 26 Bohrer, Frederick N., 117 Cambridge Companion to Liszt, Adler, K. H., 85 Astronomy Methods, 29 Boitani, Piero, 98 The, 113 Advanced Astrophysics, 29 Atkins' Molecules, 2 Bolt, Peter G., 137 Cambridge Companion to Mary Advanced Dynamics, 40 Atkins, Peter, 2 Bondanella, Peter, 99 Shelley, The, 98 Aesthetics and Politics of the Crowd Atkinson, Kerry, 8 Bootstrap Techniques for Signal Cambridge Companion to Medieval in American Literature, The, 105 Atomic Structure and Lifetimes, 36 Processing, 39 Jewish Philosophy, The, 123 African-American Family in Slavery Australian Liberals and the Moral Boroczky, K., 48 Cambridge Companion to Medieval and Emancipation, The, 86 Philosophy, The, 123 Middle Class, 66 Bosence, Dan W. J., 21 After Adorno, 133 Cambridge Companion to Medieval Automated Rendezvous and Bouchaud, Jean-Philippe, 33 Ageyev, Vladimir, 132 Women's Writing, The, 98 Docking of Spacecraft, 39 Bowen, Jose Antonio, 112 Aiena, Pietro, 44 Cambridge Companion to Modern Automatic Sequences, 45 Bown, Nicola, 103 Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y., 95 Latin American Culture, The, 98 Avery, Lisa, 9 Bradt, Hale, 29 Al-Akaidi, Marwan, 38 Cambridge Companion to Avital, Tsion, 117 Brakman, Steven, 59 Alasdair MacIntyre, 125 Postmodern Theology, The, 138 Brand, Paul, 78 Albarède, Francis, 22 Cambridge Companion to Rossini, B Brandt, John, 25 Albright, Daniel, 107 The, 114 Brandt, John Conrad, 30 Alchemy Reader, The, 6 Bacchylides, 73 Cambridge Companion to Science Bratton, Jacky, 107 Alexander, R. S., 84 Bacon, M., 23 Fiction, The, 97 Brenner, Malcom K., 8 All's Well that Ends Well, 108 Bagenal, Fran, 29 Cambridge Companion to Sibelius, Brett, Judith, 66 Allman, Elizabeth S., 49 Bailey, Greg, 139 The, 114 Breuer, K., 49 Allouche, Jean-Paul, 45 Bailey, Joanne, 79 Cambridge Companion to St Paul, Briggs, Charles S., 94 Altig, David E., 61 Baldridge, W. Scott, 23 The, 135 Briscoe, David, 11 Altug, Sumru, 59 Baldwin, John R., 62 Cambridge Companion to the Broom, Donald, 17 African American Novel, The, 99 Ambiguity and Logic, 127 Baldwin, Thomas, 121 Brown, Keith, 9 Cambridge Companion to the Amerasinghe, Chittharanjan Felix, 54 Balen, Adam H., 11 Brunner, Hermann, 50 Italian Novel, The, 99 America and the Armenian Ball, Larry, 115 Brus, Marcel , 144 Cambridge Companion to the Lied, Genocide of 1915, 86 Ball, Terence, 67 Brustein, William I., 134 The, 113 Analog Optical Links, 39 Ballou, Jonathan, 11 Brzezinski, Tomasz, 45 Cambridge Companion to the Analysing Race Talk, 130 Bamber, Jonathan L., 24 Bubner, Rudiger, 126 Modern German Novel, The, 99 Ancient Anger, 74 Banham, Martin, 109 Building a Dynamic Europe, 58 Cambridge Companion to the Ancient Art and its Historiography, Barbour, Richmond , 110 Bulakh, Andrei, 20 Spanish Novel, The, 99 116 Barendregt, Aat, 14 Bulmer-Thomas, Victor, 142 Cambridge Companion to the Ancient Jomon of Japan, 70 Barker, Clive, 110 Burdett, Carolyn, 103 Stoics, The, 123 Ancient Pueblo Southwest, 70 Barnett, Alexandra, 5 Burge, Barbara, 132 Cambridge Companion to the Anderson, John, 65 Barr, Nicholas, 59 Burnham, Robert, 26 String Quartet, The, 113 Andreescu, Titu, 42 Barrett, Robert J., 69 Burns, Arthur, 80 Cambridge Companion to Titian, Anger, Jenny, 119 Barrow, John D., 33 Burroughs, William James, 23 The, 116 Anglo-Maratha Campaigns and the Bartram, Graham, 99 Business and Politics in Europe, Cambridge Companion to Contest for India, The, 141 Bauer, Ralph, 105 1900–1970, 89 Twentieth-Century Irish Drama, Anglo-Saxon England, 100 Bauman, Richard, 94 Buss, Samuel R., 51 The, 107 Anglo-Saxon Perceptions of the Baz, Jamil, 61 Buti, Marco, 58 Cambridge Dictionary of Islamic World, 100 Bazzaz, F. A., 13 Buzan, Barry, 66 Astronomy, 27 Annotated Catalogue of Chopin's Beach, Alison I., 100 Byrne, Joseph P., 59 Cambridge Encyclopedia of the First Editions, An, 114 Beach, Christopher, 104 English Language, The, 90 Anthology and the Rise of the Beckett and Aesthetics, 107 C Cambridge History of African and Novel, The, 104 Beckford, James A., 133 Caribbean Literature, The, 105 Anthony, Robert G., 15 Beerends, R. J., 33 C++ Design Patterns and Cambridge History of Philosophy Apt, Krzysztof, 52 Before Orientalism, 110 Derivatives Pricing, 42 1870–1945, The, 121 Archaeology of Micronesia, The, 71 Bell, J. S., 33 C. G. Jung and the Making of Cambridge History of Scandinavia, Archer, Ian W., 79 Bellamy, Richard, 19, 67 Modern Psychology, 130 The, 77 Archer, Margaret S., 133 Bender, David A., 19 Cambridge Companion to Bertrand Cambridge History of Twentieth- Archimedes, 74 Bernard, G. W., 79 Russell, The, 124 Century Music, The, 114 Architect and the Builder in British Bertrand, Jacques, 141 Cambridge Companion to Cambridge History of Twentieth- Architectural Theory, The, 117 Bielefeldt, Heiner, 125 Canadian Literature, The, 99 Century Political Thought, The, Architectural Research Quarterly, 119 Bigelow, Gordon, 102 Cambridge Companion to Chaucer, 67 Architecture and Mathematics in Bigg, Grant, 23 The, 98 Cambridge Illustrated History of Ancient Egypt, 71 Biological Complexity and Cambridge Companion to the Roman World, The, 71 Architecture as Performance in Integrative Pluralism, 128 Conducting, The, 112 Cambridge Introduction to French Seventeenth-Century Europe, 118 Biology of Apples and Pears, 16 Poetry, The, 96 Arnold, Bill T., 136 Biology of Traditions, The, 15

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 146 Author and Title Index

Cambridge Introduction to Commentary on Revelation, 136 D Dutcher, Janice P., 8 Twentieth-Century American Complex Variables, 43 Dyck, Andrew R., 73 Poetry, The, 104 Computational Algebraic Geometry, D'Ambra, Eve, 117 Dynamic Macroeconomic Analysis, Cambridge Klett Comprehensive 46 Dabbah, Maher M., 55 59 German Dictionary, 95 Computational Models for Dales, Garth, 44 Dynasty of Chernigov, 1146–1246, Cambridge Old English Reader, Turbulent Reacting Flows, 40 Damiano, Diane, 9 The, 83 The, 101 Concepts of Mathematical Finance, Dark Universe, The, 31 Cambridge Pocket Diary 41 Davies, Douglas J., 139 E 2003–2004, The, 144 Conceptual Art, 118 Davies, Melanie C., 11 Cambridge University Guide To Concise History of Portugal, A, 75 Davies, Paul C. W., 33 Early American Theatre from the Courses 2003–2004, 144 Concrete Abstract Algebra, 47 Davis, E. Philip, 59 Revolution to Thomas Jefferson, Cambridge University Historical Connelly, Frances, 118 Davis, Tracy, 107 108 Register Supplement 1986–90, Conquerors' Road, 86 de la Escosura, Leandro Prados, 88 Early Music History, 115 144 Consent to Sexual Relations, 127 Deary, Ian J., 129 Ecological Networks and Greenways, 13 Cameron, Deborah, 92 Conservation, 12 Decline of Life, The, 80 Economic History of Latin America Campbell, Bruce, 13 Consistent Quantum Theory, 34 Deep-Sky Companions: The since Independence, The, 142 Campbell, Catherine, 17 Constable, Olivia Remie, 82 Caldwell Objects, 28 Economic Theory and Global Campbell, Colin, 47 Constraints in Phonological Delaney, David, 58 Warming, 60 Campbell, Matthew, 98 Acquisition, 94 Democracy Defended, 68 Economic Transition in Central and Campbell, Stuart, 114 Consumerism in Twentieth-Century Democratic Distributive Justice, 68 Eastern Europe, 58 Cannabis Use, 134 Britain, 89 DeNora, Tia, 133 Economics and the Theory of Capital Punishment, 134 Contemporary Black and Asian Derolez, Albert, 100 Games, 61 Carlson, James, 46 Women Playwrights in Britain, 109 Descartes' Meditations, 122 Ecosystem Sustainability and Carolin, Peter, 119 Contested Nation, A, 84 Desert Meteorology, 24 Health, 14 Carsten, Janet, 68 Convergence and Persistence in Designing Inclusion, 60 Edge of Infinity, The, 28 Cassé, Michel, 28 Corporate Governance, 55 Devine, Fiona, 133 Edmund Burke and Ireland, 102 Cavendish, Margaret, 79 Conway Morris, Simon, 4 Dialogicality and Social Elders, 142 Chacko, George, 61 Cook, Matt, 102 Representations, 130 Eldridge, Richard, 122 Chadha, Jagjit S., 59 Cook, Michael, 87 Dicing with Death, 41 Electromagnetic Field Theory Champlin, Richard, 8 Cook, Nicholas, 114 Dickens on Screen, 102 Fundamentals, 38 Changing Kinship, 68 Cooper, Greg, 127 Dictionary of Trade Policy Terms, 56 Electromagnetic Theory and Chapman, John, 80 Cooper, Randolf G. S., 141 Dieckmann, Ulf, 12, 17 Computation, 46 Chapman, Robert DeWitt, 30 Corak, Miles, 60 Difficulty of Tolerance, The, 124 Electronic Structure, 34 Character of Credit, The, 81 Corfield, David, 127 Dignity of Resistance, The, 134 Elementary Probability, 43 Chase, Kenneth, 87 Corings and Comodules, 45 Dika, Vera, 119 Elliott, Kamilla, 111 Chatterjee, Deen K., 126 Corp, Edward, 79 Dimnik, Martin, 83 Ellison, George, 17 Chemical Ecology of Vertebrates, 14 Corris, Michael, 118 Dinshaw, Carolyn, 98 Emergence of Entrepreneurship Child Murder and British Culture, Discover the Moon, 27 Cosmic Company, 5 Policy, The, 61 1720–1900, 104 Discovery of Subatomic Particles, Coss, Peter, 78 Enclosure Maps of England and Childhood Epilepsy, 8 The, 3 Course in Public Economics, A, 61 Wales 1595–1918, The, 80 Choi, John H., 136 Discrete and Continuous Nonlinear Court in Exile, A, 79 Energy Landscapes, 37 Church, Kevin D., 21 Schrödinger Systems, 44 Courtright, Nicola, 117 Engel, Barbara Alpern, 85 Ciccarelli, Andrea, 99 Dispute Settlement Reports 2000, Courts and Political Institutions, 55 English as a Global Language, 91, 57 Cicero: De Natura Deorum Book I, Couvet, Denis, 12 129 73 Dispute Settlement Reports 2001, Cox, III, Charles, 39 English Dramatic Interludes, 57 Cicero, Marcus Tullius, 73 Crawford, James, 56 1300–1580, 109 Dixon, Thomas, 81 Cicero: Philippics I–II, 73 Creighton, Sarah M., 11 Environmental Mathematics for the DNA, 6 Circles of Recovery, 10 Cresciani, Gianfranco, 142 Classroom, 43 Documentary Culture and the Clark, Christopher, 84 Cretaceous World, The, 21 Envoys and Political Making of Medieval English Clayton, Donald, 30 Criminale, W., 49 Communication in the Late Literature, 100 Clinical Bone Marrow and Blood Crisis and Innovation in Asian Antique West, 411–533, 82 Doebeli, Michael, 17 Stem Cell Transplantation, 8 Technology, 141 Erskine-Hill, Howard, 79 Domus Aurea and the Roman Clutton-Brock, Tim, 13 Croft, William, 94 Escape from Hunger and Premature Architectural Revolution, The, 115 Coates, Anthony, 18 Cronin, Bruce, 66 Death, 1700–2100, The, 87 Donald Davidson, 125 Codell, Julie, 118 Cruse, Alan, 94 Esch, Gerald W., 15 Donohue, Alice A., 116 Coding Theory, 48 Crystal, David, 90, 91 Eschmeier, Jörg, 44 Dooley, David, 131 Coe, Angela L., 21 Cuddy-Keane, Melba, 103 Escobar, Jesus, 118 Dormancy and Low Growth States Cognitive Linguistics, 94 Cultural Geography of Colonial Espiau Espiau, Santiago, 55 in Microbial Disease, 18 Cold and Ultracold Collisions in American Literatures, The, 105 Esteve, Mary, 105 Dorsch, T. S., 108 Quantum Microscopic and Culture Wars, 84 Ethics and Foreign Intervention, 126 Dougherty, Carol, 72 Mesoscopic Systems, 34 Cultures within Ancient Greek EU, NATO and the Integration of Dowling, Tim, 29 Cole, Sarah, 104 Culture, The, 72 Europe, The, 64 Drazin, P. G., 50 Collocation Methods for Volterra Curatolo, Paolo, 9 European Conquest and the Rights Integral and Related Functional Curtis, Deborah J., 14 Driese, Kenneth L., 13 of Indigenous Peoples, 66 Equations, 50 Curtis, Lorenzo, 36 Duistermaat, J. J., 45 European Constitutionalism beyond Colvin, Stephen, 72 Czako, Judith, 56 Dunaway, Wilma A., 86 the State, 55 Comedy of Errors, The, 108 Dunbabin, Katherine, 73 European Integration and Political Cometography, 31 Dunn, James D. G., 135 Conflict, 64 Comets, 30 Duric, Neb, 29 Evans, Vyvyan, 93 Durkheim's Epistemology, 133

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Author and Title Index 147

Evolution and Procedures in Central Freedman, Luba, 116 Goldstein, Joshua S., 63 Heijdra, Ben J., 59 Banking, 61 Freedom and Anthropology in Goldstone, Jack A., 65 Helle, Knut, 77 Evolution of Morality and Religion, Kant's Moral Philosophy, 125 Golumbic, Martin, 48 Henderson, John, 73 The, 17 Frei, Pierre-Yves, 27 Goode, Walter, 56 Hertrich-Jeromin, Udo, 46 Evolution of Population Biology, French Impressionists, 116 Göpfert, Michael, 10 Hesiod's Cosmos, 72 The, 18 Freund, Ben, 37 Gordon, Jeffrey N., 55 Hicks, Douglas A., 138 Evolution of the English Churches, Friedland, Roger, 133 Gordon, Robert J., 60 Hiley, David R., 125 1500–2000, The, 80 Frierson, Patrick, 125 Gospel and Henry VIII, The, 78 Hilton, Matthew, 89 Evolutionary Conservation Biology, Frijda, Nico H., 130 Gould, William, 140 Hindu Nationalism and the 12 Fritsching, Udo, 40 Gourvish, Terry, 89 Language of Politics in Late Exceptionalism and From Hope to Despair in Grabowski, Christophe, 114 Colonial India, 140 Industrialisation, 88 Thessalonica, 137 Graessley, William, 37 Hirsh, Sharon, 119 Exploring the Starry Sky, 26 From Newton to Hawking, 6 Graf, Martin B., 41 Historical Register of the University From Nuremberg to The Hague, 54 Graham, Maryemma, 99 of Cambridge Supplement F From Passions to Emotions, 81 Grammar of Tariana, A, 95 1991–2000, The, 144 From Problems to Equations, 74 History of Jordan, A, 144 Fabian, Andrew, 30 Grammaticalization, 94 From Reich to State, 84 History of Korean Literature, A, 104 Facos, Michelle, 119 Grantley, Darryll, 109 Frontiers of X-Ray Astronomy, 30 History of Modern Palestine, The, Fähnle, Manfred, 35 Graziani, Augusto, 60 Frontinus, 73 143 Fairhead, James, 69 Greco-Roman East, The, 72 Frontinus: De Aquaeductu Urbis History of Theatre in Africa, A, 109 Fathi, Albert, 49 Green, Stephanie, 103 Romae, 73 Hiziroglu, Huseyin, 38 Federal Theatre Project, The, 109 Greengrass, Mark, 79 Fullerton, Carol, 10 Hobson, Barbara, 133 Feelings and Emotions, 130 Greenwood, Christopher J., 56 Fullerton, Mark, 116 Hodder, Ian, 70 Fehse, Wigbert, 39 Greenwood, Donald T., 40 Fundamentals and Applications of Hodgkinson, Peter, 134 Feldman, Roberta M., 134 Gregg, Edward, 79 Jet Propulsion, 39 Hogan, Patrick, 131 Feminist Views on the English Greitzer, Edward, 41 Fundamentals of Astrometry, 30 Hoggar, S. G., 51 Stage, 109 Griffin, Gabriele, 109 Fusaro, Ben, 43 Holland, Peter, 110 Fenlon, Iain, 115 Griffin, Nicholas, 124 Hölscher, Tonio, 117 Ferri, Rolando, 74 Griffiths, Robert B., 34 Holy Scripture, 137 Ferrière, Régis, 12 G Grimley, Daniel M., 114 Gros, Daniel, 58 Homeostatic and Allostatic Fibbe, Willem E., 8 Gage, James R., 9 Gross Motor Function Measure, 9 Regulation in Physiological Fiction, Famine, and the Rise of Gallery of Fluid Motion, A, 49 Gross, Paul W., 46 Systems, 19 Economics in Victorian Britain Ganho, Ana Sofia, 95 Honsberger, Ross, 43 and Ireland, 102 Groups St Andrews 2001 in Gardner, Iain, 72 Hopper, Paul J., 94 Field and Laboratory Methods in Oxford, 47 Garrett, Aaron V., 125 Houghton, John, 24 Primatology, 14 Growing Together, 132 Gay, Penny, 108 Housing the Stranger in the Fighting Different Wars, 84 Gual, Jordi, 58 Gender and Politeness, 93 Mediterranean World, 82 Film Structure and the Emotion Gubbins, David, 22 Gender and the Victorian Houtkoop-Steenstra, Hanneke, 130 System, 111 Gugler, Josef, 65 Periodical, 103 How Parents Help Their Children Films of Ingmar Bergman, The, 111 Guide to Biblical Hebrew Syntax, A, Generational Income Mobility in Get Good Jobs, 133 Financial Derivatives, 61 136 North America and Europe, 60 Howell, John A., 21 Financial Structure, 59 Guignon, Charles, 125 Genes and Insurance, 58 Howell, Robert, 5 Financing Human Capital, 59 Guru, Bhag, 38 Geochemistry, 22 Hudson, Nicholas, 102 Fingerman, Karen L., 132 Gussenhoven, Carlos, 94 Geology of the Southwestern USA, Hughes, Graham, 138 Finite Packing and Covering, 48 Gyngell, Allan, 67 23 Hughes-Parry, Trevor, 62 Finlayson, Clive, 17 Geometric Integrators in Human, Johann, 56 Finn, Margot C., 81 H Hamiltonian Mechanics, 51 Humfrey, Peter, 116 Firearms, 87 Geometry of Physics, The, 49 Haacker, Klaus, 137 Humphreys, J. F., 48 Fischer, Agneta H., 130 Geometry of Total Curvature on Habu, Junko, 70 Humphreys, Keith, 10 Flack, Ronald D., 39 Complete Open Surfaces, The, 46 Hajek, Ann, 16 Hutson, Scott, 70 Flint, Stephen S., 21 Gibbons, Luke, 102 Hall, Wayne, 134 Hydrodynamic Stability, 50 Fogel, Robert W., 87 Gikandi, Simon, 105 Hambler, Clive, 12 Fokas, Athanassios S., 43 Gilbert, Alison J., 14 Hamilton, Kenneth, 113 I Forbidding Wrong in Islam, 87 Gill, Geoffrey, 7 Hamilton, Lawrence, 126 Force, Pierre, 88 Gillett, Andrew, 82 Hammer, Paul, 79 Iconoclasm in Aesthetics, 126 Forensic Facial Reconstruction, 17 Gilmour, Iain, 21 Handbook of Anti-Dumping ICSID Reports, 56 Forgas, Joseph P., 131 Gindis, Boris, 132 Investigations, A, 56 Images of Beckett, 106 Forst, Wendell, 37 Gladwell, I., 49 Handbook of Isotopes in the Immigration and Politics in the Fourier and Laplace Transforms, 33 Glavin, John, 102 Cosmos, 30 New Europe, 64 Fox, Rodney, 40 Glenn, Phillip, 93 Hanel, Petr, 62 Indian Princes and their States, The, Fox, Seymour, 138 Global IT Outsourcing, 52 Hanson, Brian, 117 140 Fractal Speech Processing, 38 Global Methods for Combinatorial Happiness and Education, 132 Individuals, Families and Communities in Europe, Fragaszy, Dorothy, 15 Isoperimetric Problems, 48 Harper, Jr, Charles L., 33 1200–1800, 83 Franco-Prussian War, The, 84 Globalization and State Harper, Larry, 48 Information Theory, Inference and Franek, Frantisek, 51 Transformation in China, 67 Hart, David M., 61 Learning Algorithms, 51 Frank, Daniel H., 123 Globalization and the Poor, 64 Hart, Jeffrey A., 65 Inglehart, Ronald, 66 Frankel, Theodore, 49 Godden, Malcolm, 100 Hartley, Richard, 52 Innes, Joanna, 80 Frankham, Richard, 11 Godfrey, Richard, 7 Hatzimoysis, Anthony, 128 Innovation and Knowledge Creation Fraser, Hilary, 103 Goedbloed, Johan Peter, 35 Haynes, John, 106 Fraser, Russell, 108 Goldman, John M., 8 in an Open Economy, 62

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 148 Author and Title Index

Innovations of Idealism, The, 126 Johnston, Judith, 103 Krishna, S., 52 Lodge, R. Anthony, 95 Institutions for the Common Good, Joining Society, 132 Kröller, Eva-Marie, 99 Logic and Theism, 127 66 Jones, Aled, 81 Kronk, Gary W., 31 Logics of Conversation, 93 Internal Flow, 41 Jongman, Rob, 13 Kronmüller, Helmut, 35 Lollards of Coventry, 1486–1522, 78 International Environmental Law Joshi, M., 41 Krovitz, Gail E., 17 London and the Culture of Reports, 56 Joshi, Mark, 42 Krude, Torsten, 6 Homosexuality, 1885–1914, 102 International Law, 53 Joslin, R. D., 49 Kulick, Don, 92 López de Martínez, Adelaida, 99 International Law Reports, 56 Judges and Ruth, 136 Künzl-Snodgrass, Anne-Marie, 117 Louhiala, Pekka, 10 Internationalisation of Antitrust Julius Caesar, 108 Kurke, Leslie, 72 Love Online, 129 Policy, The, 55 Jupiter, 29 Kutner, Marc, 26 Lowe, K. J. P., 83 Introduction to Anglo-Saxon Just War Revisited, The, 138 Kvanvig, Jonathan, 128 Lowest Rung, The, 134 England, An, 100 Juth, Niklas, 58 Kyle, Robert A., 8 Ludwig, Kirk, 125 An Introduction to the Philosophy Luscombe, David, 76 of Art, 122 K L Lyle, Stephen, 28 Introduction to Banach Algebras, Lynch, Katherine A., 83 Operators and Harmonic Kager, René, 94 Lacroux, Jean, 27 Analysis, 44 Kain, Roger J. P., 80 Lahav, Gallya, 64 M Introduction to Differential Kaiser, Wolfram, 84 Lahiri, Sajal, 59 Equations, An, 44 Kalin, Jesse, 111 Landes, David S., 88 Mabbett, Ian, 139 Introduction to Foliations and Lie Kantner, John, 70 Landscape and Ideology in American Mabey, David, 7 Groupoids, 46 Kantz, Holger, 35 Renaissance Literature, 105 Macbeth, 107 Introduction to Formal Logic, An, Kasperson, Roger E., 131 Lane, Mary, 9 MacDonald, Andrew F., 102 122 Kawanishi, Hirosuke, 141 Lang, Frieder R., 132 MacDonald, Gina, 102 Introduction to Islam, An, 135 Keal, Paul, 66 Language and Sexuality, 92 MacDougall, Jane, 11 Introduction to Möbius Differential Kedlaya, Kiran S., 42 Language of Images in Roman Art, Machine Translation, 94 Geometry, 46 Keller, William W., 141 The, 117 Machine Vision, 39 Introduction to Mormonism, An, Kelley, Simon P., 21 Lapeyre, Bernard, 42 MacKay, David, 5, 51 139 Kelly, Kevin Michael, 7 Lapidge, Michael, 100 Mackie, Gerry, 68 Introduction to Operator Space Kelly, Michael, 126 LaPorte, Joseph, 128 MacLean, Simon, 82 Theory, 44 Kennedy Carter Ltd, 52 Larson, Brooke, 142 MacQueen, Hector, 55 Introduction to Population Biology, Kenshaft, Pat, 43 Lascarides, Alex, 93 Maehler, Herwig, 73 12 Kerkering, John D., 104 Laughter in Interaction, 93 Maitland, F.W., 68 Introduction to the International Kesselring, K. J., 79 Lauritzen, Niels, 47 Maitland: State, Trust and Criminal Court, An, 54 Keynes, Simon, 100 Laursen, Kjeld, 44 Corporation, 68 Introductory Muon Science, 35 Kiefer, Frederick , 110 Lauterpacht, Elihu, 56 Making Australian Foreign Policy, 67 Invention of the Western Film, The, Kierkegaard's Relations to Hegel Law and Nature, 58 Mammal Community Dynamics, 15 111 Reconsidered, 126 Lawvere, F. William, 47 Management of the Motor Inwood, Brad, 123 King, John, 98 Le Faye, Deirdre, 102 Disorders of Children with Irele, F. Abiola, 105 King, Ros, 108 Leach, John, 61 Cerebral Palsy, 9 Iskander, D. Robert, 39 Kings, Barons and Justices, 78 Leach, Melissa, 69 Mandelkern, Leo, 37 Italians in Australia, The, 142 Kingship and Politics in the Late Leal, G., 49 Mandle, Jay R., 64 Iterative Krylov Methods for Large Ninth Century, 82 Lebow, Richard, 65 Manet, Flaubert, and the Linear Systems, 50 Kisbey, Fiona L., 79 Leaman, Oliver, 123 Emergence of Modernism, 118 KJV Cameo Wide Margin Learning from HIV and AIDS, 17 Manichaean Texts from the Roman J Reference Bible, 140 Lee, Karen, 56 Empire, 72 Mann, Jill, 98 Jabri, Youssef, 44 KJV Concord Wide Margin Lee, Peter H., 104 Manstead, Antony S. R., 130 Jackson, J. E., 16 Reference Bible, 140 Legend of Basil the Bulgar-Slayer, Margaret Cavendish: Political Jackson, T. L., 49 KJV Pitt Minion Reference Bible, The, 82 Writings, 79 Jalloul, Ghinwa, 52 139 Leggatt, Alexander, 108 Mark, James, 37 James, Edward, 97 KJV Pocket Concord Reference Legitimacy and Law in the Roman Bible, 139 Markova, Ivana, 130 James, Ioan, 7 World, 72 Kleinian Groups and Hyperbolic Markovic, Vladimir, 50 James Joyce, Sexuality and Social Legrand, Christian, 27 3-Manifolds, 50 Marks, Gary, 64 Purity, 103 Leiden Journal of International Law, Kneller, Jane , 126 Marom, Daniel, 138 James, Susan, 79 144 Knowledge and Competitive Marsden, Richard, 101 Jane Austen: A Family Record, 102 Leighton, Jacqueline P., 132 Advantage, 62 Martin, Richard M., 34 Jane Austen on Screen, 102 Leimkuhler, B., 51 Knowlson, James, 106 Masataka, Nobuo, 130 Jarrard, Alice, 118 Lewis Shaw, Mary, 96 Knox, Kevin, 6 Mass Balance of the Cryosphere, 24 Jenkins, Charles, 30 Lieu, Samuel N. C., 72 Koenig, Jack, 37 Mass Oratory and Political Power in Jenkins, Janis H., 69 Life and Science of Léon Foucault, Kogut, John, 35 the Late Roman Republic, 72 Jesuits and the Thirty Years War, The, 7 Kolk, J. A. C., 45 Mathematical Diamonds, 43 The, 83 Life's Solution, 4 Komori, Yohei, 50 Mathematical Miniatures, 42 Jesus' Defeat of Death, 137 Linden, Stanton J., 6 Koopmans, Tim, 55 Mathematical Models in Biology, 49 Jews and Blacks in the Early Lindsell, Harold , 140 Modern World, 87 Koppell, Jonathan G. S., 65 Ling, San, 48 Mathematics of Image Analysis, 51 Jews and Gender in Liberation Kotiuga, P. Robert, 46 Liu, Jia-ming, 38 Mathews, Grant J., 36 France, 85 Kotz, Samuel, 41 Livio, Mario, 31 Maths: A Student's Survival Guide, John Searle, 125 Kovacs, Gabor, 11 Ljungman, Per, 8 32 Johnson, F. E. A., 46 Kovalevsky, Jean, 30 Local Remedies in International Matters of Culture, 133 Johnston, Anna, 103 Kozulin, Alex, 132 Law, 54 Matthew's Trilogy of Parables, 137

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Author and Title Index 149

Matthews, Gerald, 129 Most, Glenn W., 74 O'Connor, Vivienne, 11 Philosophy and the Emotions, 128 Matthews, Victor H., 136 Mouer, Ross, 141 O'Donovan, Oliver, 138 Phonology of Tone and Intonation, Mayor, Michel, 27 Mountain Pass Theorems, 44 O'Meara, Stephen James, 28 The, 94 Mayston, Margaret, 9 Mrcun, Janez, 46 Oakley, John, 115 Photonic Devices, 38 McConchie, Peter , 142 Mühlberger, Detlef, 85 Obstetrics, Gynaecology and Physical Properties of Polymers, 37 McCormack, Gerard, 55 Muller-Schwarze, Dietland, 14 Women's Health, 11 Physicalist Manifesto, A, 128 McDaniels, Timothy, 131 Müller-Stach, Stefan, 46 Oceans and Climate, The, 23 Picturing Death in Classical Athens, McDonagh, Josephine, 104 Mullin, Katherine, 103 Olive, Jenny, 32 115 McEliece, Robert, 48 Multidimensional Real Analysis, 45 Oliver, Richard R., 80 Pidgeon, Nick, 131 McGovern, Timothy, 95 Multidimensional Real Analysis, I, Olmstead, Wesley Gordon, 137 Pisier, Gilles, 44 McGrade, A. S., 123 45 On the Waterfront, 111 Plants and Soil Moisture Dynamics, McInnes, Karina H., 12 Multidimensional Real Analysis, II, Ono, Yoshiyasu, 59 24 McKinnon, Bill, 29 45 Onset of Language, The, 130 Plants in Changing Environments, 13 McKitterick, David, 101 Multiple View Geometry in Orientalism and Visual Culture, 117 Plato, 74 McSheffrey, Shannon, 78 Computer Vision, 52 Origins of the English Gentry, The, Plato's Cratylus, 74 Meaning in Spinoza's Method, 125 Multivariate T-Distributions and 78 Plaza Mayor and the Shaping of Measuring the Natural Their Applications, 41 Othello, 108 Baroque Madrid, The, 118 Environment, 24 Munro, Jane, 116 Ottaway, Susannah, 80 Poedtrs, Stefaan, 35 Media and the Path to Peace, 64 Murmann, Johann Peter, 62 Overmyer, Daniel, 141 Poetics of National Identity in Meilman, Patricia, 116 Murphy, Andrew, 110 Nineteenth-Century American Melia, Fulvio, 28 Murphy, M. Lynne, 93 P Literature, The, 104 Melnyk, Andrew, 128 Murphy, Mark C., 125 Polish Music from Szymanowski to Memory as a Programming Concept Pacula, Rosalie Liccardo, 134 Lutoslawski, 114 in C and C++, 51 N Paediatric and Adolescent Polishchuk, Alexander, 45 Mendlesohn, Farah, 97 Gynaecology, 11 Politeness, 93 Nadarajah, Saralees, 41 Mercy and Authority in the Tudor Pahta, Paivi , 95 Political Philosophy of Needs, The, State, 79 Nagamine, Kanetada, 35 Palacios, Miguel, 59 126 Metz, Johan A. J., 17 Nathans, Heather S., 108 Palaeography of Gothic Manuscript Politics of Quasi-Government, The, Meyer, Elizabeth A., 72 Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict in Books, The, 100 65 Indonesia, 141 Microarray Bioinformatics, 18 Palm, Franz, 60 Pontecorvo, Clotilde, 132 Natural Enemies, 16 Microbial Subversion of Host Cells, Palmer, Alice, 56 Poonen, Bjorn, 42 19 Natural Kinds and Conceptual Papacy and the Art of Reform in Pople, Anthony, 114 Change, 128 Micromagnetism and the Sixteenth–Century Rome, The, Porporato, Amilcare, 24 Microstructure of Ferromagnetic Nature of Reasoning, The, 132 117 Postlewait, Thomas, 107 Solids, 35 Neal, Dick, 12 Pappe, Ilan, 143 Potters, Marc, 33 Microscopy Society of America, 38 Neanderthals and Modern Humans, Parallel Worlds of Classical Art and Pounds, Kenneth, 30 Miller, Suzanne, 132 17 Text, The, 116 Power, 5 Miller, Van S., 8 Nelson, Andrew J., 17 Parasites, People, and Places, 15 Practical Statistics for Astronomers, Mills, Sara, 93 Neoplastic Diseases of the Blood, 8 Parental Psychiatric Disorder, 10 30 Mind and its Stories, The, 131 Netz, Reviel, 74 Parker, Melissa, 17 Practice and Procedure of the Inter- Minerals, 20 Neurocutaneous Disorders, 8 Parry, Eldryd, 7 American Court of Human Minns, Robert, 9 New Cambridge Medieval History, Parsons, James, 113 Rights, The, 54 The, 76 Miranda, Jorge, 56 Pasqualucci, Jo M., 54 Prause, JoAnn, 131 New Readings in Theatre History, Missionary Writing and Empire, Pasztory, Esther, 116 Pre-Columbian Art, 116 107 1800–1860, 103 Pater, Joe, 94 Prest, M. Y., 48 New Theatre Quarterly 73, 110 Mitchell, Sandra D., 128 Patterns of Growth and Preventing Intellectual Disability, 10 New Theatre Quarterly 74, 110 Mitton, Jacqueline, 27 Development in the Genus Price, Leah, 104 New Worlds in the Cosmos, 27 Homo, 17 Model Driven Architecture with Priestman, Martin, 98 Executable UML™, 52 Ngai, Kia, 37 Paul Klee and the Decorative in Primer of Analytic Number Theory, Modern Art, 119 Modern Art and the Grotesque, 118 Nicholl, Colin R., 137 A, 44 Payne, Antony J., 24 Modernism, Male Friendship, and Nicholson, Brian, 52 Primer of Conservation Genetics, A, the First World War, 104 Noakes, Richard, 6 Payne, Philip, 99 11 Moerdijk, Ieke, 46 Noble, Richard, 40 Peel, Mark, 134 Prinari, B., 44 Mohr, John W., 133 Noddings, Nel, 132 Pemberton, Josephine, 13 Principles and Practice of Monetary and Fiscal Policies in Nolan, Charles, 59 Penz, François, 5 Emergency Neurology, 7 EMU, 58 Nonlinear Time Series Analysis, 35 Period Mappings and Period Principles of Chemical Separations Monetary Theory of Production, Norris, Pippa, 66 Domains, 46 with Environmental Applications, The, 60 Northumbria, 500–1100, 78 Perkins, David, 103 40 Money and the Early Greek Mind, Norwood, Ann, 10 Perret-Clermont, Anne-Nelly, 132 Principles of Constraint 72 Novalis: Fichte Studies, 126 Perry, Susan, 15 Programming, 52 Monogamy, 15 Numbers, Groups and Codes, 48 Personality Traits, 129 Principles of International Monopolistic Competition Nuns' Chronicles and Convent Persson, Per, 111 Environmental Law, 53 Revolution in Retrospect, The, 59 Culture in Renaissance and Pest and Vector Control, 16 Principles of Montaldi, James, 50 Counter-Reformation Italy, 83 Peters, Chris, 46 Magnetohydrodynamics, 35 Moore, Patrick, 28 Nutritional Biochemistry of the Petersen, Carolyn Collins, 25 Principles of Medicine in Africa, 7 Morals and Villas in Seneca's Vitamins, 19 Peyresq Lectures on Geometric Print, Manuscript and the Search Letters, 73 Mechanics and Symmetry, 50 for Order, 1450–1830, 101 Morstein-Marx, Robert, 72 O Phases of Quantum Proceedings: Microscopy and Microanalysis 2002, 38 Morton Braund, Susanna, 74 Chromodynamics, The, 35 O'Connor, C. David, 19 Phelps, Edmund S., 60

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org 150 Author and Title Index

Productivity Growth, Inflation, and Rewriting the French Revolutionary Schreiber, Thomas, 35 Smith, Greg M., 111 Unemployment, 60 Tradition, 84 Schulkin, Jay, 19 Smith, Peter, 122 Propagation of Ecological Influences Rhetoric and Courtliness in Early Science and Ultimate Reality, 33 Snodgrass, Anthony, 117 Through Environmental Space, 13 Modern Literature, 101 Science of Sustainable Snyder, Wesley, 39 Provincial Power and Absolute Rhodes, John A., 49 Development, The, 13 Soay Sheep, 13 Monarchy, 83 Richard Rorty, 125 Science of the Struggle for Sobel, Jordan Howard, 127 Pseudo-Seneca, 74 Richards, Jennifer, 101 Existence, The, 127 Social Amplification of Risk, The, Psychologist's Companion, The, 130 Richards, Shaun, 107 Science, Society and Power, 69 131 Psychology of Good and Evil, The, Riley-Smith, Jonathan, 76 Scientific and Medical Writing in Social Bases of Nazism, 1919–1933, 132 Rink, John, 114 English, 1375–1500, 95 The, 85 Pullen, John, 62 Rising Tide, 66 Scott, Geoffrey, 79 Social Cost of Underemployment, Pungetti, Gloria, 13 Risk Analysis and Society, 131 Scott, Sarah, 115 The, 131 Ritz, Jerome, 8 Scrutton, David, 9 Social Judgments, 131 Q Roach, E. Steve, 8 Seaford, Richard, 72 Social Theory and Religion, 133 Robb, Cairo A. R., 56 Secured Credit under English and Sociolinguistic History of Parisian Qi, Hairong, 39 Robertson, Edmund, 47 American Law, 55 French, A, 95 Quantum Field Theory in Robins, Philip, 144 Sedimentary Record of Sea-Level Sociology of Early Buddhism, The, Condensed Matter Physics, 34 Robinson, James, 44 Change, The, 21 139 Rodgers, Robert, 73 Sedley, David, 74, 120 Sokol, B. J., 110 R Rodríguez-Iturbe, Ignacio, 24 Seeman, Mary V., 10 Sokol, Mary, 110 Race, Work and Desire in American Roe, Mark J., 55 Seidelmann, Kenneth, 30 Solow, Robert M., 60 Literature, 1860–1930, 105 Rollason, David, 78 Self-Interest Before Adam Smith, 88 Solving ODEs with MATLAB, 49 Radetzki, Marcus, 58 Roman Amphitheatre, The, 73 Semantic Relations and the Lexicon, Soviets, the Munich Crisis, and the Radetzki, Marian, 58 Roman Art, 117 93 Coming of World War II, The, 87 Radick, Gregory, 5 Roman Banquet, The, 73 Semantics of English Prepositions, Space, 5 The, 93 Ragsdale, Hugh, 87 Roman Imperialism and Provincial Spatial Ecological-Economic Semiparametric Regression for the Analysis for Wetland Rainbird, Paul, 71 Art, 115 Applied Econometrician, 61 Management, 14 Ramsey, John T., 73 Romanticism and Animal Rights, [Seneca]: Octavia, 74 Speakable and Unspeakable in Ramusack, Barbara N., 140 103 Senici, Emanuele, 114 Quantum Mechanics, 33 Rapaport, Dennis, 36 Roots of Hate, 134 Senn, Stephen, 41 Spevack, Marvin, 108 Rapf, Joanna, 111 Rosebrugh, Robert, 47 Series, Caroline, 50 Spicer, Robert A., 21 Ratiu, Tudor, 50 Rosenbaum, Peter, 9 Service, Michael, 16 Spray Simulation, 40 Rawls, Anne Warfield , 133 Rosman, Doreen, 80 Setchell, Joanna M., 14 Stable Modules and the D(2)- Reading, Society and Politics in Rossi, Corinna, 71 Sets for Mathematics, 47 Problem, 46 Early Modern England, 101 Roukema, Boud, 27 Shah, Sid M., 7 Stall, Susan, 134 Reading the Past, 70 Rowe, Michael, 84 Shaken Baby Syndrome and Other Stanhope, Richard, 11 Reciprocity in Elastodynamics, 50 RSV Harper Study Bible RS340, 140 Non-Accidental Head Injuries in States and Citizens, 82 Recognition Struggles and Social Runciman, David, 68 Children, 9 States, Parties, and Social Movements, 133 Russell, Diane, 9 Shakespeare in Print, 110 Movements, 65 Recycled Culture in Contemporary Russians on Russian Music, Shakespeare, Law and Marriage, 110 Statutes and Ordinances of the Art and Film, 119 1880–1917, 114 Shakespeare Survey, 110 University of Cambridge 2003, Redshaw, T., 23 Ryan, Magnus, 68 Shakespeare, William, 107, 108 144 Reed, Arden, 118 Ryrie, Alec, 78 Shakespeare's Visual Theatre, 110 Staub, Ervin, 132 Reference Grammar of Russian, A, Steen, P., 49 92 S Shallit, Jeffrey, 45 Steenbergen, Marco R., 64 Regional Private Laws and Shamdasani, Sonu, 130 Steiner, Emily, 100 Codification in Europe, 55 Sage, Leslie, 28 Shampine, L. F., 49 Steinherr, Alfred, 58 Regions and Powers, 66 Sahay, Sundeep, 52 Sharpe, Kevin, 101 Stekel, Dov, 18 Reich, S., 51 Samimy, M., 49 Shaw, Malcom N., 53 Stellar Alchemy, 28 Reichard, Ulrich, 15 Samuel Johnson and the Making of Shiohama, Katsuhiro, 46 Modern England, 102 Stephanov, Mikhail, 35 Reid, W. H., 50 Shioya, Takashi, 46 Samuels, Richard J., 141 Stephenson, Paul, 82 Reiners, William A., 13 Short History of Western Samulski, Edward, 37 Sternberg, Robert J., 130, 132 Relativistic Numerical Performance Space, A, 109 Stewart, Jon, 126 Hydrodynamics, 36 Sanders, Norman, 108 Shostak, Seth, 5 Stewart, Pamela J., 69 Religion after Metaphysics, 127 Sands, Philippe, 53, 54 Simm, R., 23 Stirzaker, David, 43 Religion and the Workplace, 138 Savchev, Svetoslav, 42 Simmon, Scott, 111 Stopple, Jeffrey, 44 Religion, Politics, and Society in Sayer, Jeffrey, 13 Singh, Rama, 18 Sixteenth-Century England, 79 Scanlon, Thomas, 124 Skelton, Peter W., 21 Story Donno, Elizabeth, 108 Religions in China Today, 141 Scarfe Beckett, Katharine , 100 Skinner, Quentin, 82 Stowell, Robin, 113 Religious Liberty in Transitional Schabas, William A., 54, 134 Skouteris, Thomas, 144 Strangeways, Ian, 24 Societies, 65 Scheffler, Israel, 138 Slavery in the American Mountain Strath, Bo, 82 Remarkable Physicists, 7 Scheid, Don E., 126 South, 86 Strathern, Andrew, 69 Resnick, Lauren B., 132 Schenck, Henry, 46 Slovic, Paul, 131 Strauss Clay, Jenny, 72 Rethinking the Age of Reform, 80 Schick, Frederic, 127 Small, Jocelyn Penny, 116 Structural Econometric Time Series Rethinking the Novel/Film Debate, Schimmelfennig, Frank, 64 Small, Mitchell, 131 Analysis Approach, The, 60 111 Schizophrenia, Culture, and Smith, Barry, 125 Structure, Agency and the Internal Revival of the Olympian Gods in Subjectivity, 69 Smith, Bruce D., 61 Conversation, 133 Renaissance Art, The, 116 Schor, Esther, 98 Smith, David, 19 Sulem, Agnes, 42 Schorsch, Jonathan, 87 Smith, Geoff, 47 Suresh, Subra, 37

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Author and Title Index 151

Surveys in Combinatorics 2003, 47 Tyler, Andrea, 93 Welch, Katherine, 73 Susceptibility to Infectious Diseases, Wenk, Hans-Rudolf, 20 19 U Wensley, Chris, 47 Sutcliffe, Christopher, 27 Wertheimer, Alan, 127 Svoboda, William, 8 UML by Example, 52 Wescoat, James L., 14 Swann, Julian, 83 Unbound Prometheus, The, 88 Wesley, Michael, 67 Symbolic Representation in Kant's Understanding Cinema, 111 Wetherell, Margaret, 130 Practical Philosophy, 125 Understanding Numerical Analysis White, Gilbert F., 14 for Option Pricing, 42 White, Osmar, 86 T Unimolecular Reactions, 37 Whiteman, Martha C., 129 University of Cambridge, 144 Wiernik, Peter H., 8 T. R. Malthus, 62 Unquiet Lives, 79 Wilders, John, 107 Taavitsainen, Irma, 95 Ursano, Robert, 10 Wiles, David, 109 Talay, Denis, 42 Using Portuguese, 95 Wilkinson, Caroline, 17 Tan, C. S., 41 Uyenoyama, Marcy, 18 Wilks, Yorick, 94 Tanaka, Minoru, 46 Uzawa, Hirofumi, 60 William Lowell Putnam Tanner, Norman, 78 Mathematical Competition Tautz, Diethard, 17 V 1985–2000, The, 42 Technology, Television and Williams, Kipling D., 131 Vakil, Ravi, 42 Competition, 65 Willis, George, 44 Value of Knowledge and the Pursuit ter Morsche, H. G., 33 Wilson, Catherine, 122 Terrorism and Disaster, 10 of Understanding, The, 128 van de Vrie, E. M., 33 Wilson, James R., 36 Terry, Patricia, 40 Wilson, R. Chris L., 21 Theatricality, 107 van den Berg, Harry, 130 van den Berg, J. C., 33 Wind, Marlene, 55 Theology of Paul's Letter to the Wingo, Ajume H., 126 Romans, The, 137 van den Bergh, Jeroen, 14 Winter, Jay, 86 Theory and Computation in van der Vorst, Henk, 50 Wisbauer, Robert, 45 Hydrodynamic Stability, 49 van Emden, Helmut, 16 Witchcraft, Sorcery, Rumors and Theory of Financial Risk and Vanhoozer, Kevin J., 138 Gossip, 69 Derivative Pricing, 33 Vaquer, Antoni, 55 Witham, Barry B., 109 Theory of Information and Coding, Vega-Redondo, Fernando, 61 Witherington, III, Ben, 136 The, 48 Veil Politics in Liberal Democratic Wolfsfeld, Gadi, 64 Theory of Remote Image States, 126 Women as Scribes, 100 Formation, 38 Victorian Artist, The, 118 Women in Russia, 1700–2000, 85 Thin Film Materials, 37 Victorian Supernatural, The, 103 Women Writers and National Thomas, Adrian, 114 Virginia Woolf, the Intellectual, and Identity, 104 Thompson, Jennifer L., 17 the Public Sphere, 103 Woolf, Greg, 71 Thompson, S., 49 Visions of Jewish Education, 138 Work and Economic Organisation 3-D Seismic Interpretation, 23 Visions of the Cosmos, 25 in Contemporary Japan, 141 3D Computer Graphics, 51 Visitor's Guide to the Kitt Peak Works of Archimedes, The, 74 Thurschwell, Pamela, 103 Observatories, A, 28 World Cities, Globalization and Tillmann, Ulrike, 45 Voices of Modernity, 94 Inequality, 65 Timberlake, Alan, 92 Von Hippel, William, 131 World Trade Organization, 57 Time Series Analysis and Inverse Vygotsky's Educational Theory in Worship as Meaning, 138 Theory for Geophysicists, 22 Cultural Context, 132 Wrathall, Mark, 127 Tirion, Wil, 26 Tobin, William John, 7 W Tolerance Graphs, 48 X Wæver, Ole, 66 Topology, Geometry and Quantum Xing, Chaoping, 48 Field Theory, 45 Waines, David, 135 Waldron, Jeremy, 126 Towards a Philosophy of Real Y Mathematics, 127 Wales, David, 37 Trade and Industrial Policy under Wall, Jasper, 30 Yatchew, Adonis, 61 International Oligopoly, 59 Wallace, David, 98 Tragic Vision of Politics, The, 65 Waltner-Toews, David, 14 Z Transactions of the Royal Historical War and Gender, 63 Society, 81 Warner, Thomas T., 24 Zabel, Cynthia J., 15 Traugott, Elizabeth Closs, 94 Water for Life, 14 Ze´ev, Ben, 129 Treatment of Gait Problems in Watson, Janet, 84 Zellner, Arnold, 60 Cerebral Palsy, The, 9 Watts, Richard J., 93 Zheng, Yongnian, 67 Trenk, Ann, 48 Wawro, Geoffrey, 84 Zimmer, Oliver, 84 Trials of Nation Making, 142 Weak KAM Theorem in Lagrangian Zisserman, Andrew, 52 Tr ubatch, D., 44 Dynamics, The, 49 Zittoun, Tania, 132 Tr ussler, Simon, 110 Weather Cycles, 23 Zonneveld, Wim, 94 Tsvelik, Alexei M., 34 Webster, Jane, 115 Zoubir, Abdelhak, 39 Tuberous Sclerosis Complex, 9 Webster, Jeni, 10 Zucker, Ross, 68 Turner, Harriet, 99 Webster, John, 137 Zwicker, Steven, 101 Twelfth Night or What You Will, Weiler, J. H. H., 55 108 Weinberg, Steven, 3 Weiner, John, 34

Cambridge University Press • www.cambridge.org Highlights Customer Services

Cambridge University Press Booksellers Bookshop For order processing and customer service, please contact: Cambridge University Press Bookshop UK International occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Sarah Wylie Phone + 44 (0)1223 325566 Clive Harrison Phone + 44 (0)1223 325577 Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ,where Fax + 44 (0)1223 325959 Fax + 44 (0)1223 325151 the complete range of titles is on sale. Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Libraries and Individuals Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Please order from your bookseller. In case of difficulty, contact Monica Stassen Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Tel + 44 (0)1223 326050 Fax + 44 (0)1223 326111 Email [email protected] Email [email protected]

➤ Your telephone call may be monitored for training purposes. See page 106 Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.cambridge.org/booktrade ➤ See page 3

Cambridge University Press Around the World

➤ See page 2 Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country. For more information, contact:

United Kingdom and Ireland East Asia UK Sales Department, Cambridge University Press Cambridge University Press, Asian Branch The Edinburgh Building, Shaftesbury Road 43, Kreta Ayer Road, Singapore 089004 Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK Phone + 65 61 323 2701 Phone 01223 325892 Fax + 65 61 323 2370 Fax 01223 325891 Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Web www.cambridge.org/eastasia ➤ See page 4 ➤ Web www.uk.cambridge.org See page 120 South America and Hispanic Caribbean North and Central America Cambridge University Press South American Branch ➤ Cambridge University Press North American Branch Av Paulista, 807 Conj 1218, 01311-915 São Paulo - SP See page 65 40 West 20th Street, New York, NY 10011-4211, USA Brazil Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Phone + 55 11 285 0455 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Fax + 55 11 285 0455 Prices and Payment Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Every effort has been made to Web www.us.cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/samerica ➤ ensure the accuracy of prices in this See page 92 catalogue but they are all subject Continental Europe (excluding Iberia), Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking to change without notification. Middle East, North Africa, South Asia Caribbean Our base currency is £ sterling (GBP) though we now offer our trade International Sales Department Cambridge University Press African Branch account customers the facility to be Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building Dock House, Portswood Ridge invoiced in euros. For information Shaftesbury Road, Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK Victoria and Alfred Waterfront Cambridge University Press is the printing and publishing house of the University of Cambridge, about our euro policy please contact Phone + 44 1223 312393 CapeTown 8001, South Africa and is the oldest press in the world. It is a charitable enterprise required by University Statute Sylvia Terry for an application form or Fax + 44 1223 315052 Phone + 27 21 419 8414 to devote itself to printing and publishing in the furtherance of the acquisition, advancement, visit our web site where the currently applied exchange rate is displayed: Email [email protected] Fax + 27 21 419 8418 conservation, and dissemination of knowledge in all subjects; to the advancement of education, http://uk.cambridge.org/euro Web www.cambridge.org/international Email [email protected] religion, learning, and research; and to the advancement of literature and good letters. Email: [email protected] Web www.cambridge.org/africa Iberia Series Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Elsewhere and general enquiries Booksellers, librarians or individuals Ruiz de Alarcón 13, 28014 Madrid, Spain International Sales Department Who to contact may have a continuation order for www.cambridge.org titles in series. A full listing of any Phone + 34 91 360 4565 Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building General and Editorial Enquiries series is available on request from Fax + 34 91 360 4570 Shaftesbury Road, Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK The Edinburgh Building ➤ ➤ the Sales Departments. Email [email protected] Phone + 44 1223 312393 A fully searchable Cambridge Sample chapters and other resources Web www.cambridge.org/iberia Fax + 44 1223 315052 Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK Other Catalogues catalogue ➤ Email notification service Email [email protected] Phone +44 (0) 1223 312393 ➤ Other catalogues available on Australia and New Zealand Online ordering for booksellers and ➤ Cambridge Journals Online request include: Web www.cambridge.org/international Fax +44 (0) 1223 315052 Cambridge University Press Australian Branch Email [email protected] individuals ➤ Information about the Press worldwide Academic Reference ➤ A changing programme of new book Series Catalogue 447 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, General Books Catalogue Australia Sales Departments and features and promotions Bibles Catalogue Customer Services English Language Teaching Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Please see the inside back cover for Catalogue Fax +61 3 9676 9955 details of Cambridge University Press To order, please contact the Email [email protected] Cover illustration: taken from The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language, Second Edition Customer Services Department. Web www.au.cambridge.org contacts around the world by David Crystal – see page 90 Printed in the United Kingdom at the University Press, Cambridge Academic and Professional Catalogue THE CAMBRIDGE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE Sample promotional material

SECOND EDITION New books Academic and Professional and Journals ALL ABOUT ENGLISH… July to December Publishing Catalogue 2003

THE CAMBRIDGE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF New books and Journals July to December 2003 THE ENGLISH

LANGUAGESECOND EDITION DAVID CRYSTAL

■ The ultimate must-have book ‘Magnificent’ on English Steven Pinker ■ Now with new material on ‘Stimulating’ Internet English Professor the Lord Quirk, FBA

www.cambridge.org/crystal

If I may venture an opinion, SECOND EDITION when all is said and done, it would ill becom that I should com a ton e m ALL ABOUT ENGLISH … an of b e to suggest d tw rick a mountainice out as ofn as, molehill as largee down on asthis lifelike issue. At the end of the day, the point atu of the exercise is to tell ral,it like an it is, THE CAMBRIDGE lay it on the line, put it on the tabled –m ENCYCLOPEDIA OF putting it in a nutshell, drop a bom ake ■ The ultimate must-have and get dow THE ENGLISH tom lin n to the nitty gritty, the bot- book on English e. I th no in sto k LANGUAGE ■ the ground,ne and Istuck ca to my last, lock stock and SECOND EDITION Now with new material un n h bshell barrel. This is notturn to beaton earound the bush or AVID CRYSTAL upset the apple-cart, bute dto givestly the green light to D , k sa on Internet English the calm before the storm, to hit ethep nail ony ththe head, t m at I h and thu y n a jaw ose ve ■ Bursting with colour s of defeat.s at the drop of a hat to sn fir left mly illustrations to T hat’s it. T thin atch victory fro yo gs m ake it o u n u ot. D st com o r leave it. O n’t c e to all u an m s, w en th e’ll c d. I m n you e all y o ust lo r ow Am I right or uam. A I right?n nd ve you h I d ead on b ‘Magnificent’ ’t m and e it. A e leave y an m ll goo ayb ou e. . I k d Steven Pinker id ‘Stimulating’ Professor the Lord Quirk, FBA

www.cambridge.org/crystal

THE CAMBRIDGE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE … SECOND EDITION ALL ABOUT ENGLISH

www.cambridge.org/crystal

➤ For more information see page 90

May 2003